During the network split some Etcd nodes could become stale, however they are still available for read requests. It is not a problem for the old primary, because such etcd nodes are not writable and primary demotes when fails to update the leader lock.
When the network split resolves and Etcd node connects back to the cluster, it may trigger the leader election (in Etcd), what typically results in some failures of client requests. Such state quickly resolves, and client requests could be retried. but it takes some time for the disconnected node to catch up. During this time it shows stale data for read requests without quorum requirement.
It could happen that the current Patroni primary is impacted by failed client requests while Etcd cluster is doing leader elections and there is a chance that it may switch to the stale Etcd node, discover that someone else is a leader, and demote.
To protect from this situation we will memorize the last known "term" of the Etcd cluster and when executing client requests we will compare the "term" reported by Etcd node with the term we memorized. It allows to detect stale Etcd nodes and temporary ignore them by switching to some other available Etcd nodes.
An alternative approach to solve this problem would be using quorum/serializable reads for read requests, but it will increase resource usage on Etcd nodes.
Close#3314
Fix the following errors in section "*PostgreSQL parameters controlled by Patroni*":
1. Supplement the missing parameter `wal_log_hints`.
2. In fact, these controlled parameters are written into `postgresql.conf`.
3. In fact, these controlled parameters are passed as a list of arguments to the `postgres` (not `pg_ctl start`).
4. Add a note about that `wal_keep_segments` and `wal_keep_size` are not passed to the `postgres`.
Since 01d07f86c, the permissions of postgresql.conf created in PGDATA was
explicitly set. However, the umask of the Patroni process was adjusted as well
and as a result of this, Patroni would write postgresql.conf with 600
permissions if the configuration files are outside PGDATA.
Fix this by using the original umask as mode for files created outside PGDATA.
Fixes: #3302
Currently Patroni replaces config files only if it detected a change in global configuration + patroni.yaml, however it could be that configs on filesystem were updated by humans and we want to "restore" them.
We should ignor the former leader with higher priority when it reports the same LSN as the current node.
This bug could be a contributing factor to issues described in #3295
In addition to that mock socket.getaddrinfo() call in test_api.py to avoid hitting DNS servers.
1. when evaluating whether there are healthy nodes for a leader race before demoting we need to take into account quorum requirements. Without it the former leader may end up in recovery surrounded by asynchronous nodes.
2. QuorumStateResolver wasn't correctly handling the case when the replica node quickly joined and disconnected, what was resulting in the following errors:
```
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 427, in _generate_transitions
yield from self.__remove_gone_nodes()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 327, in __remove_gone_nodes
yield from self.sync_update(numsync, sync)
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 227, in sync_update
raise QuorumError(f'Sync {numsync} > N of ({sync})')
patroni.quorum.QuorumError: Sync 2 > N of ({'postgresql2'})
2025-02-14 10:18:07,058 INFO: Unexpected exception raised, please report it as a BUG
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 246, in __iter__
transitions = list(self._generate_transitions())
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 423, in _generate_transitions
yield from self.__handle_non_steady_cases()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 281, in __handle_non_steady_cases
yield from self.quorum_update(len(voters) - self.numsync, voters)
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/quorum.py", line 184, in quorum_update
raise QuorumError(f'Quorum {quorum} < 0 of ({voters})')
patroni.quorum.QuorumError: Quorum -1 < 0 of ({'postgresql1'})
2025-02-18 15:50:48,243 INFO: Unexpected exception raised, please report it as a BUG
```
Allow to define labels that will be assigned to a postgres instance pod when in 'initializing new cluster', 'running custom bootstrap script', 'starting after custom bootstrap', or 'creating replica' state
The first one if available starting from PostgreSQL v13 and contains the
real write LSN. We will prefer it over value returned by
pg_last_wal_receive_lsn(), which is in fact flush LSN.
The second one is available starting from PostgreSQL v9.6 and points to
WAL flush on the source host. In case of primary it will allow to better
calculate the replay lag, because values stored in DCS are updated only
every loop_wait seconds.
If logical replication slot is created with failover => true option, we
get respective field set to true in `pg_replication_slots` view.
By avoiding interacting with such slots we make logical failover slots
feature fully functional in PG17.
It doesn't accept multiple hosts with [] character in URL anymore.
To mitigate the problem we switch to native wrappers of
PQconninfoParse() function from libpq when it is possible and use own
implementation only when psycopg2 is too old.
the problem existed because _build_retain_slots() method was falsely relying on members being present in DCS, while on failover the member key for the former leader is expiring exactly at the same time.
Consider a situation: there is a permanent logical slot and primary and replica are temporary down.
When Patroni is started on the former primary it starts Postgres in a standby mode, what leads to removal of physical replication slot for the replica because it has xmin.
We should postpone removal of such physical slots:
- on replica until there will be a leader in the cluster
- on primary until Postgres is promoted
- fix unit tests (logging now uses time.time_ns() instead of time.time())
- update setup.py
- update tox.ini
- enable unix and behave tests with 3.13
Close https://github.com/patroni/patroni/issues/3243
Test if config (file) parsed with yaml_load() contains a valid Mapping
object, otherwise Patroni throws an explicit exception. It also makes
the Patroni output more explicit when using that kind of "invalid"
configuration.
``` console
$ touch /tmp/patroni.yaml
$ patroni --validate-config /tmp/patroni.yaml
/tmp/patroni.yaml does not contain a dict
invalid config file /tmp/patroni.yaml
```
reportUnnecessaryIsInstance is explicitly ignored since we can't
determine what yaml_safeload can bring from a YAML config (list,
dict,...).
* Compatibility with python-json-logger>=3.1
After refactoring the old API is still working, but producing warnings
and pyright also fails.
Besides that improve coverage of watchdog/base.py and ctl.py
* Stick to ubuntu 22.04
* Please pyright
Patroni could be doing replica bootstrap and we don't want want pg_basebackup/wal-g/pgBackRest/barman or similar keep running.
Besides that, remove data directory on replica bootstrap failure if configuration allows.
Close#3224
When doing `patronictl restart <clustername> --pending`, the confirmation lists all members, regardless if their restart is really pending:
```
> patronictl restart pgcluster --pending
+ Cluster: pgcluster (7436691039717365672) ----+----+-----------+-----------------+---------------------------------+
| Member | Host | Role | State | TL | Lag in MB | Pending restart | Pending restart reason |
+--------+----------+--------------+-----------+----+-----------+-----------------+---------------------------------+
| win1 | 10.0.0.2 | Sync Standby | streaming | 8 | 0 | * | hba_file: [hidden - too long] |
| | | | | | | | ident_file: [hidden - too long] |
| | | | | | | | max_connections: 201->202 |
+--------+----------+--------------+-----------+----+-----------+-----------------+---------------------------------+
| win2 | 10.0.0.3 | Leader | running | 8 | | * | hba_file: [hidden - too long] |
| | | | | | | | ident_file: [hidden - too long] |
| | | | | | | | max_connections: 201->202 |
+--------+----------+--------------+-----------+----+-----------+-----------------+---------------------------------+
| win3 | 10.0.0.4 | Replica | streaming | 8 | 0 | | |
+--------+----------+--------------+-----------+----+-----------+-----------------+---------------------------------+
When should the restart take place (e.g. 2024-11-27T08:27) [now]:
Restart if the PostgreSQL version is less than provided (e.g. 9.5.2) []:
Are you sure you want to restart members win1, win2, win3? [y/N]:
```
When we proceed with the restart despite the scary message mentioning all members, not just the ones needing a restart, there will be an error message stating the node not to be restarted was indeed not restarted:
```
Are you sure you want to restart members win1, win2, win3? [y/N]: y
Restart if the PostgreSQL version is less than provided (e.g. 9.5.2) []:
Success: restart on member win1
Success: restart on member win2
Failed: restart for member win3, status code=503, (restart conditions are not satisfied)
```
The misleading confirmation message can also be seen when using the `--any` flag.
The current PR is fixing this.
However, we do not apply filtering in case of scheduled pending restart, because the condition must be evaluated at the scheduled time.
This allows to set whether a particular permanent replication slot should always be created ('cluster_type=any', the default), or just on a primary ('cluster_type=primary') or standby ('cluster_type=standby') cluster, respectively.
When in automatic mode we probably don't need to warn user about failure to set up watchdog. This is the common case and makes many users think that this feature is somehow necessary to run Patroni safely. For most users it is completely fine to run without and it makes sense to reduce their log spam.
1. Implemented compatibility.
2. Constrained the upper version in requirements.txt to avoid future failures.
3. Setup an additional pipeline to check with the latest ydiff.
Close#3209Close#3212Close#3218
Additionally run on_role_change callback in post_recover() for a primary
that failed to start after a crash to increase chances the callback is executed,
even if the further start as a replica fails
---------
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
python-consul is unmaintained for a long time and py-consul is an official replacement.
However, we still keep backward compatibility with python-consul.
Close: #3189
Declaring variables with `Union` and using `isinstance()` hack doesn't work anymore. Therefore the code is updated to use `Any` for variable and `cast` function after firguring out the correct type in order to avoid getting errors about `Unknown` types.
There are cases when we may send the same PATCH request more than one time to K8s API server and it could happen that the first request actually successfully updated the target and we cancelled while waiting for a response. The second PATCH request in this case will fail due to resource_version mismatch.
So far our strategy for update_leader() method was - re-read the object and repeat the request with the new resource_version. However, we can avoid the update by comparing annotations on the read object with annotations that we wanted to set.
Since `3.2.0` Patroni is able to create physical replication slots on replica nodes just for the case if this node at some moment will become the primary.
There are two potential problems of having such slots:
1. They prevent recycling of WAL files.
2. They may affect vacuum on the primary is hot_standby_feedback is enabled.
The first class of issues is already addressed by periodically calling pg_replication_slot_advance() function.
However the second class of issues doesn't happen instantly, but only when the old primary switched to a replica. In this case physical replication slots that were at some moment activate will hold NOT NULL value of `xmin`, which will be propagated to the primary via hot_standby_feedback mechanism.
To address the second problem we will detect that a physical replication slot is not supposed to be active, but having NOT NULL `xmin` and drop/crecreate it.
Close#3146Close#3153
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
This commit is a breaking change:
1. `role` in DCS is written as "primary" instead of "master".
2. `role` in REST API responses is also written as "primary".
3. REST API no longer accepts role=master in requests (for example switchover/failover/restart endpoints).
4. `/metrics` REST API endpoint will no longer report `patroni_master`.
5. `patronictl` no longer accepts `--master` argument.
6. `no_master` option in declarative configuration of custom replica creation methods is no longer treated as a special option, please use `no_leader` instead.
7. `patroni_wale_restore` doesn't accept `--no_master` anymore.
8. `patroni_barman` doesn't accept `--role=master` anymore.
9. callback scripts will be executed with role=primary instead of role=master
10. On Kubernetes Patroni by default will set role label to primary. In case if you want to keep old behavior and avoid downtime or lengthy complex migrations you can configure `kubernetes.leader_label_value` and `kubernetes.standby_leader_label_value` to `master`.
However, a few exceptions regarding master are still in place:
1. `GET /master` REST API endpoint will continue to work.
2. `master_start_timeout` and `master_stop_timeout` in global configuration are still accepted.
3. `master` tag is still preserved in Consul services in addition to `primary`.
Rationale for these exceptions: DBA doesn't always 100% control the infrastructure and can't adjust the configuration.
There are two cases when libpq may search for "localhost":
1. When host in the connection string is not specified and it is using default socket directory path.
2. When specified host matches default socket directory path.
Since we don't know the value of default socket directory path and effectively can't detect the case 2, the best strategy to mitigate the problem would be to add "localhost" if we detected a "host" be a unix socket directory (it starts with '/' character).
Close#3134
- don't register secondaries with `noloadbalance` tag.
- mention in the documentation that secondaries are also registered in `pg_dist_node`.
- update docker/kubernetes README files to include examples with secondaries being registered in `pg_dist_node`.
Current problem of Patroni that strikes many people is that it removes replication slot for member which key is expired from DCS. As a result, when the replica comes back from a scheduled maintenance WAL segments could be already absent, and it can't continue streaming without pulling files from archive.
With PostgreSQL 16 and newer we get another problem: logical slot on a standby node could be invalidated if physical replication slot on the primary was removed (and `pg_catalog` vacuumed).
The most problematic environment is Kubernetes, where slot is removed nearly instantly when member Pod is deleted.
So far, one of the recommended solutions was to configure permanent physical slots with names that match member names to avoid removal of replication slots. It works, but depending on environment might be non-trivial to implement (when for example members may change their names).
This PR implements support of `member_slots_ttl` global configuration parameter, that controls for how long member replication slots should be kept when the member key is absent. Default value is set to `30min`.
The feature is supported only starting from PostgreSQL 11 and newer, because we want to retain slots not only on the leader node, but on all nodes that could potentially become the new leader, and they should be moved forward using `pg_replication_slot_advance()` function.
One could disable feature and get back to the old behavior by setting `member_slots_ttl` to `0`.
Due to postgres --describe-config not showing GUCs defined as GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE, Patroni was always ignoring some GUCs that a user might want to have configured with non-default values.
- remove postgres --describe-config validation.
- define minor versions for availability bounds of some back-patched GUCs
1. All nodes with role == 'replica' and state == 'running' are are registered. In case is state isn't running the node is removed.
2. In case of failover/switchover we always first update the primary
3. When switching to a registered secondary we call citus_update_node() three times: rename primary to primary-demoted, put the primary name to a promoted secondary row and put the promoted secondary name to the primary row
State transitions are produced by the transition() method. First of all the method makes sure that the actual primary is registered in the metadata. In case if for a given group the primary didn't change, the method registers new secondaries and removes secondaries that are gone. It prefers to use citus_update_node() UDF to replace gone secondaries with added.
Communication protocol between primary nodes remains the same and all old features work without any changes.
To enable quorum commit:
```diff
$ patronictl.py edit-config
---
+++
@@ -5,3 +5,4 @@
use_pg_rewind: true
retry_timeout: 10
ttl: 30
+synchronous_mode: quorum
Apply these changes? [y/N]: y
Configuration changed
```
By default Patroni will use `ANY 1(list,of,stanbys)` in `synchronous_standby_names`. That is, only one node out of listed replicas will be used for quorum.
If you want to increase the number of quorum nodes it is possible to do it with:
```diff
$ patronictl edit-config
---
+++
@@ -6,3 +6,4 @@
retry_timeout: 10
synchronous_mode: quorum
ttl: 30
+synchronous_node_count: 2
Apply these changes? [y/N]: y
Configuration changed
```
Good old `synchronous_mode: on` is still supported.
Close https://github.com/patroni/patroni/issues/664
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/672
There was one oversight of #2781 - to influence external tools that Patroni could execute, we set global `umask` value based on permissions of the $PGDATA directory. As a result, it also influenced permissions of log files created by Patroni.
To address the problem we implement two measures:
1. Make `log.mode` configurable.
2. If the value is not set - calculate permissions from the original value of the umask setting.
The last one is only available since psycopg 2.8, while the first one since 2.0.8.
For backward compatibility monkeypatch connection object returned by psycopg3.
Close https://github.com/patroni/patroni/issues/3116
It could happen that there is "something" streaming from the current primary node with `application_name` that matches name of the current primary, for instance due to a faulty configuration. When processing `pg_stat_replication` we only checked that the `application_name` matches with the name one of the member nodes, but we forgot to exclude our own name.
As a result there were following side-effects:
1. The current primary could be declared as a synchronous node.
2. As a result of [1] it wasn't possible to do a switchover.
3. During shutdown the current primary was waiting for itself to release it from synchronous nodes.
Close#3111
Pass the `Cluster` object instead of `Leader`.
It will help to implement a new feature, "Configurable retention of replication slots for cluster members".
Besides that fix a couple of issues with docstrings.
Lets consider a following replication setup:
```
primary->standby1->standby2(replicatefrom: standby1)
```
In this case the `primary` will not create a physical replication slot for standby2, because it is streaming from the `standby1`.
Things will look differently if we have the following dynamic configuration:
```yaml
slots:
primary:
type: physical
standby1:
type: physical
standby2:
type: physical
```
In this case `primary` will also have `standby2` physical replication slot, which periodically must be advanced. So far it was working by taking value of `xlog_location` from the `/members/standby2` key in DCS.
But, when DCS is down and failsafe mode is activate, the `standby2` physical slot on the `primary` will not not be moved, because there was not way to get the latest value of `xlog_location`.
This PR is addressing the problem by making replica nodes to return their `xlog_location` as `lsn` header in the response on `POST /failsafe` REST API request. The current primary will use these values to advance replication slots for nodes with `replicatefrom` tag.
This constant was imported in `postgresql/__init__.py` and used in the `can_advance_slots` property.
But, after refactoring in #2958 we pass around a reference to `Postgresql` instead of `major_version` and therefore we can just rely on `can_advance_slots` property and don't reimplement its logic in other places.
The `Status` class was introduced in #2853, but we kept old properties in the `Cluster` object in order to have fewer changes in the rest of the code.
This PR is finishing the refactoring.
The following adjustments were made:
- Introduced `Status.is_empty()` method, which is used in the `Cluster.is_empty()` instead of checking actual values to simplify introduction of further fields to the Status object.
- Removed `Cluster.last_lsn` property
- Changed `Cluster.slots` property to always return dict and perform sanity checks on values.
Besides that, this PR addressing a couple of problems:
- the `AbstractDCS.get_cluster()` method some properties without holding a lock on `_cluster_thread_lock`.
- `Cluster.__permanent_slots` property was setting 'lsn' from all cluster members, while it should be doing that only for members with `replicatefrom` tag.
The `SlotsAdvanceThread` is asynchronously calling
pg_replication_slot_advance() and providing feedback about logical
replication slots that must be reinitialized by copying from the
primary. That is, the parent thread will learn about slots to be copied
only when scheduling the next pg_replication_slot_advance() call.
As a result it was possible situation when logical slot was copied with
PostgreSQL restart more than once.
To improve it we implement following measures:
1. do not schedule slot sync if it is in the list to be copied
2. remove to be copued slots from the `self._scheduled` structure
3. clean state of `SlotsAdvanceThread` when slot files are copied.
Since PG16 logical replication slots on a standby can be invalidated due
to horizon. In this case, pg_replication_slot_advance() will fail with
ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE. We should force slot copy
(i.e., recreation) of such slots.
Since `synchronous_mode` was introduced to Patroni, the plain Postgres synchronous replication has been no longer working.
The issue occurs because `process_sync_replication` always resets the value of `synchronous_standby_names` in Postgres when `synchronous_mode` is disabled in Patroni.
This commit fixes that issue by setting the value of `synchronous_standby_names` as configured by the user, if that is the case, when `synchronous_mode` is disabled.
Closes#3093
References: PAT-254.
the get_address() function was called when config_generator.py is loaded because it was required to initialize `_HOSTNAME` and `_IP` properties of `AbstractConfigGenerator` and in some cases making unit tests very slow.
`synchronous_standby_names` and synchronous replication only work on a real primary node and in case of cascading replication simply ignored by Postgres.
This fact was already addressed by `global_config.is_synchronous_mode`, but in case if in a standby cluster the `/sync` key in DCS is not empty, `patronictl list` and `GET /cluster` were falsely reporting some nodes as synchronous because this check was missing.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/3078
- updated list of GUCs
- updated regex for filtering backend processes by name
- `primary_conninfo` will contain `dbname` parameter
The last one is required for synchronizing logical replication slots by slotsync worker and doesn't create problems on older versions.
Besides that:
1. fix problem with is_physical_slot() methods, it was returning false positives for logical slots.
2. Fix a little issue with replicatefrom docs.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/3068
Etcd keeps old revisions unless instructed to delete them. If we don't delete old revisions then etcd memory usage will keep growing forever due to keepalive updates. Since Patroni does not really need to roll back to older revisions we can safely delete them.
- monkey patch `jsonlogger.RESERVED_ATTRS` to hide new attribute in `LogRecord`
- "silence" warning about `atetime.datetime.utcnow()`
- run some tests with python 3.12
- bump actions versions to silence complains about Node version
- fix PATH to Postgres binaries on MacOS
* Make sure tests are not making external calls
and pass url with scheme to urllib3 to avoid warnings
* Make sure unit tests not rely on filesystem state
* Bump pyright and "solve" reported "issues"
Most of them are related to partially unknown types of values from empty
dict or list. To solve it for the empty dict we use `EMPTY_DICT` object of
newly introduced `_FrozenDict` class.
* Improve unit-tests code coverage
* Add release notes for 3.3.0
* Bump version
* Fix pyinstaller spec file
* python 3.6 compatibility
---------
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
When packaged into pyz (zip file), resources are not directly available on filesystem and therefore we can't always rely on os.listdir() and open() to enumerate and read them.
We are going to use importlib.resources() to solve this problem, except python 3.8 and older, where there is no function (files()) available to enumerate resources. For legacy (3.8 actually becomes EOL in October 2024) python versions we are going to use os.listdir() as a fallback.
Close#3017
Fix the oversight of 193c73f
We need to set global config from the local cache if cluster.config is not initialized.
If there is nothing written into the DCS (yet), we need the setup info for the decision making (e.g., if it is a standby cluster)
Add support for ``nostream`` tag. If set to ``true`` the node will not use replication protocol to stream WAL. It will rely instead on archive recovery (if ``restore_command`` is configured) and ``pg_wal``/``pg_xlog`` polling. It also disables copying and synchronization of permanent logical replication slots on the node itself and all its cascading replicas. Setting this tag on primary node has no effect.
We currently have a script named `patroni_barman_recover` in Patroni, which is intended to be used as a custom bootstrap method, or as a custom replica creation method.
Now there is need of one more Barman related script in Patroni to handle switching of config models in Barman upon `on_role_change` events.
However, instead of creating another Patroni script, let's say `patroni_barman_config_switch`, and duplicating a lot of logic in the code, we decided to refactor the code so:
* Instead of two separate scripts (`patroni_barman_recover` and `patroni_barman_config_switch`), we have a single script (`patroni_barman`) with 2 sub-commands (`recover` and `config-switch`)
This is the overview of changes that have been performed:
* File `patroni.scripts.barman_recover` has been removed, and its logic has been split into a few files:
* `patroni.scripts.barman.cli`: handles the entrypoint of the new `patroni_barman` command, exposing the argument parser and calling the appropriate functions depending on the sub-command
* `patroni.scripts.barman.utils`: implements utilitary enums, functions and classes wich can be used by `cli` and by sub-commands implementation:
* retry mechanism
* logging set up
* communication with pg-backup-api
* `patroni.scripts.barman.recover`: implements the `recover` sub-command only
* File `patroni.tests.test_barman_recover` has been renamed as `patroni.tests.test_barman`
* File `patroni.scripts.barman.config_switch` was created to implement the `config-switch` sub-command only
* `setup.py` has been changed so it generates a `patroni_barman` application instead of `patroni_barman_recover`
* Docs and unit tests were updated accordingly
References: PAT-154.
But do it only in case if we didn't authenticate right before executing a request. Previously retries only happened when the caller was executed with `Retry.__call__()`, which is not the case for methods like `set_failover_value()` or `set_config_value()`. Also, it seems that existing watchers aren't affected, therefore we will not restart them after reauthentication.
In addition to that fix issues with `Retry.ensure_deadline(0)`:
1. the return value was ignored
2. we don't have to set `Retry.deadline` attr, it is not used anywhere
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/3023
before this patch, when execute `ps` inside container, we see
the following error:
postgres@a97c9e438eae:~$ ps
bash: ps: command not found
Signed-off-by: Zhao Junwang <[email protected]>
obey the following 5 meanings of terminology _cluster_ in Patroni.
1. PostgreSQL cluster: a cluster of postgresql instances which have the same system identifier.
2. MPP cluster: a cluster of PostgreSQL clusters that one of them acts as Coodinator and others act as workers.
3. Coordinator cluster: a PostgreSQL cluster which act the role of 'coordinator' within a MPP cluster.
4. Worker cluster: a PostgreSQL cluster which act the role 'worker' within a MPP cluster.
5. Patroni cluster: all cluster managed by Patroni can be called Patroni cluster, but we usually use this term to refering a single PostgreSQL cluster or an MPP cluster.
Provide info about the PG parameters that caused "pending restart"
flag to be set. Both `patronictl list` and `/patroni` REST API endpoint
now show the parameters names and the diff as the "pending restart
reason".
When running `pg_basebackup` to bootstrap a replica, Patroni sanitizes
the custom user options that come from `postgresql.basebackup` configuration
section using the `process_user_options` method.
However, there is a bug in that method: it filters out not allowed options
that are in the format `- setting`, but not the ones in the format
`- setting: value` from `postgresql.basebackup`.
An example of that issue is the `dbname` setting. If you specify something
like this in the configuration file:
```yaml
postgresql:
basebackup:
- dbname: "host=RANDOM"
```
You end up with `--dbname` being specified twice for `pg_basebackup`, with
`--dbname='host=RANDOM'` taking precedence as it comes up later in the
command.
This commit fixes that issue by adding a `continue` statement when
the setting in format `- setting: value` is not allowed, thus skipping
it.
---------
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
1. RotatingFileHandler is a child of StreamHandler, therefore we can't rely on `not isinstance(handler, logging.StreamHandler)`.
2. If the legacy version of `python-json-logger` is installed (that doesn't support rename_fields or static_fields), we want do what is possible rather than fail with the exception.
Besides that:
1. improve code coverage
2. make unit tests pass without python-json-logger installed or if only some old version is installed.
* Do not set pending_restart flag if hot_standby is set to 'off' during a custom bootstrap (even though we will have this flag actually set in PG, this configuration parameter is irrelevant on primary and there is no actual need for restart)
* Skip hot_standby and wal_log_hints when querying parameters pending restart on config reload. They actually can be changed manually (e.g. via ALTER SYSTEM) and it will cause the pending_restart state in PG but Patroni anyway always passes those params to postmaster as command line options. And there they only can have one value - 'on' (except on primary when performing custom bootstrap)
The `AbstractConfigGenerator._format_config` method was missing a comma in the declaration of a tuple. As a consequence it was concatenating the strings `ctl` and `citus` instead of creating two separate items in the tuple.
There is currently no observed bug from that issue in the code because the template configuration created by the method `AbstractConfigGenerator.get_template_config` doesn't include either of `ctl` or `citus` keys.
However, it is still important that we close the doors for possible future bugs that would come up if we ever attempt to use either of those keys in the template, for example.
References: PAT-231.
* Ensure that nofailover will always be used if both nofailover and
failover_priority tags are provided
* Call _validate_failover_tags from reload_local_configuration() as well
* Properly check values in the _validate_failover_tags(): nofailover value should be casted to boolean like it is done when accessed in other places
This was introduced by #2990: pod cannot be started and show the
following logs:
```
2023-12-26 03:29:25.569 UTC [47] CONTEXT: SQL statement "CREATE DATABASE "citus""
PL/pgSQL function inline_code_block line 5 at SQL statement
2023-12-26 03:29:25.569 UTC [47] STATEMENT: DO $$
BEGIN
PERFORM * FROM pg_catalog.pg_database WHERE datname = 'citus';
IF NOT FOUND THEN
CREATE DATABASE "citus";
END IF;
END;$$
2023-12-26 03:29:25,570 ERROR: post_bootstrap
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.11/dist-packages/patroni/postgresql/bootstrap.py", line 474, in post_bootstrap
self._postgresql.citus_handler.bootstrap()
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.11/dist-packages/patroni/postgresql/mpp/citus.py", line 401, in bootstrap
cur.execute(sql.encode('utf-8'))
psycopg2.errors.ActiveSqlTransaction: CREATE DATABASE cannot be executed from a function
CONTEXT: SQL statement "CREATE DATABASE "citus""
PL/pgSQL function inline_code_block line 5 at SQL statement
```
---------
Signed-off-by: Zhao Junwang <[email protected]>
Consider a task: we want to create an extension _before_ citus in a database. Currently `post_bootstrab` script is executed before `CitusHandler.bootstrap()` method, which seems to allow doing that, but in fact `CitusHandler.bootstrap()` will fail to create already existing database and as a result the whole bootstrap will fail.
Changing the order of execution of `post_bootstrab` hook and `CitusHandler.bootstrap()` seems to be useless, because it will not allow creating another extension _before_ citus. Therefore the only way of solving it is making CREATE DATABASE and CREATE EXTENSION idempotent. It will allow to create citus database and all dependencies from the `post_bootstrab` hook.
the main issue was that the configuration for Citus handler and for DCS existed in two places, while ideally AbstractDCS should not know many details about what kind of MPP is in use.
To solve the problem we first dynamically create an object implementing AbstractMPP interfaces, which is a configuration for DCS. Later this object is used to instantiate the class implementing AbstractMPPHandler interface.
This is just a starting point, which does some heavy lifting. As a next steps all kind of variables named after Citus in files different from patroni/postgres/mpp/citus.py should be renamed.
In other words this commit takes over the most complex part of #2940, which was never implemented.
Co-authored-by: zhjwpku <[email protected]>
Exclude actual leader (not the passed leader argument) from the
candidates list in the `patronictl failover` prompt.
Abort `patronictl failover` execution if candidate specified is
the same as the current cluster leader
* All dockerfiles to use PG16 by default
* PGVERSION env in the test pipelines to 16.1-1 by default
* 11->14 in the dcs-pg mapping for test pipelines
* Code comments fixes
Fix the case when a parameter value was changed and then reset back to
the initial value without restart - before this fix, the second change
was not reflected in the Postgres config.
This commit also includes the related unit test refactoring.
Consul doesn't provide any interface to immediately get `ModifyIndex` for the key that we just updated, therefore we have to perform an explicit read operation. By default stale reads are allowed and sometimes we may read stale data. As a result write_sync_state() call was considered as failed. To mitigate the problem we switch to `consistent` reads when that executed after update of the `/sync` key.
Close#2972
Instead of passing around names, specific tags, and Postgres version just pass Postgresql object and objects implementing Tags interface.
It should simplify implementation of #2842
1. extract `GlobalConfig` class to its own module
2. make the module instantiate the `GlobalConfig` object on load and replace sys.modules with the this instance
3. don't pass `GlobalConfig` object around, but use `patroni.global_config` module everywhere.
4. move `ignore_slots_matchers`, `max_timelines_history`, and `permanent_slots` from `ClusterConfig` to `GlobalConfig`.
5. add `use_slots` property to global_config and remove duplicated code from `Cluster` and `Postgresql.ConfigHandler`.
Besides that improve readability of couple of checks in ha.py and formatting of `/config` key when saved from patronictl.
The `obj` could be easily obtained with the help of `click.get_current_context().obj`.
Introduced function `is_citus_cluster()` will simplify future refactoring to add support of other MPP databases.
In addition to that refactor ctl.py unit tests by moving most of mocks to the global scope.,
When deploying a new Citus cluster with Etcd v2 Patroni was failing to start with the following exception:
```python
2023-11-09 10:51:41,246 INFO: Selected new etcd server http://localhost:2379
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/./patroni.py", line 6, in <module>
main()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/__main__.py", line 343, in main
return patroni_main(args.configfile)
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/__main__.py", line 237, in patroni_main
abstract_main(Patroni, configfile)
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/daemon.py", line 172, in abstract_main
controller = cls(config)
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/__main__.py", line 66, in __init__
self.ensure_unique_name()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/__main__.py", line 112, in ensure_unique_name
cluster = self.dcs.get_cluster()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/dcs/__init__.py", line 1654, in get_cluster
cluster = self._get_citus_cluster() if self.is_citus_coordinator() else self.__get_patroni_cluster()
File "/home/akukushkin/git/patroni/patroni/dcs/__init__.py", line 1638, in _get_citus_cluster
cluster = groups.pop(CITUS_COORDINATOR_GROUP_ID, Cluster.empty())
AttributeError: 'Cluster' object has no attribute 'pop'
```
It is broken since #2909.
In addition to that fix `_citus_cluster_loader()` interface by allowing it to return only dict obj.
When running in containers it is possible that the traffic is routed using `docker-proxy`, which listens on the port and accepting incoming connections.
This commit effectively sticks to the original solution from #2878
In case if archiving is enabled the `Postgresql.latest_checkpoint_location()` method returns LSN of the prev (SWITCH) record, which points to the beginning of the WAL file. It is done in order to make it possible to safely promote replica which recovers WAL files from the archive and wasn't streaming when the primary was stopped (primary doesn't archive this WAL file).
But, in certain cases using the LSN pointing to SWITCH record was causing unnecessary pg_rewind, if replica didn't managed to replay shutdown checkpoint record before it was promoted.
In order to mitigate the problem we need to check that replica received/replayed exactly the shutdown checkpoint LSN. But, at the same time we will still write LSN of the SWITCH record to the `/status` key when releasing the leader lock.
A contrib script, which can be used as a custom bootstrap method, or as a custom create replica method.
The script communicates with the pg-backup-api on the Barman node so Patroni is able to restore a Barman backup remotely.
The `--help` option of the script, along with the script docstring, should provide some context on how to use fill its parameters.
Patroni docs were updated accordingly to share examples about how to configure the script as a custom bootstrap method, or as a custom create replica method.
References: PAT-216.
This commit introduces a FAQ page to the docs. The idea is to get
most frequently asked questions answered before-hand, so the user
is able to get them answered quickly without going into detail in
the docs or having to go to Slack/GitHub to clarify questions.
---------
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
Previous to this commit, if a user would ever like to add parameters to the custom bootstrap script call, they would need to configure Patroni like this:
```
bootstrap:
method: custom_method_name
custom_method_name:
command: /path/to/my/custom_script --arg1=value1 --arg2=value2 ...
```
This commit extends that so we achieve a similar behavior that is seen when using `create_replica_methods`, i.e., we also allow the following syntax:
```
bootstrap:
method: custom_method_name
custom_method_name:
command: /path/to/my/custom_script
arg1: value1
arg2: value2
```
All keys in the mapping which are not recognized by Patroni, will be dealt with as if they were additional named arguments to be passed down to the `command` call.
References: PAT-218.
- order sections similar to sample configs
- add warnings and comments to `bootstrap.dcs` section.
- add `tags` and `log` sections.
- use discovered IPs in `postgresql.connect_address` and `postgresql.listen`
- set `wal_level` to `replica` for PostgreSQL 9.6+
- make unit tests pass with python 3.6
- improve config validator so it doesn't complain when some ints are strings in YAML file.
For now it will sit in the section about the Patroni configuration. We can later move it to (or reference from) a new section where all the functionality of the `patroni` executable will be described.
The priority is configured with `failover_priority` tag. Possible values are from `0` till infinity, where `0` means that the node will never become the leader, which is the same as `nofailover` tag set to `true`. As a result, in the configuration file one should set only one of `failover_priority` or `nofailover` tags.
The failover priority kicks in only when there are more than one node have the same receive/replay LSN and are ahead of other nodes in the cluster. In this case the node with higher value of `failover_priority` is preferred. If there is a node with higher values of receive/replay LSN, it will become the new leader even if it has lower value of `failover_priority` (except when priority is set to 0).
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2759
This commit changes the `patronictl` application in such a way its
`--dcs` argument is now able to receive a namespace.
Previous to this commit this was the format of that argument's value:
`DCS://HOST:PORT`.
From now on it accepts this format: `DCS://HORT:PORT/NAMESPACE`. As all
previous parts of the argument value, `NAMESPACE` is optional, and if
not given `patronictl` will fallback to the value from the configuration
file, if any, or to `service`.
This change is specifically useful when you are running a cluster in a
custom namespace, and from a machine where you don't have a configuration
file for Patroni or `patronictl`. It can avoid that you would have to
create a configuration file only with `namespace` filed in that case.
Issue reported by: Shaun Thomas <[email protected]>
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
The error is raised if Etcd is configured to use JWT auth tokens and when the user database in Etcd is updated, because the update invalidates all tokens.
If retries are requested - try to get a new new token and repeat the request. Repeat it in a loop until request is successfully executed or until `retry_timeout` is exhausted. This is the only way of solving a race condition, because between authentication and executing the request yet another modification of the user database in Etcd might happen.
In case if the request doesn't have to be immediately retried - set a flag that the next API request should perform the authentication first and let Patroni to naturally repeat the request on the next heartbeat loop.
Co-authored-by: Kenny Do <[email protected]>
Ref: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/2911
PR #2909 remove the cache in Zookeeper implementation of DCS, so
the comment of get_cluster should be changed to 'Retrieve a fresh
view of DCS' since every implementation does so.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Junwang <[email protected]>
- Fixed issues with has_permanent_slots() method. It didn't took into account the case of permanent physical slots for members, falsely concluding that there are no permanent slots.
- Write to the status key only LSNs for permanent slots (not just for slots that exist on the primary).
- Include pg_current_wal_flush_lsn() to slots feedback, so that slots on standby nodes could be advanced
- Improved behave tests:
- Verify that permanent slots are properly created on standby nodes
- Verify that permanent slots are properly advanced, including DCS failsafe mode
- Verify that only permanent slots are written to the `/status`
* remove check_psycopg() call from the setup.py, when installing from wheel it doesn't work anyway.
* call check_psycopg() function before process_arguments(), because the last one is trying to import psycopg and fails with the stacktrace, while the first one shows a nice human-readable error message.
* add psycopg2, psycopg2-binary, and psycopg3 extras, that will install psycopg2>=2.5.4, psycopg2-binary, or psycopg[binary]>=3.0.0 modules respectively.
* move check_psycopg() function to the __main__.py.
* introduce the new extra called `all`, it will allow to install all dependencies at once (except psycopg related).
* use the `build` module in order to create sdist bdist_wheel packages.
* update the documentation regarding psycopg and extras (dependencies).
Cache creates a lot of problems and prevents implementing a feature of automatic retention of physical replication slots for members with configurable retention policy.
Just read the entire cluster from Zookeeper instead and use watchers only for the `/leader` and `/config` keys.
There are cases when Citus wants to have a connection to the local postgres. By default it uses `localhost` for that, which is not alwasy available. To solve it we will set `citus.local_hostname` GUC to custom value, which is the same as Patroni uses to connect to Postgres.
1. Introduce DEBUG logs for callbacks
2. Configure log format in behave tests to include filename, line, and method name that triggered the callback and enable DEBUG logs for `patroni.postgresql.callback_executor` module.
P.S. unfortunately it works only starting from python 3.8, but it should be good enough for debug purpose because 3.7 is already EOL.
1. Enforce `_load_cluster()` after acquisition for the leader lock in ZooKeeper. Sometimes the notification from ZooKeeper was arriving too late and Patroni wasn't setting the `role=standby_leader`.
2. The `_get_node_to_follow()` method was falsely assuming that we still own the leader lock and returning the remote node instead of the new standby leader. While not a big issue per se, because the next HA loop usually fixes it, such behavior was causing flakiness of behave tests with Postgres 12 and older, where restart is required to update `primary_conninfo` GUC.
It used to work before #2652
Besides that fix a couple of more problems:
- make sure `_patch_or_create()` method isn't instantiating the `k8s_client.V1ConfigMap` object instead of `k8s_client.V1Endpoints` for non leader endpoints. The only reason it worked is that the JSON serialization for both object types is the same and doesn't include the object type name.
- `attempt_to_acquire_leader()` should immediately put the IP address of the primary to the leader endpoint. It didn't happen because of the oversight in the https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1820.
* Add `etcd3` as a DCS option for behave tests in `tox.ini`
Currently behave tests run through `tox` accept only `etcd` as a DCS.
This commit adds the option of using `etcd3` too.
* Add JSON report to `tox` behave tests
This commit adds a JSON report when running behave tests through
`tox`.
That makes it easier to parse the results.
---------
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
This PR introduces a documentation page for `patronictl` application.
We adopted a top-down approach when writing this document. We start by describing the outer most parts, and then keep writing new sections that specialize the knowledge.
We basically added a section called `patronictl` to the left menu. Inside that section we created a page with this structure:
- `patronictl`: describes what it is
- `Configuraiton`: how to configure `patronictl`
- `Usage`: how to use the CLI. Inside this section, there are subsections for each of the subcommands exposed by `patronictl`, and each of them are described using the following subsubsections:
- `Synopsis`: syntax of the command and its positional and optional arguments
- `Description`: a description of what the command does
- `Parameters`: a detailed description of the arguments and how to use them
- `Examples`: one or more examples of execution of the command
References: PAT-200.
- get rid from sleeps
- reduce retry_timeout
- avoid graceful Patroni shut down while DCS is "paused", just kill
Patroni and after that gracefully stop postgres
- don't try to delete Pod when Patroni is killed. If K8s API is paused it takes ages
The run time on my laptop is reduced from 2m to 1m28s.
yaml parser interprets such lines as null and stores it as None into the
array of the parsed values, which can not be handled by write() function
and crashes the whole bootstrap process.
Even though it is not the proper value, it won't hurt if we just ignore it instead of failing completely.
We used to call `socket` module's functions from the config_generator tests
to later compare with the output produced by --generate-config. That
however sometimes ends up with the whole test module failure if gethostname()
returned None.
Also includes a little code deduplication (NO_VALUE_MSG imported directly from the config_generator module)
and removes debug maxDiff option
Patroni is changing `synchronous_standby_names` and the `/sync` key in a very specific order, first we add nodes to `synchronous_standby_names` and only after, when they are recognized as synchronous they are added to the `/sync` key. When removing nodes the order is different: they are first removed from the `/sync` key and only after that from the `synchronous_standby_names`.
As a result Patroni expects that either actual synchronous nodes will match with the nodes listed in the `/sync` key or that new candidates to synchronous nodes will not match with nodes listed in the `/sync` key. In case if `synchronous_standby_names` was removed from the `postgresql.conf`, manually, or due the the bug (#2876), the state becomes inconsistent because of the wrong order of updates.
To solve inconsistent state we introduce additional checks and will update the `/sync` key with actual names of synchronous nodes (usually empty set).
If restarted in pause Patroni was discarding `synchronous_standby_names` from `postgresql.conf` because in the internal cache this values was set to `None`. As a result synchronous replication transitioned to a broken state, with no synchronous replicas according to the `synchronous_standby_names` and Patroni not selecting/setting the new synchronous replicas (another bug).
To solve the problem of broken initial state and to avoid similar issues with other GUC's we will read GUC's value if Patroni is joining running Postgres.
Patroni doesn't watch on all changes of member keys in order to not create too much load on ZooKeeper, but only subscribes to changes (ZNodes added or deleted) in the `/member` directory. Therefore when some important fields in the value are updated we remove and recreate ZNode in order to notify the leader or other members.
The leader should remove the member key only when the `checkpoint_after_promote` value is changed and replicas when the `state` is changed to/from `running`.
We don't care about the `version` field, because Patroni version can't be changed without restart, what will case ZooKeeper `session_id` to change it anyway.
This fix hopefully will reduce failures of behave tests on GH Actions.
Despite being validated by `IntValidator` some GUC's couldn't be casted directly to `int` because they include suffix. Example: `128MB`.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2879
WARNING messages are produced by `urllib3` if Patroni is quickly restarted.
Instead we will check that the node is listen on a given port. This fact is actually enough to detect names clashes, while HTTP request could raise an exception is a few other cases, what might case false negatives.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2881
Create permanent physical replication slots on standby nodes and use `pg_replication_slot_advance()` function to move them forward.
The `restart_lsn` is advanced based on values stored in the `/status` key by the primary node.
When slot is created on a replica it could be ahead the same slot on the primary and therefore there is some period of time when it doesn't protect WAL files from being recycled.
- Allow pip to modify an EXTERNALLY-MANAGED Python installation by passing --break-system-packages
- Build Citus for arm64
- Don't use PG_MAJOR argument
As was reported by @ants on Slack it could happen that `received_tli` is ahead of replayed timeline, therefore we should stop using it when deciding on pg_rewind if postgres is running and use only `IDENTIFY_SYSTEM` via replication connection.
Previous to this commit `patronictl query` was working only if `-r` argument was provided to the command. Otherwise it would face issues:
* If neither `-r` nor `-m` were provided:
```
PGPASSWORD=zalando patronictl -c postgres0.yml query -U postgres -c "SHOW PORT"
2023-09-12 17:45:38 No connection to role=None is available
```
* If only `-m` was provided:
```
$ PGPASSWORD=zalando patronictl -c postgres0.yml query -U postgres -c "SHOW PORT" -m postgresql0
2023-09-12 17:46:15 No connection to member postgresql0 is available
```
This issue was a regression introduced by `4c3e0b9382820524239d2aa4d6b95379ef1291db` through PR #2687.
Through that PR we decided to move the common logic used to check mutually exclusiveness of `--role` and `--member` arguments to `get_any_member` function.
However, previous to that change `role` variable would assume the default value of `any` in `query` method, before `get_any_member` was called, which was not the case after the change.
This commit fixes that issue by adding a handler in `get_cursor` function to `role=None`. As `role` defaulting to `any` is handled in a sub-call to `get_any_member`, we are apparently safe in `get_cursor` to return the cursor if `role=None`.
Unit tests were updated accordingly.
References: PAT-204.
It represents the `/status` key in DCS and makes it easier to introduce new values stored in the `/status` key without need to refactor all DCS implementations.
- Don't set leader in failover key from patronictl failover
- Show warning and execute switchover if leader option is provided for patronictl failover command
- Be more precise in the log messages
- Allow to failover to an async candidate in sync mode
- Check if candidate is the same as the leader specified in api
- Fix and extend some tests
- Add documentation
Some special handling is required when changing either of these settings in a Postgres cluster that has standby nodes:
* `max_connections`
* `max_prepared_transactions`
* `max_locks_per_transaction`
* `max_wal_senders`
* `max_worker_processes`
If one attempts to decrease `max_connections` dynamic setting and restart all nodes at the same time (primary and standbys), Patroni will refuse to apply the new value on the standbys and require the user to restart it again later, once replication catches up.
That behavior is correct, but it is not documented.
This commit adds information to documentation about that behavior and why it's required.
References: PAT-166.
* Generate documentation of private members through sphinx docs
With this commit we make sphinx build API docs for the following
things, which were missing up to this point:
* `__init__` method of classes;
* "private" members (properties, functions, methods, attributes, etc.,
which name starts with an underscore);
* members that are missing a docstring, so we can still reference
them with links in the documentation.
The third point can be removed later, if we wish, when we reach a
point where everything has proper docstrings in the Patroni code base.
* Fix documentation problems found after enabling private methods in sphinx
* `:cvar:` is not a valid domain role. Replaced with `:attr:`.
* documentation for `consul.base.Consul.__init__` has a single backtick
quoted string which is interpreted as a reference which cannot be found.
Therefore, the docstring has been copied as a block quote.
* various list spacing problems and indentation problems.
* code blocks added where indentation is interpreted incorrectly
* literal string quoting issues.
---------
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Matt Baker <[email protected]>
1. make _get_members_slots() method return data in the same format as _get_permanent_slots() method
2. move conflicting name handling from get_replication_slots() to _get_members_slots() method
3. enrich structure returned by get_replication_slots() with the LSN of permanent logical slots reported by primary
4. use the added information in the SlotsHandler instead of fetching it from the Cluster.slots
5. bugfix: don't try to advance logical slot that doesn't match required configuration
Due to a race condition Patroni was falsely assuming that the standby should be restarted because some recovery parameters (primary_conninfo or similar) were changed.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2834
Sharing a single connection between REST API and the main thread (doing heartbeats) was working mostly fine, except when Postgres becomes so slow that REST API queries start blocking the main loop.
If the dedicated REST API connection isn't available we use the heartbeat connection as a fallback.
* Use virtualenv to install tox in behave Dockerfile
Upstream change in postgres docker image uses debian restriction on
installing system-wide non-debian python packages. Debian doesn't
provide a tox>=4, so we need to install with pip.
* Exclude all output directories generated using `tox-wrapper.sh`
The `tox-wrapper.sh` script created by `features/Dockerfile` creates
directories like features/output-tox-pg14-docker-behave-etcd-lin-973719674/
* Reduce footprint of tox behave docker image
When running with the leader lock Patroni was just setting the `role` label to `master` and effectively `kubernetes.standby_leader_label_value` feature never worked.
Now it is fixed, but in order to not introduce breaking changes we just update default value of the `standby_leader_label_value` to the `master`.
`patronictl` is implemented using `click` module, and that module uses the functions' docstrings for creating a helper text.
As a consequence the docstring for `ctl` function was being shown to the user, which doesn't make sense.
This PR fixes that issue by adding a user-friendly description to be shown on `patronictl --help`. We use a `\f` to tell `click` when to stop capturing text to show in the helper.
Note that `patronictl` commands are implemented using `@ctl.command` decorator, and we always provide them with `help` argument. That said, none of the subcommands are affected by the aforementioned issue, only the entry point of the CLI.
References: PAT-201.
1.0.3 removed support of `top_level` configuration parameter and builds
now are failing.
Besides that remove redundant pyyaml from requirements.docs.txt
Make it hold connection kwargs for local connections and all `NamedConnection` objects use them automatically.
Also get rid of redundant `ConfigHandler.local_connect_kwargs`.
On top of that we will introduce a dedicated connection for the REST API thread.
The same (almost) logic was used in three different places:
1. `Patroni` class
2. `Member` class
3. `_MemberStatus` class
Now they all inherit newly intoduced `Tags` class.
* Add failsafe_mode_is_active to /patroni and /metrics
* Add patroni_primary to /metrics
* Add examples showing that failsafe_mode_is_active and cluster_unlocked
are only shown for /patroni when the value is "true"
* Update /patroni and /config examples
Cluster.get_replication_slots() didn't take into account that there can not be logical replication slots in a standby cluster replicas. It was only skipping logical slots for the standby_leader, but replicas were expecting that they will have to copy them over.
Also on replicas in a standby cluster these logical slots were falsely added to the `_replication_slots` dict.
1. stop using the same cursor all the time, it creates problems when not carefully used from different threads.
2. introduce query() method in the Connection class and make it return a result set when it is possible.
3. refactor most of the code that is relying (directly or indirectly) on the Connection object to use the query() method as much as possible.
This refactoring helps with reducing code complexity and will help with future introduction of a separate database connection for the REST API thread. The last one will help to improve reliability when system is under significant stress when simple monitoring queries are taking seconds to execute and the REST API starts blocking the main thread.
Previous to this commit `IntValidator` would always consider the value `0` invalid, even if in the allowed range.
The problem was that `parse_int` was returning `0` in the following line:
```python
value = parse_int(value, self.base_unit) or ""
```
However the `or ""` was evaluating to an empty string.
As `parse_int` returns either an `int` if able to parse, or `None` otherwise, the `isinstance(value, int)` is enough to error out when not a valid `int`.
Closes#2817
Besides adding docstrings to `patroni.config`, a few side changes
have been applied:
* Reference `config_file` property instead of internal attribute
`_config_file` in method `_load_config_file`;
* Have `_AUTH_ALLOWED_PARAMETERS[:2]` as default value of `params`
argument in method `_get_auth` instead of using
`params or _AUTH_ALLOWED_PARAMETERS[:2]` in the body;
* Use `len(PATRONI_ENV_PREFIX)` instead of a hard-coded `8` when
removing the prefix from environment variable names;
* Fix documentation of `wal_log_hints` setting. The previous docs
mentioned it was a dynamic setting that could be changed. However
it is managed by Patroni, which forces `on` value.
References: PAT-123.
Expanding on the addition of docstrings in code, this adds python module API docs to sphinx documentation.
A developer can preview what this might look like by running this locally:
```
tox -m docs
```
The option `-W` is added to the tox env so that warning messages are considered errors.
Adds doc generation using the above method to the test GitHub workflow to catch documentation problems on PRs.
Some docstrings have been reformatted and fixed to satisfy errors generated with the above setup.
Due to historical reasons (not available before 9.6) we used `pg_current_wal_lsn()`/`pg_current_xlog_location()` functions to get current WAL LSN on the primary. But, this LSN is not necessarily synced to disk, and could be lost if the primary node crashed.
It seems that a common pitfall for new users of Patroni is that the `bootstrap.dcs` section is only used to initialize the configuration in DCS. This moves the comment about this to an info block so it is more visible to the reader.
New patroni.py option that allows to
* generate patroni.yml configuration file with the values from a running cluster
* generate a sample patroni.yml configuration file
* Refactor is_failover_possible()
Move all the members filtering inside the function.
* Remove check_synchronous parameter
* Add sync_mode_is_active() method and user it everywhere where it is appropriate
* Reduce nesting
---------
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
consider the scenario(enable failsafe_mode):
0. node1(primary) - node2(replica)
1. stop all etcd nodes; wait ttl seconds; start all etcd nodes; (node2's failsafe will contain the info about node1)
2. switchover to node2; (node2's failsafe still contain the info about node1)
3. stop all etcd nodes; wait ttl seconds; start all etcd nodes;
4. node2 will demote because it consider node1 as primary
Resetting failsafe state when running as a primary fixes the issue.
1. Unit tests should not really try accessing any resources.
2. Not doing so results in significant execution time of unit tests on Windows
In addition to that perform a request with timeout 3s. Usually this is more than enough to figure out whether resource is accessible.
Followup on #2724
This PR is an attempt of refactoring the docs about migration to Patroni.
These are a few enhancements that we propose through this PR:
* Docs used to mention the procedure can only be performed in a single-node cluster. We changed that so the procedure considers a cluster composed of primary and standbys;
* Teach how to deal with pre-existing replication slots;
* Explain how to create the user for `pg_rewind`, if user intends to enable `use_pg_rewind`.
References: PAT-143.
Postgres supports two types of permissions:
1. owner only
2. group readable
By default the first one is used because it provides better security. But, sometimes people want to run a backup tool with the user that is different from postgres. In this case the second option becomes very useful. Unfortunately it didn't work correctly because Patroni was creating files with owner access only permissions.
This PR changes the behavior and permissions on files and directories that are created by Patroni will be calculated based on permissions of PGDATA. I.e., they will get group readable access when it is necessary.
Close#1899Close#1901
The docs of `slots` configuration used to have this mention:
```
my_slot_name: the name of replication slot. If the permanent slot name
matches with the name of the current primary it will not be created.
Everything else is the responsibility of the operator to make sure that
there are no clashes in names between replication slots automatically
created by Patroni for members and permanent replication slots.
```
However that is not true in the sense that Patroni does not check for
clashes between `my_slot_name` and the name of replication slots created
for replicating changes among members. If you specify a slot name that
clashes with the name of a replication slot used by a member, it turns
out Patroni will make the slot permanent in the primary even if the member
key expire from the DCS.
Through this commit we also enhance the docs in terms of explaining that
physical permanent slots are maintained only in the primary, while logical
replication slots are copied from primary to standbys.
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
The node `postgresql2` in the repository is apparently supposed
to be a cascading standby.
However, if that is the case, there is a typo in the name of its
upstream node.
This commit fixes that issue.
In issue #2735 it was discussed that there should be some warning around PostgreSQL parameters that do not pass validation.
This commit ensures something is logged for parameters that fail validation and therefore fall back to default values.
Close#2735Close#2740
Consider a following situation:
1. node1 is stressed so much that Patroni heart-beat can't run regularly and the leader lock expires.
2. node2 notice that there is no leader, gets the lock, promotes, and gets to a situation like it is described in 1.
3. Patroni on node1 finally wakes up, notice that Postgres is running as a primary, but without a leader lock and "happily" acquires the lock.
That is, node1 discarded promoting of node2, and the node2 after that it will not be possible to join the node2 back to the cluster, because pg_rewind is not possible when two nodes are on the same timeline.
To partially mitigate the problem we introduce an additional timeline check. If postgres is running as primary Patroni will consider it as a perfect candidate only if timeline isn't behind the last known cluster timeline recorder in the `/history` key. If postgres timeline is behind the cluster timeline postgres will be demoted to read-only. Further behavior would depend on `maximum_lag_on_failover` and `check_timeline` settings.
Since the `/history` key isn't updated instantly after promotion, there is still a short period of time when the issue could happen, but it seems that it is close to impossible to make it more reliable.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2779
It was reported in #2779 that the primary was constantly logging messages like `Synchronous replication key updated by someone else`.
It happened after Patroni was stuck due to resource starvation. Key updates are performed using create_revision/mod_revision field, which value is taken from the internal cached. Hence, it is a clear symptom of stale cache.
Similar issues in K8s implementation were addressed by invalidating the cache and restarting watcher connections every time when update failed due to resource_version mismatch, so we do the same for Etcd3.
On Slack user reported that Patroni didn't run pg_rewind on one of the nodes after coming out of maintenance mode.
Steps that were executed:
0. The initial state: node1 - primary, node2 - replica
1. `patronictl pause`
2. On node2: pg_ctl promote
3. On node1: pg_ctl stop
4. Patroni on node1 notice that Postgres isn't running and removes the leader lock
5. Patroni on node2 notice that Postgres is running as a primary and takes the leader lock.
6. `patronictl resume`.
After that node1 started saying in logs:
`Waiting for checkpoint on node2 before rewind`.
Repeating this steps may not necessarily reproduce the problem, because presumably pg_rewind failed earlier on node1.
Such situation was possible because promote wasn't executed by Patroni and therefore `Rewind._state` wasn't explicitly reset and the code that ensures that CHECKPOINT after promote was run wasn't triggered.
As a mitigation following changes have been made:
1. retrigger pg_rewind checks after coming out of maintenance mode
2. run ensure CHECKPOINT after promote checks using `Rewind._state != REWIND_STATUS.CHECKPOINT` condition. It allowed to remove useless hook from `Postgresql.promote()`.
When we don't have permanent logical slots Patroni was updating the `/status` on every heart-beat loop even when LSN on the primary isn't moving forward.
The issue was introduced in the #2485
1. Take client certificates only from the `ctl` section. Motivation: sometimes there are server-only certificates that can't be used as client certificates. As a result neither Patroni not patronictl work correctly even if `--insecure` option is used.
2. Document that if `restapi.verify_client` is set to `required` then client certificates **must** be provided in the `ctl` section.
3. Add support for `ctl.authentication` and prefer to use it over `restapi.authentication`.
4. Silence annoying InsecureRequestWarning when `patronictl -k` is used, so that behavior becomes is similar to `curl -k`.
Includes:
* renaming of `_unready_logical_slots` to better represent that it is a processing queue which is emptied on successful completion.
* ensuring that return type is consistent.
* made logic variable names explicit to help explain how the decision of whether a slot is "ready" is made.
If one of backends crashed postmaster stops all backend and does crash recovery because shared memory could be corrupted. If something happens during this phase postgres may completely crash leaving pg_control with "in crash recovery" state.
Followup on #2726
To do that we use `pg_stat_get_wal_receiver()` function, which is available since 9.6. For older versions the `patronictl list` output and REST API responses remain as before.
In case if there is no wal receiver process we check if `restore_command` is set and show the state as `in archive recovery`.
Example of `patronictl list` output:
```bash
$ patronictl list
+ Cluster: batman -------------+---------+---------------------+----+-----------+
| Member | Host | Role | State | TL | Lag in MB |
+-------------+----------------+---------+---------------------+----+-----------+
| postgresql0 | 127.0.0.1:5432 | Leader | running | 12 | |
| postgresql1 | 127.0.0.1:5433 | Replica | in archive recovery | 12 | 0 |
+-------------+----------------+---------+---------------------+----+-----------+
$ patronictl list
+ Cluster: batman -------------+---------+-----------+----+-----------+
| Member | Host | Role | State | TL | Lag in MB |
+-------------+----------------+---------+-----------+----+-----------+
| postgresql0 | 127.0.0.1:5432 | Leader | running | 12 | |
| postgresql1 | 127.0.0.1:5433 | Replica | streaming | 12 | 0 |
+-------------+----------------+---------+-----------+----+-----------+
```
Example of REST API response:
```bash
$ curl -s localhost:8009 | jq .
{
"state": "running",
"postmaster_start_time": "2023-07-06 13:12:00.595118+02:00",
"role": "replica",
"server_version": 150003,
"xlog": {
"received_location": 335544480,
"replayed_location": 335544480,
"replayed_timestamp": null,
"paused": false
},
"timeline": 12,
"replication_state": "in archive recovery",
"dcs_last_seen": 1688642069,
"database_system_identifier": "7252327498286490579",
"patroni": {
"version": "3.0.3",
"scope": "batman"
}
}
$ curl -s localhost:8009 | jq .
{
"state": "running",
"postmaster_start_time": "2023-07-06 13:12:00.595118+02:00",
"role": "replica",
"server_version": 150003,
"xlog": {
"received_location": 335544816,
"replayed_location": 335544816,
"replayed_timestamp": null,
"paused": false
},
"timeline": 12,
"replication_state": "streaming",
"dcs_last_seen": 1688642089,
"database_system_identifier": "7252327498286490579",
"patroni": {
"version": "3.0.3",
"scope": "batman"
}
}
```
Refactor allowed_keys method as a class variable
Method does not perform any computation or modify data as it is a static
tuple, therefore it is better expressed as a class variable.
- make sure that physical replication slots are created even before the promote happened (when async executor is busy with promote).
- execute `txid_current()` with `synchronous_commit=off` so it doesn't accidentally wait for absent synchronous standbys when `synchronous_mode_strict` is enable and `synchronous_standby_names=*`. These standbys can't connect because replication slots weren't there.
- `synchronous_standby_names` wasn't set to `*` after bootstrap with `synchronous_mode` and `synchronous_mode_strict`.
- add `-c statement_timeout=0` to `PGOPTIONS` when executing `post_bootstrap` script.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2738
If we know for sure that a few moments ago postgres was still running as a primary and we still have the leader lock and can successfully update it, in this case we can safely start postgres back not in recovery. That will allow to avoid bumping timeline without a reason and hopefully improve reliability because it will address issues similar to #2720.
In addition to that remove `if self.state_handler.is_starting()` check from the `recover()` method. This branch could never be reached because the `starting` state is handled earlier in the `_run_cycle()`. Besides that remove redundant `self._crash_recovery_executed`.
P.S. now we do not cover cases when Patroni was killed along with Postgres.
Lets consider that we just started Patroni, there is no leader, and `pg_controldata` reports `Database cluster state` as `shut down`. It feels logical to use `Latest checkpoint location` and `Latest checkpoint's TimeLineID` to do a usual leader race and start directly as a primary, but it could be totally wrong. The thing is that we run `postgres --single` if standby wasn't shut down cleanly before executing `pg_rewind`. As a result `Database cluster state` transition from `in archive recovery` to `shut down`, but if such a node becomes a leader the timeline must be increased.
Reorder some checks and verify that the old primary is already in the `running` state before checking replication. This check elliminates the race condition when replication started to work but node name is removed from the `synchronous_standby_names` because state isn't `running`.
When starting check if node with the same is registered in DCS and try to query it's REST API.
If REST API is accessible exit with the error.
Close#1804
Previously, integer gucs, for example `max_connections` would not pass the validation, as these settings have no unit, if and only if they were specified as a string.
This causes problems if the `max_connections` is configured in `patroni.yaml` as a string, for example, the following configuration would not result in the right `max_connections` settings, as `max_connections` is configured as a string:
bootstrap:
dcs:
postgresql:
parameters:
log_checkpoints: "on"
log_connections: "off"
max_connections: "57"
Allowing a user to specify *all* parameters as a string was accepted before in Patroni and also seems very useful, as many of us will be using Ansible/Helm/Golang to build a Patroni configuration, in which creating a `map[string]string` is easier than having to deal with data types.
Attemps to address issue #2735
Regression was introduced in https://github.com/zalando/patroni/commit/76b3b99de2f2bfaa8ab2df9e47dbfc3749d14e84
implementations and terminologis are DCS specific:
- Etcd v2 calls is `quorum` read
- Etcd v3 calls it `linearizable` (vs `serializable`)
- Consul calls it `consistent`
Following DCS don't offer this feature:
- ZooKeeper calls it linearizable, but reads are sequentially consistent
- Raft - no quorum reads are possible ATM
- Kubernetes - uses Etcd under the hood, but provides no API to choose read consistency level
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1199
Setting it before calling the parent constructor didn't really work because it is being overwritten in the `etcd.Client.__init__()`.
The only viable way of doing it is passing a custom value to the parent class.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2142
* Reduce flakiness of citus behave tests
- make a few attempts with timeout when checking registered nodes
- get rid from artificial sleep
- allow check_registration() function to check secondaries
These changes are useful for Quorum based failover (#2668) and future PR
that enhances Citus support by registering secondaries in `pg_dist_node`.
* Set encoding on open call in setup.py
If a host OS does not have a UTF-8 locale set the read() call is unable
to read the utf-8 encoded README.rst file.
* Remove non-ASCII characters from README.rst
They somehow messed up with type hints what made pyright unhappy.
To solve it we explicitly pass the Group class to the group() decorator.
In addition to that bump pyright version.
Until the last release, contributors' names were fully written on the
first occurence during that release. This meant that if Alexander had
four contributions in the release, we would use Alexander Kukushkin on
the first item in the release, and on all the others just Alexander.
This could, in some cases, create some confusion. For example, if there
are more than one contributor with the same first name that has more
than one contribution each.
For this reason, in release 3.0.3, we used the full names of contributors
on all the items from the release.
This patch is to amend the old release notes and have each entry with the
full name of the contributor.
Also fix typo with 2 spaces between first name and last name in one bug fix
Signed-off-by: Martín Marqués <[email protected]>
Revert to using `ssl._ssl._test_decode_cert`
A change has been included as part of Patroni 3.0.3 release: use
public functions instead of `ssl._ssl._test_decode_cert` to get
serial number of certificates.
There was a slight bug in that implementation: it was only loading
the certificates through `load_verify_locations`, but was missing
to get the certificates through `get_ca_certs`. As a consequence
Patroni was not able anymore to reload REST API cert on SIGHUP.
An attempt to fix that issue was made through commit
`20f578f09f3aa604e5288710d4fd4e611152ed5f`. However, even with the
correct call of `get_ca_certs`, it was detected a corner case where
`load_verify_locations` would skip loading a certificate: if it was
issued with `CA:FALSE`. That essentially means the implementation is
still buggy in that situation. See [CPython](https://github.com/python/cpython/blob/c283a0cff5603540f06d9017e484b3602cc62e7c/Modules/_ssl.c#L4618C14-L4619)
for the underlying problem.
In order to get back a functional implementation again we are reverting
the code to use the private function `ssl._ssl._test_decode_cert`.
We can later study a possible more elegant alternative for solving this,
if any.
---------
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
now it checks that inside square brackets there is indeed IPv6.
In addition to that fix a little issue in the function itself so it returns exactly the same result as psycopg2.extensions.parse_dsn().
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/2714
- the `_in_fligh` attribute is accessed from multiple threads and must be protected with mutex when it is changed
- allow adding tasks for `_in_fligh.group` from the `sync_pg_dist_node()` method when timeout is reached. Not doing so might result is indefinite transaction if REST API request from worker node failed.
Starting from 1.27 there is containerd process, which also uses k3s binary and being detected by pidof. Therefore we will search for "k3s server" string in the process list instead of just "k3s".
* Use YAML files to validate Postgres GUCs through Patroni.
Patroni used to have a static list of Postgres GUCs validators in
`patroni.postgresql.validator`.
One problem with that approach, for example, is that it would not
allow GUCs from custom Postgres builds to be validated/accepted.
The idea that we had to work around that issue was to move the
validators from the source code to an external and extendable source.
With that Patroni will start reading the current validators from that
external source plus whatever custom validators are found.
From this commit onwards Patroni will read and parse all YAML files
that are found under the `patroni/postgresql/available_parameters`
directory to build its Postgres GUCs validation rules.
All the details about how this work can be found in the docstring
of the introduced function `_load_postgres_gucs_validators`.
When using a custom Postgres distribution it may be the case that the Postgres binaries are compiled with different names other than the ones used by the community Postgres distribution.
With that in mind we implemented a new set of settings for Patroni, so the user is able to override the default binary names with custom binary names through the new section postgresql.bin_name in the local configuration.
References: PAT-17.
- abstract_main only creates Config object using the passed configfile
and instantiates the passed daemon class
- common args parser is extracted into a separate func that is called
from daemons' main funcs (specific args can be added afterwards)
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
it helps to get rid of recurring patterns:
```python
retry.deadline = retry.stoptime - time.time()
if retry.deadline < XXX:
raise Exception(...) or return False
```
Allows for running behave tests with an alternative base image
than the official postgres image.
Also provides a PG_USER/PG_GROUP should that be different to the
default `postgres`.
pass reference to a last known leader object in order to avoid obtaining it from the `AbstractDCS.cluster` cache.
This change is useful for Consul, Etcd3 and Zookeeper implementations.
It didn't took into account the fact that we can get a new lease after changing a TTL. In this case we have to update the exiting leader key with the new lease.
To solve it we introduce the on transaction 'failure' callback. The whole workflow looks like (schematically):
```python
txn(
compare=(old_value == self._name)),
success=put(self.leader_path, self._name, self._lease),
failure=txn(
compare=(create_revision == '0'),
success=put(self.leader_path, self._name, self._lease)
)
)
```
The problem was introduced in d98d6d0b02c9cc67464a7b1b31b1c5570c26e12d
- Always pass etcd3 key revision as a string
- Make sure the leader key isn't unconditionally overwritten. It may happen that the leader heart-beat loop didn't run properly and the session has expired. In this case the leader may create a new session and a new leader key. But, there are chances that the other node already created a leader key and we don't want to overwrite it.
- Try to sync HA loops between nodes by adding 0.5 seconds to timeout on non-leader nodes
The `__str__` method was calling `repr` over the exception message,
which was causing `print` calls to render not so nicely, e.g.:
```
$ patronictl show-config
Error: 'Can not find suitable configuration of distributed configuration store\nAvailable implementations: consul, etcd, etcd3, exhibitor, kubernetes, raft, zookeeper'
```
By removing the `__str__` method we get a better rendering, e.g.:
```
$ patronictl show-config
Error: Can not find suitable configuration of distributed configuration store
Available implementations: consul, etcd, etcd3, exhibitor, kubernetes, raft, zookeeper
```
References: PAT-107.
Signed-off-by: Israel Barth Rubio <[email protected]>
- fix --validate-config not to error out if bin_dir is an empty string in the yaml config
- mention bin_dir optionality in the docs
- validate bin_dir even if it is not in the yaml config (add optional
default value for Optional config params in validator)
- make rewind user optional
Make it return the new `SyncState` object in order to avoid reading the new cluster state in the Ha.process_sync_replication().
Now it is a small optimization, but it will become very handy in the quorum commit feature.
- make parse_sync_standby_names() return NamedTuple instead of dict
- fix little issue in Postgresql.reset_cluster_info_state(), it should check global_config independently from cluster and cluster.config
- added pyrightconfig.json with typeCheckingMode=strict
- added type hints to all files except api.py
- added type stubs for dns, etcd, consul, kazoo, pysyncobj and other modules
- added type stubs for psycopg2 and urllib3 with some little fixes
- fixes most of the issues reported by pyright
- remaining issues will be addressed later, along with enabling CI linting task
* Further nested lists rendering fixes
* Remove a couple of sphinx warnings
* Fix bootstrap.users.password description
* Boto->boto3 in README's
* Split configuration docs and move some lines across files
* Fix a typo
The two cases we have in mind are:
* In spite of following all best practices client-side, logical replication connections can sometimes hang the Postgres shutdown sequence. We'd like to sigterm any misbehaving logical replication connections which remain after x seconds. These will inevitably get killed anyway on master stop timeout.
* remove "role=master" label on current primary when not using k8s as DCS. Waiting until after Postgres fully stops can sometimes be too long for this.
* Pause pgbouncer connections before switchover
Close#2596
Sometimes MacOS workers are so slow that Postgres shutdown might take more than 30s-40s, what breaks a test with replica reinit in parallel with the primary restart, because basebackup() does only two attempts and in a pause the replica remains running with empty PGDATA.
In addition to that increase timeouts in ignore_slots test.
Close#2637
Sets request queue size for TCP socket used by Patroni REST API. Once the queue is full, further requests get a "Connection denied" error. The default value is 5.
Previous to this commit the `parse_dcs` function would fail with a `PatroniCtlException` if the user ever passed an `etcd3` URL through `--dcs-url` command-line option.
As a consequence, the only way of using `etcd3` in `patronictl` was by using a configuration file passed through `-c` command-line option.
This commit fixes that issue and allows `etcd3` to be used in `--dcs-url`.
References: PAT-91
Close#2638
1. make `SyncHandler.current_state()` return `CaseInsensitiveSet` instead of `list` objects.
2. take `sync_node_count` and `sync_node_maxlag` from the `Postgresql._global_config` instead of passing them as arguments.
3. Make `AbstractDCS.write_sync_state()` accept any `Collection`-like objects.
For now it implements:
- CaseInsensitiveDict()
- CaseInsensitiveSet()
Update `patroni.postgresql.sync.parse_sync_standby_names()` to use `CaseInsensitiveSet()` instead of `CaseInsensitiveDict()`
* Ignore D401 in flake8-docstrings
* Fix newly reported flake8 issues, ignore the old W503 rule
* rely on concatenation of adjecent strings
* Format behave scripts
* Reformat ha.py according to new rules
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
despite being EOL the number of downloads from pypi for 3.6 is on the first place, hence we need to support it.
Fixed a couple of problems in tests:
1. pytest complains about `call` imported from mock, mock.call() is fine
2. one test of Citus intergration was broken
Previously it used to compare between the leader and sync_standbys, while in some cases (actually most of them) the leader should be excluded.
This commit makes `matches()` method flexible:
1. The leader will be included to comparison only if requested
2. checks will be performed as case insensitive (like PG does)
Besides that, everywhere in code start using `cluster.sync.matches()` instead of `name in cluster.sync.members`.
`patronictl edit-config` requires a pager to show the diff output back to the user. It used to be hard-coded to use either `less` or `more`.
When these tools were not available in the host that would cause `patronictl` to face an exception in `ydiff` module and to show the stack trace in the console.
This PR changes `patronictl edit-config` command to behave like this:
- If `PAGER` environment variable is set, attempt to find the corresponding executable.
- If `PAGER` is not set or is set with an invalid executable, then attempt to use either `less` or `more` as it used to do.
- If no executable is find at all then throw a `PatroniCtlException` to show an user friendly message
Unit tests in `tests/test_ctl.py` were modified accordingly.
References: PAT-21
Close#2604
It was possible to have it empty if the all cluster keys are missing in DCS. In this case the `Cluster` object was manually created with all values set to `None` or `[]` (including sync).
It already resulted in #2217, which is in fact wasn't a correct fix.
In order to solve it and reduce code duplication we introduce `Cluster.empty()` and `SyncState.empty()` methods, which will create corresponding empty objects and start using `Cluster.empty()` from all places where the empty `Cluster` object was manually created.
If communication with etcd nodes failed it is logical to start from scratch, from nodes that are listed in the config. But, it could happen that config is in fact outdated and all nodes in the real cluster were replaced.
Previously we used to track whether config file was changed, which turned out not to work in all possible cases.
The new strategy is a bit more different - if communication with all nodes failed we will continue keeping the last know topology and at the same time will try to figure out the new one by merging two lists together, the cached list and the list from the config file.
We made incorrect assumption that `citus_set_coordinator_host()` will trigger `pg_dist_node` sync. Instead we should also use `citus_update_node()` and call `citus_set_coordinator_host()` only during the bootstrap.
Adjust behave tests to verify that coordinator failover is visible on workers.
Configuration parameter is `kubernetes.retriable_http_codes` or `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_RETRIABLE_HTTP_CODES` environment variable.
These status codes are added to the default list of 500, 503, 504.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2536
It could happen that Patroni is started up before PGDATA was mounted. In this case Patroni can't determine major Postgres version from PG_VERSION file. Later, when PGDATA is mounted, Patroni was trying to create the recovery.conf even if the actual Postgres major version is newver than 12.
To mitigate the problem we double check that the `Postgresql._major_version` is set before writing recovery configuration or starting postgres up.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2434
Since a long time Patroni enforcing only one callback script running at a time. If the new callback is executed while the old one is still running, the old one is killed (including all child processes).
Such behavior is fine for all callbacks but on_reload, because the last one may accidentally cancel important ones, that for example updating DNS or assigning/removing Virtual IP.
To mitigate the problem we introduce a dedicated executor for on_reload callbacks, so that on_reload may only cancel another on_reload.
Ref: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2445
The patronictl code tries to initialize DCS twice, first for the current Citus group and the second time for the selected group. However, kubernetes.py was overwriting the namespace config. As a result, after the second initialization patronictl was trying to work with the `default` namespace instead of the configured one.
* bump version
* update release notes
* removed 2.7, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.6 from supported versions in setup.py
* switched GH actions back to ubuntu-latest, removed tests with 2.7 and 3.6, and added 3.11
* some little fixes in Citus documentation and behave tests
keep as much backward compatibility as possible.
Following changes were made:
1. All internal checks are performed as `role in ('master', 'primary')`
2. All internal variables/functions/methods are renamed
3. `GET /metrics` endpoint returns `patroni_primary` in addition to `patroni_master`.
4. Logs are changed to use leader/primary/member/remote depending on the context
5. Unit-tests are using only role = 'primary' instead of 'master' to verify that 1 works.
6. patronictl still supports old syntax, but also accepts `--leader` and `--primary`.
7. `master_(start|stop)_timeout` is automatically translated to `primary_(start|stop)_timeout` if the last one is not set.
8. updated the documentation and some examples
Future plan: in the next major release switch role name from `master` to `primary` and maybe drop `master` altogether.
The Kubernetes implementation will require more work and keep two labels in parallel. Label values should probably be configurable as described in https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2495.
it doesn't like relative imports and not recognise `http.server` imported with `six`.
The last one is explicitly added to the list of `hiddenimports()` and will break compatibility with python 2.7, which support will be dropped in the next Patroni release anyway.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2535
Citus cluster (coordinator and workers) will be stored in DCS as a fleet of Patroni logically grouped together:
```
/service/batman/
/service/batman/0/
/service/batman/0/initialize
/service/batman/0/leader
/service/batman/0/members/
/service/batman/0/members/m1
/service/batman/0/members/m2
/service/batman/
/service/batman/1/
/service/batman/1/initialize
/service/batman/1/leader
/service/batman/1/members/
/service/batman/1/members/m1
/service/batman/1/members/m2
...
```
Where 0 is a Citus group for coordinator and 1, 2, etc are worker groups.
Such hierarchy allows reading the entire Citus cluster with a single call to DCS (except Zookeeper).
The get_cluster() method will be reading the entire Citus cluster on the coordinator because it needs to discover workers. For the worker cluster it will be reading the subtree of its own group.
Besides that we introduce a new method get_citus_coordinator(). It will be used only by worker clusters.
Since there is no hierarchical structures on K8s we will use the citus group suffix on all objects that Patroni creates.
E.g.
```
batman-0-leader # the leader config map for the coordinator
batman-0-config # the config map holding initialize, config, and history "keys"
...
batman-1-leader # the leader config map for worker group 1
batman-1-config
...
```
Citus integration is enabled from patroni.yaml:
```yaml
citus:
database: citus
group: 0 # 0 is for coordinator, 1, 2, etc are for workers
```
If enabled, Patroni will create the database, citus extension in it, and INSERTs INTO `pg_dist_authinfo` information required for Citus nodes to communicate between each other, i.e. 'password', 'sslcert', 'sslkey' for superuser if they are defined in the Patroni configuration file.
When the new Citus coordinator/worker is bootstrapped, Patroni adds `synchronous_mode: on` to the `bootstrap.dcs` section.
Besides that, Patroni takes over management of some Postgres GUCs:
- `shared_preload_libraries` - Patroni ensures that the "citus" is added to the first place
- `max_prepared_transactions` - if not set or set to 0, Patroni changes the value to `max_connections*2`
- wal_level - automatically set to logical. It is used by Citus to move/split shards. Under the hood Citus is creating/removing replication slots and they are automatically added by Patroni to the `ignore_slots` configuration to avoid accidental removal.
The coordinator primary actively discovers worker primary nodes and registers/updates them in the `pg_dist_node` table using
citus_add_node() and citus_update_node() functions.
Patroni running on the coordinator provides the new REST API endpoint: `POST /citus`. It is used by workers to facilitate controlled switchovers and restarts of worker primaries.
When the worker primary needs to shut down Postgres because of restart or switchover, it calls the `POST /citus` endpoint on the coordinator and the Patroni on the coordinator starts a transaction and calls `citus_update_node(nodeid, 'host-demoted', port)` in order to pause client connections that work with the given worker.
Once the new leader is elected or postgres started back, they perform another call to the `POST/citus` endpoint, that does another `citus_update_node()` call with actual hostname and port and commits a transaction. After transaction is committed, coordinator reestablishes connections to the worker node and client connections are unblocked.
If clients don't run long transaction the operation finishes without client visible errors, but only a short latency spike.
All operations on the `pg_dist_node` are serialized by Patroni on the coordinator. It allows to have more control and ROLLBACK transaction in progress if its lifetime exceeding a certain threshold and there are other worker nodes should be updated.
When `synchronous_standby_names` GUC is changed PostgreSQL nearly immediately starts reporting corresponding walsenders as synchronous, while in fact they maybe didn't reach this state yet. To mitigate this problem we memorize current flush lsn on the primary right after change of `synchronous_standby_names` got visible and use it as an additional check for walsenders.
The walsender will be counted as truly "sync" only when write/flush/replay_lsn on it reached memorized LSN and the `application_name` is known to be a part of `synchronous_standby_names`.
The size of PR mostly related to refactoring and moving the code responsible for working with `synchronous_standby_names` and `pg_stat_replication` to the dedicated file.
And `parse_sync_standby_names()` function was mostly copied from #672.
1. Fix problem with logical slots not advancing when only the primary lost access to DCS
2. Don't let Patroni to join as a raft voting member when running failsafe behave tests. It allows to test exactly the same conditions as for other DCS
3. Speed up dcs_failsafe_mode behave tests by getting rid from long sleeps, slight reshuffling of places when we start/stop outage, and by killing Patroni/Postgres to avoid long shutdown due to the leader key removal attempts.
When a replication slot is not registered with Patroni but is active, Patroni would log an error during each HA cycle in certain conditions (after a restart or role change). To avoid this, first check if the replication slot we are about to drop is still active and if so, only log a warning. Otherwise, log the slot we are dropping for informational purposes.
Close: #2499
If PR is open from the external GH repo secrets are not set due to security reasons. It makes codacy coverage report to fail.
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
If enabled it will allow Patroni to cope with DCS outages.
In case of a DCS outage the leader tries to call all remaining members in the cluster via API and if all of them respond with success the leader will not be demoted.
The failsafe_mode could be enabled by running
```sh
patronictl edit-config -s failsafe_mode=true
```
or by calling the `/config` REST API endpoint.
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
They are frequently failing because sometimes replicas are a bit slow realizing that they are synchronous. Instead of instroducing more sleeps we will poll for required http status code with some timeout.
If the cluster is stable (no nodes are joining/leaving/lagging) we want to run at most one monitor query per every HA loop. So far it worker perfectly except when synchronous_mode is enabled, where we run two additional queries:
1. SHOW synchronous_mode
2. SELECT ... FROM pg_stat_replication
In order to solve it, we will include these "queries" to the common monitoring query is synchronous_mode is enabled.
In addition to that make sure that `synchronous_standby_names` is reset on replicas that used to be a primary and avoid using replicas which are not in the 'running' state.
P.S.: in the monitoring query we also extract the current value of synchronous_standby_names, because it will be useful for the quorum commit feature.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2469
- the new MacOS doesn't play well with old go binaries (bump etcd)
- use brew to install Postgres and expect (unbuffer, to make behave output colorful) and use the latest version
- upload failed logs instead of grepping them to stdout
Otherwise, the etcd (not etcd3) behave tests fail to connect:
```
Jan 02 09:56:18 HOOK-ERROR in before_all: AssertionError: etcd instance is not available for queries after 5 seconds
```
When doing the leader race we need to check that the former primary isn't alive anymore. For that we relied on non-inclusive terms. In order to simplify future work on getting rid from all non-inclusive words we change the check to rely on a difference in format of wal/xlog field. There is only "location" for the primary and "replayed_location" + "received_location" for standbys.
In addition to that we start supporting "wal" field as well as deprecated "xlog".
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
In the `find_executable()` function we split the extension of the file name passed from the base of the file name. In the case of WIN32, patroni will append a `.exe` if the current extension is not `.exe`.
This brings the wrong behavior given that `more` in WIN32 is `more.com` and not `more.exe`. This also makes the pager setting from `ctl.py` fail as the code changes `more.com` (hardcoded in `ctl.py`) for `more.com.exe`.
This change adjusts the behavior only to add the `.exe` if the executable variable doesn't have an extension.
A better solution would be to *not* modify the name of the executable that is being passed, as that is what we are looking for. But that might have other consequences, so it would require further testing.
Signed-off-by: Martín Marqués <[email protected]>
If openssl binary is available use it to generate a self-signed certificate. Use it to protect Patroni REST API
(`verify_client: required`).
In case if Postgres is compiled with SSL support enable it in the configuration and configure pg_hba.conf to check client certificates (`verify-ca`) in addition to passwords. Also configure superuser/replication/rewind users to use client certificates and verify server certificate (`verify-ca`)
There is a known [vector of attact](https://pganalyze.com/blog/5mins-postgres-security-patch-releases-pgspot-pghostile) by creating functions and/or operators in a public scheme with the same name and signature as corresponding objects in `pg_catalog`.
Since Patroni is heavily relying on superuser connections we want to mitigate it by enforcing `search_path=pg_catalog` for all connections created by Patroni (except replication connections). It is achieved by introducing a new function, that wraps psycopg.connect() and appends ` -c search_path=pg_catalog` to `options` parameter.
In addition to that, we set connection.autocommit to True before returning it.
pg_stat_statements is enabled by many by default, but will by default also track utility commands including an
ALTER USER john WITH PASSWORD 's3cret'
We can prevent this leaking by ensuring that our session currently does not track utility commands when running a sensitive query.
Local testing shows that this command works fine, even for those that do not have `pg_stat_statements` configured in their
`shared_preload_libraries`.
Fix issue of patroni configuring watchdog with defaults when bootstrapping a new cluster rather than taking configuration used to bootstrap the DCS.
Also log changes to watchdog configuration based on calculated timeout value.
Close#2470
Previously such an exception was raised only from the `get_cluster()` method, and now we will to do the same from the `update_leader()` and `attempt_to_acquire_leader()` methods.
These methods influence Postgres promotion and demotion and we want to make a difference between different types of failures. Specifically, if calls have failed because DCS isn't accessible or due to a timeout.
This commit is extracted from the #2379
* Remove patronictl configure command
* Change name of the "secret" ENV variable (DCS->DCS_URL) and the corresponding patronictl option (to avoid mixing it up with the one from tests)
The only advantage of localkube was being a low weight. Anything else started creating only problems:
1. It is not properly maintained for many years.
2. It effectively worked only on Linux, but stopped on modern version due to changes in iptables.
Instead, we will use widely adoped tools like kind or k3s. The "kind-kind" is the default K8s context (see ~/.kube/config), but it could be overriden using `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_CONTEXT` environment variable. When executed from GH actions the context is set to k3d-k3s-default, because K3s is much faster to start.
The HAProxy is closing connections as soon as it got the HTTP Status code leaving no time for Patroni to properly shutdown SSL connection.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2466
It's effectively non-required when used in patroni/postgresql/config.py. This breaks most configuration files in the wild, starting from the examples:
$ patroni --validate-config postgres0.yml
restapi.connect_address 127.0.0.1:8008 didn't pass validation: 'must not contain "127.0.0.1", "0.0.0.0", "*", "::1", "localhost"'
etcd.host 127.0.0.1:2379 didn't pass validation: '127.0.0.1:2379 is not reachable'
postgresql.connect_address 127.0.0.1:5432 didn't pass validation: 'must not contain "127.0.0.1", "0.0.0.0", "*", "::1", "localhost"'
postgresql.proxy_address is not defined.
* bump version
* update release notes
* run some behave tests on v15
* automate release process by building/pushing packages on tag creation and release publication
* Bump actions/checkout and actions/setup-python versions
* Install wheel to silence some warnings
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
If there is no `catalog_xmin` on physical slot on the primary the only further check that makes sense is whether the `hot_standby_feedback` is enabled.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2438
Windows doesn't support `SIGTERM`, but our behave tests in majority of cases relying on Patroni graceful shutdown.
In order to emulate the behaviour we introduced the new REST API endpoint `POST /sigterm`. The endpoint works only on Windows and when `BEHAVE_DEBUG` environment variable is set.
Besides that some minor adjustments in behave tests were done. Mainly related to backslash-slash handling.
In addition to that improve test coverage on Windows by properly mocking access to filesystem and avoiding calling
`subprocess.call()`. Specifically, symlink creation on Windows requires Admin privileges and there is no `true.exe`.
If cluster has a create replica method that does not require a leader it can get triggered while bootstrap is running. If that method comes up with an accessible cluster faster than the bootstrap completes it will get promoted as the leader, only to lose leader lock when bootstrap completes. To fix this we only consider leaderless create replica methods if sysid is non-empty, i.e. there is no bootstrap running.
- We use `failover.leader` check as an indicator of switchover. The check on `failover.candidate` was unnecessary and incorrect.
- Add more unit-tests for switchover in sync mode
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2405
Co-authored-by: Polina Bungina <[email protected]>
On busy clusters with many logical replication slots the pg_replication_slot_advance () call affects the main HA loop and could result in the member key expiration.
The only way to solve it is a dedicated thread response for moving slots forward.
The thread is started only when there are logical slots to be advanced.
Will help to solve #2388Close#2239
There is currently a risk to lose some WAL segments entirely in case
archive_mode was set to 'on' before a promotion and there are some WALs
with .ready files on the former leader we are trying to rewind. It happens
because of the pg_rewind's modus operandi: it simply syncs the content of
pg_wal directory of the old leader with the new leader's one. Including
deletion of all WALs that are not present on the current leader, regardless
their archive status on the former one. Thus, in case the new leader has
already recycled such files, we just remove them entirely.
In case archive_mode was set to 'always' and the .ready WALs are acrually
present in archive, it is for end user who writes the archive_command to
avoid overwritting and to properly test it.
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
If replication slots are enabled Patroni automatically creates them for any cluster member that is supposed to stream from a given node and for any permanent slot defined in the global configuration. If the member disappears from the DCS Patroni automatically removes the replication slot for it. The same behavior was in the maintenance mode (pause).
This commit disables removal of any replication slots that don't match Patroni's expectations in pause.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2314
This adds a paragraph to the Standby Cluster section clarifying that the standby cluster is independent of the primary cluster and not visible from the primary cluster's Patroni interface.
Close#2090
It makes little sense to have ` for the Patroni service – if it goes down and we don't notice it (I doubt that patroni service uptime is well monitored in most cases), then we lose autofailover for Postgres, implying bigger risks of downtime.
`Restart=on-failure` makes more sense in this case.
High CPU load on Etcd nodes and K8s API servers created a very strange situation. A few clusters were running without a leader and the pod which is ahead of others was failing to take a leader lock because updates were failing with HTTP response code `409` (`resource_version` mismatch).
Effectively that means that TCP connections to K8s master nodes were alive (in the opposite case tcp keepalives would have resolved it), but no `UPDATE` events were arriving via these connections, resulting in the stale cache of the cluster in memory.
The only good way to prevent this situation is to intercept 409 HTTP responses and terminate existing TCP connections used for watches.
Now a few words about implementation. Unfortunately, watch threads are waiting in the read() call most of the time and there is no good way to interrupt them. But, the `socket.shutdown()` seems to do this job. We already used this trick in the Etcd3 implementation.
This approach will help to mitigate the issue of not having a leader, but at the same time replicas might still end up with the stale cluster state cached and in the worst case will not stream from the leader. Non-streaming replicas are less dangerous and could be covered by monitoring and partially mitigated by correctly configured `archive_command` and `restore_command`.
The current state of permanent logical replication slots on the primary is queried together with `pg_current_wal_lsn()` and hence they "fail" simultaneously if Postgres isn't yet ready for accepting connections and in this case we want to avoid updating the `/status` key altogether.
On K8s we don't use a dedicated object for the `/status` key, but use the same object (Endpoint or ConfigMap) as for the leader. If the `last_lsn` isn't set we avoid patching the corresponding annotation, but, the `slots` annotation was reset due to the oversight.
When starting as a replica it may take some time before Postgres starts accepting new connections, but meanwhile, it could happen that the leader transitioned to a different member and the `primary_conninfo` must be updated.
On pre v12 Patroni regularly checks `recovery.conf` in order to check that recovery parameters match the expectation. Starting from v12 recovery parameters were converted to GUC's and Patroni gets current values from the `pg_settings` view. The last one creates a problem when it takes more than a minute for Postgres to start accepting new connections.
Since Patroni attempts to execute at least `pg_is_in_recovery()` every HA loop, and it is raising at exception, the `check_recovery_conf()` effectively wasn't reachable until recovery is finished, but it changed when #2082 was introduced.
As a result of #2082 we got the following behavior:
1. Up to v12 (not including) everything was working as expected
2. v12 and v13 - Patroni restarting Postgres after 1m of recovery
3. v14+ - the `check_recovery_conf()` is not executed because the `replay_paused()` method raising an exception.
In order to properly handle changes of recovery parameters or leader transitioned to a different node on v12+, we will rely on the cached values of recovery parameters until Postgres becomes ready to execute queries.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2289
The logical slot on a replica is safe to use when the physical replica
slot on the primary:
1. has a nonzero/non-null `catalog_xmin`
2. has a `catalog_xmin` that is not newer (greater) than the `catalog_xmin` of any slot on the standby
3. the `catalog_xmin` is known to overtake `catalog_xmin` of logical slots on the primary observed during `1`
In case if `1` doesn't take place, Patroni will run an additional check whether the `hot_standby_feedback` is actually in effect and shows the warning in case it is not.
Since Kubernetes v1.21, with projected service account token feature, service account tokens expire in 1 hour. Kubernetes clients are expected to reread the token file to refresh the token.
This patch re-reads the token file very minute for in-cluster config.
Fixes#2286
Signed-off-by: Haitao Li <[email protected]>
A couple of times we have seen in the wild that the database for the permanent logical slots was changed in the Patroni config.
It resulted in the below situation.
On the primary:
1. The slot must be dropped before creating it in a different DB.
2. Patroni fails to drop it because the slot is in use.
Replica:
1. Patroni notice that the slot exists in the wrong DB and successfully dropping it.
2. Patroni copying the existing slot from the primary by its name with Postgres restart.
And the loop repeats while the "wrong" slot exists on the primary.
Basically, replicas are continuously restarting, which badly affects availability.
In order to solve the problem, we will perform additional checks while copying replication slot files from the primary and discard them if `slot_type`, `database`, or `plugin` don't match our expectations.
On Debian/Ubuntu systems it is common to keep Postgres config files outside of the data directory.
It created a couple of problems for pg_rewind support in Patroni.
1. The `--config_file` argument must be supplied while figuring out the `restore_command` GUC value on Postgres v12+
2. With Postgres v13+ pg_rewind by itself can't find postgresql.conf in order to figure out `restore_command` and therefore we have to use Patroni as a fallback for fetching missing WAL's that are required for rewind.
This commit addresses both problems.
In case of DCS unavailability Patroni restarts Postgres in read-only.
It will cause pg_control to be updated with the `Database cluster state: in archive recovery` and also could set the `MinRecoveryPoint`.
When the next time Patroni is started it will assume that Postgres was running as a replica and rewind isn't required and will try to start the Postgres up. In this situation there is the chance that the start will be aborted with the FATAL error message that looks like `requested timeline 2 does not contain minimum recovery point 0/501E8B8 on timeline 1`.
On the next heart-beat Patroni will again notice that Postgres isn't running which would lead to another start-fail attempt.
This loop is endless.
In order to mitigate the problem we do the following:
1. While figuring out whether the rewind is required we consider `in archive recovery` along with `shut down in recovery`.
2. If pg_rewind is required and the cluster state is `in archive recovery` we also perform recovery in a single-user mode.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2242
Patroni was falsely assuming that timelines have diverged.
For pg_rewind it didn't create any problem, but if pg_rewind is not allowed and the `remove_data_directory_on_diverged_timelines` is set, it resulted in reinitializing the former leader.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2220
This allows to have multiple hosts in a standby_cluster and ensures that the standby leader follows the main cluster's new leader after a switchover.
Partially addresses #2189
This PR adds metrics for additional information :
- If a node or cluster is pending restart,
- If the cluster management is paused.
This may be useful for Prometheus/Grafana monitoring.
Close#2198
When switching certificates there is a race condition with a concurrent API request. If there is one active during the replacement period then the replacement will error out with a port in use error and Patroni gets stuck in a state without an active API server.
Fix is to call server_close after shutdown which will wait for already running requests to complete before returning.
Close#2184
It could be that `remove_data_directory_on_diverged_timelines` is set, but there is no `rewind_credentials` defined and superuser access between nodes is not allowed.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2162
- Simplify setup.py: remove unneeded features and get rid of deprecation warnings
- Compatibility with Python 3.10: handle `threading.Event.isSet()` deprecation
- Make sure setup.py could run without `six`: move Patroni class and main function to the `__main__.py`. The `__init__.py` will have only a few functions used by the Patroni class and from the setup.py
When figuring out which slots should be created on cascading standby we forgot to take into account that the leader might be absent.
Close: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2137
When starting postgres after bootstrap of the standby-leader the `follow()` method is used to always return `True`.
This behavior was changed in the #2054 in order to avoid hammering logs if postgres is failing to start.
Since now the method returns `None` if postgres didn't start accepting connections after 60s, the change broke the standby-leader bootstrap code.
As the solution, we will assume that the clone was successful if the `follow()` method returned anything different from `False`.
- remove codacy steps: they removed legacy organizations and there seems to be no easy way of installing codacy app to the Zalando GH.
- Don't run behave on MacOS: recently worker became way to slow
- Disable behave for combination of kubernetes and python 2.7
- Remove python 3.5 (it will be removed by GH from workers in January) and add 3.10
- Run behave with 3.6 and 3.9 instead of 3.5 and 3.8
When restore_command is configured Postgres is trying to fetch/apply all possible WAL segments and also fetch history files in order to select the correct timeline. It could result in a situation where the new history file will be missing some timelines.
Example:
- node1 demotes/crashes on timeline 1
- node2 promotes to timeline 2 and archives `00000002.history` and crashes
- node1 recovers as a replica, "replays" `00000002.history` and promotes to timeline 3
As a result, the `00000003.history` will not have the line with timeline 2, because it never replayed any WAL segment from it.
The `pg_rewind` tool is supposed to correctly handle such case when rewinding node2 from node1, but Patroni when deciding whether the rewind should happen was searching for the exact timeline in the history file from the new primary.
The solution is to assume that rewind is required if the current replica timeline is missing.
In addition to that this PR makes sure that the primary isn't running in recovery before starting the procedure of rewind check.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2118 and https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2124
Previously sync nodes were selected only based on replication lag and hence the node with `nofailover` tag had the same chances to become synchronous as any other node. That behavior was confusing and dangerous at the same time, because in case of failed primary the failover couldn't happen automatically.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2089
1. Avoid doing CHECKPOINT if `pg_control` is already updated.
2. Explicitly call ensure_checkpoint_after_promote() right after the bootstrap finished successfully.
1. The `client_address` tuple may have more than two elements in case of IPv6
2. Return `cluster_unlocked` only when the value is true and handle it respectively in the do_GET_metrics()
3. Return `cluster_unlocked` and `dcs_last_seen` even if Postgres isn't running/queries timing out
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2113
When deciding whether the ZNode should be updated we rely on the cached version of the cluster, which is updated only when members ZNodes are deleted/created or the `/status`, `/sync`, `/failover`, `/config`, or `/history` ZNodes are updated.
I.e. after the update of the current member ZNode succeeded the cache becomes stale and all further updates are always performed even if the value didn't change. In order to solve it, we introduce the new attribute in the Zookeeper class and will use it for memorizing the actual value and for later comparison.
Specifically, if `postgresql.unix_socket_directories` is not set.
In this case Patroni is supposed to use only the port in the connection string, but the `get_replication_connection_cursor()` method defaulted to host='localhost'
Add a configuration option (`set_acls`) for Zookeeper DCS so that Kazoo will apply a default ACL for each znode that it creates. The intention is to improve security of the znodes when a single Zookeeper cluster is used as the DCS for multiple Patroni clusters.
Zookeeper [does not apply an ACL to child znodes](https://zookeeper.apache.org/doc/current/zookeeperProgrammers.html#sc_ZooKeeperAccessControl), so permissions can't be set at the `scope` level and then be inherited by other znodes that Patroni creates.
Kazoo instead [provides an option for configuring a default_acl](https://kazoo.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api/client.html#kazoo.client.KazooClient.__init__) that will be applied on node creation.
Example configuration in Patroni might then be:
```
zookeeper:
set_acls:
CN=principal1: [ALL]
CN=principal2:
- READ
```
1. Two `TypeError`-s raised from `ApiClient.request()` method
2. Use the _retry() wrapper function instead of callable object in the `_update_leader_with_retry()` when trying to workaround concurrent updates of the leader object.
In some extreme cases Postgres could be so slow that the normal monitoring query doesn't finish in a few seconds. It results in
the exception being raised from the `Postgresql._cluster_info_state_get()` method, which could lead to the situation that postgres isn't demoted on time.
In order to make it reliable we will catch the exception and use the cached state of postgres (`is_running()` and `role`) to determine whether postgres is running as a primary.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2073
While doing demote due to failure to update leader lock it could happen that DCS goes completely down and the get_cluster() call raise the exception.
Not being properly handled it results in postgres remaining stopped until DCS recovers.
Sphinx' add_stylesheet() has been deprecated for a long time and got removed in recent versions of sphinx. If available, use add_css_file() instead.
Close#2079.
Due to different reasons, it could happen that WAL archiving on the primary stuck or significantly delayed. If we try to do a switchover or shut it down, the shutdown will take forever and will not finish until the whole backlog of WALs is processed.
In the meantime, Patroni keeps updating the leader lock, which prevents other nodes from starting the leader race even if it is known that they received/applied all changes.
The `Database cluster state:` is changed to `"shut down"` after:
- all data is fsynced to disk and the latest checkpoint is written to WAL
- all streaming replicas confirmed that they received all changes (including the latest checkpoint)
- at the same time, the archiver process continues to do its job and the postmaster process is still running.
In order to solve this problem and make the switchover more reliable/fast in a case when `archive_command` is slow/failing, Patroni will remove the leader key immediately after `pg_controldata` started reporting PGDATA as `"shut down"` cleanly and it verified that there is at least one replica that received all changes. If there are no replicas that fulfill the condition the leader key isn't removed and the old behavior is retained, i.e. Patroni will keep updating it.
This field notes the last time (as unix epoch) a cluster member has successfully communicated with the DCS. This is useful to identify and/or analyze network partitions.
Also, expose dcs_last_seen in the MemberStatus class and its from_api_response() method.
The bigger gap between the slot flush LSN and the LSN we want to advance to becomes more time it takes for the call to finish.
Once started failing the "lag" will grow more or less infinitely, that have the following negative side-effects:
1. Size of pg_wal on the replica will grow
2. Since the hot_standby_feedback is forcefully enabled, the primary will stop cleaning up dead tuples
I.e., we are not only in danger of running out of disk space, but also increasing chances of transaction wraparound to happen.
In order to mitigate it, we want to set the `statement_timeout` to 0 before calling `pg_replication_slot_advance()`.
Since the call is happening from the main HA loop and could take more than `loop_wait`, the next heartbeat run could be delayed.
There is also a possibility that the call could take longer than `ttl` and the member key/session in DCS for a given replica expires, but, the slot LSN in DCS is updated by the primary every `loop_wait` seconds. Hence, we don't expect that the slot_advance() call will take significantly longer than the `loop_wait` and therefore chances of the member key/session to expire are very low.
Starting from v10 `pg_basebackup` creates a temporary replication slot for WAL streaming and Patroni was trying to drop it because the slot name looks unknown. In order to fix it, we skip all temporary slots when querying `pg_stat_replication_slots` view.
Another option to solve the problem would be running `pg_basebackup` with `--slot=current_node_name` option, but unfortunately at the moment when `pg_basebackup` is executed, we don't yet know the major version (the `--slot` option was added in v9.6).
Ref: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/2046#issuecomment-912521502
If Postgres crashed due to out of disk space (for example) and fails to start because of that Patroni is too eagerly trying to recover it and producing too many logs
The commit https://github.com/postgres/postgres/commit/93a0bf2390327a482ff37317f6e17547e735409e changed the behavior of `pg_settings.pending_restart`. Mostly it will not cause issues because usually people very rarely removing values from
the config, but one case is unique. If Patroni is restarted for an upgrade and it finds that Postgres is up and running, it rewrites
`postgresql.conf` and performs a reload. As a result, recovery parameters are removed from the config for Postgres v12+ and the `pending_restart` flag is falsely set. In order to partially mitigate the problem before it is fixed in Postgres we will skip recovery parameters when checking `pending_restart` flags in the `pg_settings`.
In addition to that, remove two parameters from the validator because they were reverted from Postgres v14.
Add support for ETCD SRV name suffix as per description in ETCD dosc:
> The -discovery-srv-name flag additionally configures a suffix to the SRV name that is queried during discovery. Use this flag to differentiate between multiple etcd clusters under the same domain. For example, if discovery-srv=example.com and -discovery-srv-name=foo are set, the following DNS SRV queries are made:
>
> _etcd-server-ssl-foo._tcp.example.com
> _etcd-server-foo._tcp.example.com
All test passes, but not been tested on the live ETCD system yet... Please, take a look and send feedback.
Resolves#2028
This adds the `selector` to the Patroni Kubernetes StatefulSet spec
Without it, one gets errors like
```
error: error validating "patroni_k8s.yaml": error validating data: ValidationError(StatefulSet.spec): missing required field "selector" in io.k8s.api.apps.v1.StatefulSetSpec; if you choose to ignore these errors, turn validation off with --validate=false
```
(as mentioned in #1867)
If configured, only IPs that matching rules would be allowed to call unsafe endpoints.
In addition to that, it is possible to automatically include IPs of members of the cluster to the list.
If neither of the above is configured the old behavior is retained.
Partially address https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1734
The #1820 introduced a new key in DCS, named /status, which contains the leader optime and maybe flush LSN of logical slots.
In case of etcd3 and raft we should use updates of this key for syncing HA loop across nodes (before we were using /optime/leader).
- Resolve Node IP for every connection attempt
- Handle exception with connection failures due to failed resolve
- Set PySyncObj DNS Cache timeouts aligned with `loop_wait` and `ttl`
In addition to that, postpone the leader race for freshly started Raft nodes. It will help with the situation when the leader node was alone and demoted the Postgres and after that, the replica arrives, and quickly takes the leader lock without really performing the leader race.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1930, https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1931
The #1527 introduced a feature of updating `/optime/leader` with the location of the last checkpoint after the Postgres was shutdown cleanly.
If wal archiving is enabled, Postgres always switching the WAL file before writing the checkpoint shutdown record. Normally it is not an issue, but for databases without too much write activity it could lead to the situation that the visible replication lag becomes equal to the size of a single WAL file. In fact, the previous WAL file is mostly empty and contains only a few records.
Therefore it should be safe to report the LSN of the SWITCH record before the shutdown checkpoint.
In order to do that, Patroni first gets the output of the pg_controldata and based on it calls pg_waldump two times:
* The first call reads the checkpoint record (and verifies that this is really the shutdown checkpoint).
* The next call reads the previous record and in case if it is the 'xlog switch' (for 9.3 and 9.4) or 'SWITCH' (for 9.5+), the LSN
of the SWITCH record is written to the `/optime/leader`.
In case of any mismatch, failure to call pg_waldump or parse its output, the old behavior is retained, i.e. `Latest checkpoint location` from the pg_controldata is used.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1860
If `PyInstaller`-frozen application using `patroni` is placed in a location that contains a dot in the path, the `dcs_modules()` function in `patroni.dcs` breaks because `pkgutil.iter_importers()` treats the given path as a package name.
Ref: pyinstaller/pyinstaller#5944
This can be avoided altogether by not passing a path to `iter_importers()`, because `PyInstaller`'s `FrozenImporter` is a singleton and registered as top-level finder.
Old versions of `kazoo` immediately discarded all requests to Zookeeper if the connection is in the `SUSPENDED` state. This is absolutely fine because Patroni is handling retries on its own.
Starting from 2.7, kazoo started queueing requests instead of discarding and as a result, the Patroni HA loop was getting stuck until the connection to Zookeeper is reestablished, causing no demote of the Postgres.
In order to return to the old behavior we override the `KazooClient._call()` method.
In addition to that, we ensure that the `Postgresql.reset_cluster_info_state()` method is called even if DCS failed (the order of calls was changed in the #1820).
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1981
When joining already running Postgres, Patroni ensures that config files are set according to expectations.
With recovery parameters converted to GUCs in Postgres v12 it became a little problem, because when the `Postgresql` object is being created it is not yet known where the given replica is supposed to stream from.
It resulted in postgresql.conf first being written without recovery parameters, and on the next run of HA loop Patroni noticing inconsistencies and updating the config one more time.
For Postgres v12 it is not a big issue, but for v13+ it resulted in interruption of streaming replication.
PostgreSQL 14 changed the behavior of replicas when certain parameters (like for example `max_connections`) are changed (increased): https://github.com/postgres/postgres/commit/15251c0a.
Instead of immediately exiting Postgres 14 pauses replication and waits for actions from the operator.
Since the `pg_is_wal_replay_paused()` returning `True` is the only indicator of such a change, Patroni on the replica will call the `pg_wal_replay_resume()`, which would cause either continue replication or shutdown (like previously).
So far Patroni was never calling `pg_wal_replay_resume()` on its own, therefore, to remain backward compatible it will call it only for PostgreSQL 14+.
1. When everything goes normal, only one line will be written for every run of HA loop (see examples):
```
INFO: no action. I am (postgresql0) the leader with the lock
INFO: no action. I am a secondary (postgresql1) and following a leader (postgresql0)
```
2. The `does not have lock` became a debug message.
3. The `Lock owner: postgresql0; I am postgresql1` will be shown only when stream doesn't look normal.
Promoting the standby cluster requires updating load-balancer health checks, which is not very convenient and easy to forget.
In order to solve it, we change the behavior of the `/leader` health-check endpoint. It will return 200 without taking into account whether PostgreSQL is running as the primary or the standby_leader.
It could happen that the replica for some reason is missing the WAL file required by the replication slot.
The nature of this phenomenon is a bit unclear, it might be that the WAL was recycled short before we copied the slot file, but, we still need a solution to this problem. If the `pg_replication_slot_advance()` fails with the `UndefinedFile` exception (requested WAL segment pg_wal/... has already been removed), the logical slot on the replica must be recreated.
When the unix_socket_directories is not known Patroni was immediately going back to tcp connection via the localhost.
The bug was introduced in https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1865
and run raft behave tests with encryption enabled.
Using the new `pysyncobj` release allowed us to get rid of a lot of hacks with accessing private properties and methods of the parent class and reduce the size of the `raft.py`.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1746
This adds the default Postgres settings enforced by Patroni to the `postgres{n}.yml` files provided in the repo. The documentation does call out the defaults that Patroni will set, but it can be missed if you download postgres0.yml and use that as a starting point. Hopefully the extra commented out configs serve as a visual cue to save the next person from the same mistake :)
Despite all recovery parameters became GUCs in PostgreSQL 12, there are very good reasons to keep them separated in the Patroni internals.
While implementing PostgreSQL parameters validation in #1674 one little oversight occurred. The parameters validation happens before the recovery parameters are skipped from the list, which produces a false warning.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1907
1. Commit 04b9fb9dd4 introduced additional conditions for updating cached version of the leader optime. It was required for implementing health-checks based on replication lag in the https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1599.
What in fact was forgotten, the event should be cleared after the new value of the optime was fetched. Not doing so results in running the HA loop more frequently than is required.
2. Don't watch for sync members.
The watch for sync member(s) was introduced in order to give a signal to the leader that one of the members set the `nosync` tag to true.
Since that time we have got a few more conditions that should be notified about, therefore instead of watching for all members of the cluster every cluster member checks whether the condition is met, and instead of updating ZNode performs delete+create.
Since every member is already watching for new ZNodes to be created inside the $scope/members/, they automatically get notified about important changes, and therefore watching for sync members is redundant.
3. In addition to that, slightly increase watch timeout, it will keep HA loops in sync across all nodes in the cluster.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1873
This PR fixes#1886.
We get the certificate serial number on server startup and store it in `api.__ssl_serial_number`
On reload, we get again the serial number from disk and compare it to the one stored in `api.__ssl_serial_number`: if different, then the api will be reloaded (even if the config file didn't change)
Effectively, this PR consists of a few changes:
1. The easy part:
In case of permanent logical slots are defined in the global configuration, Patroni on the primary will not only create them, but also periodically update DCS with the current values of `confirmed_flush_lsn` for all these slots.
In order to reduce the number of interactions with DCS the new `/status` key was introduced. It will contain the json object with `optime` and `slots` keys. For backward compatibility the `/optime/leader` will be updated if there are members with old Patroni in the cluster.
2. The tricky part:
On replicas that are eligible for a failover, Patroni creates the logical replication slot by copying the slot file from the primary and restarting the replica. In order to copy the slot file Patroni opens a connection to the primary with `rewind` or `superuser` credentials and calls `pg_read_binary_file()` function.
When the logical slot already exists on the replica Patroni periodically calls `pg_replication_slot_advance()` function, which allows moving the slot forward.
3. Additional requirements:
In order to ensure that primary doesn't cleanup tuples from pg_catalog that are required for logical decoding, Patroni enables `hot_standby_feedback` on replicas with logical slots and on cascading replicas if they are used for streaming by replicas with logical slots.
4. When logical slots are copied from to the replica there is a timeframe when it could be not safe to use them after promotion. Right now there is no protection from promoting such a replica. But, Patroni will show the warning with names of the slots that might be not safe to use.
Compatibility.
The `pg_replication_slot_advance()` function is only available starting from PostgreSQL 11. For older Postgres versions Patroni will refuse to create the logical slot on the primary.
The old "permanent slots" feature, which creates logical slots right after promotion and before allowing connections, was removed.
Close: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1749
The old strategy was waiting for 1 second and hoping that we will get an update event from the WATCH connection.
Unfortunately, it didn't work well in practice. Instead, we will get the current value from the API by performing an explicit read request.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1767
This commit makes it possible to configure the maximum lag (`maximum_lag_on_syncnode`) after which Patroni will "demote" the node from synchronous and replace it with another node.
The previous implementation always tried to stick to the same synchronous nodes (even if they are not optimal ones).
If an existing instance was configured with WAL residing outside of
PGDATA then currently a 'reinit' would lose such symlinks. So add some
bits of information on that to draw attention to this cornercase issue
and also add the --waldir option to the sample `postgresql.basebackup`
configuration sections to increase visibility.
Discussion: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1817
It could happen that the cluster role wither not configured or doesn't provide enough permissions. In this case bypass_api_service is ignored, but the warning is logged, which is rather annoying when patronictl is used.
Since the bypass_api_service is most useful for Patroni, we will simply ignore it when patronictl is used.
The Python SSL library allows for the inclusion of a password in its "load_cert_chain" function when setting up a SSLContext[1].
This allows for loading an encrypted key file in PEM representation to be loaded into the certificate chain.
This commit adds the optional "keyfile_password" parameter to the REST API block of configuration so that Patroni can load in encrypted private keys when establishing its TLS socket.
This also adds the corollary "PATRONI_RESTAPI_KEYFILE_PASSWORD" environmental variable, which has the same effect.
[1] https://docs.python.org/3/library/ssl.html#ssl.SSLContext.load_cert_chain
It could happen that one of etcd servers is not accessible on Patroni start.
In this case Patroni was trying to perform authentication and exiting, while it should exit only if Etcd explicitly responded with the `AuthFailed` error.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1805
the good old python-consul is not maintained for a few years in a row, therefore someone forked under a different name, but package files are installed into the same location as for the old.
The API of both modules is mostly compatible therefore it wasn't hard to add the support of both modules in Patroni.
Taking into account that python-consul is not a direct requirement for Patroni, but extra, now the end-user has a choice what to install.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1810
1. Fix flaky behave tests with zookeeper. First, install/start binaries (zookeeper/localkube) and only after that continue with installing requirements and running behave. Previously zookeeper didn't had enough time to start and tests sometimes were failing.
2. Fix flaky raft tests. Despite observations of MacOS slowness, for some unknown reason the delete test with a very small timeout was not timing out, but succeeding, causing unit-tests to fail. The solution - do not rely on the actual timeout, but mock it.
1. If the superuser name is different from postgres, the pg_rewind in the standby cluster was failing because the connection string didn't contain the database name.
2. Provide output if the single-user mode recovery failed.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1736
Python 3.8 changed the way how exceptions raised from the Thread.run() method are handled.
It resulted in unit-tests showing a couple of warnings. They are not important and we just silence them.
When the__del__() method is executed the python interpreter already unloaded some of the modules that are still used down the http.clear() method.
The only we could do in this case - silence some exceptions like ReferenceError, TypeError, AttributeError.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1785
When there is no config key in DCS Patroni shouldn't try accessing ignore_slots, otherwise an exception is raised.
In addition to that implement missing unit-tests and fix linting issues in behave tests.
When the watchdog device is not writable or missing in required mode, the member cannot be promoted. It only keeps logging that it is not the healthiest member.
Add a warning to show the user where to search for this misconfiguration.
When doing a custom bootstrap the configured value of max_connections could be smaller than the actual value stored in the pg_contol. As a workaround Patroni already did an adjustment of such parameters. Unfortunately, it doesn't cover the case when the parameter value was increased even higher during the WAL replay. That was causing postgres to stop.
The hot_standby=off disable connections to the instance, but allows postgres to run with parameter values smaller than required.
The hot_standby=off doesn't affect the running primary. When the recovery finishes and postgres promotes it starts accepting connections as usual. If the node will be demoted, Patroni will stop postgres and start it up as replica with hot_standby=on.
Fixes#1780
Specifically fixes the calls to `os.symlink` within the `move_data_directory` function, as used to update the symlink(s) for any WAL or tablespace directories following an init failure. The new name for a WAL and/or tablespace directory is now passed in as in as the first argument when calling `os.symlink`, while the second argument is now the name of the symlink that is being recreated.
This aligns with the Python documentation for `os.symlink`, which states the following regarding the first two arguments for the `os.symlink` function (arguments `src` and `dst`):
> Create a symbolic link pointing to src named dst (https://docs.python.org/3/library/os.html#os.symlink)
With this change, all WAL and/or tablespaces directories will be properly renamed following a init failure, and the `FileExistsError` that would otherwise occur when attempting to recreate the associated symlinks is no longer thrown, e.g.:
```bash
2020-12-05 20:35:42.219 GMT [262] LOG: unrecognized configuration parameter "invalid" in file "/pgdata/mycluster1/postgresql.auto.conf" line 5
2020-12-05 20:35:42.219 GMT [262] FATAL: configuration file "/pgdata/mycluster1/postgresql.auto.conf" contains errors
2020-12-05 20:35:43,220 ERROR: postmaster is not running
2020-12-05 20:35:43,223 INFO: removing initialize key after failed attempt to bootstrap the cluster
2020-12-05 20:35:43,292 INFO: renaming user defined tablespace directory and updating symlink: /tablespaces/ts1/ts1
2020-12-05 20:35:43,314 INFO: renaming data directory to /pgdata/mycluster1_2020-12-05-20-35-43
Traceback (most recent call last):
```
Additionally, any/all WAL and/or tablespace symlinks are properly recreated, e.g.:
```bash
$ ls -l pg_tblspc
total 0
lrwxrwxrwx. 1 postgres postgres 40 Dec 5 20:35 16414 -> /tablespaces/ts1/ts1_2020-12-05-20-35-43
```
1. The `ttl` was incorrectly returned 1000 times higher then it should
2. The `watch()` method must return True if the parent method returned True. Not doing so resulted in the incorrect calculation of sleep time.
3. Move mock of exhibitor api to the features/environment.py. It simplifies testing with behave.
This patch fixes the error handling of cases where there are runtime errors in `socketserver`.
For example, when creating a new thread (to handle a request) fails.
`get_request` handles ssl connections by replacing the new client socket by a tuple containing `(server_socket, new_client_socket)` in order to later deal with handshakes in `process_request_thread`
During the processing of a request, the socketserver `BaseServer` calls `handle_request`, calling the `_handle_request_noblock`, which is calling the following functions (https://github.com/python/cpython/blob/3.8/Lib/socketserver.py#L303):
```
request, client_addr = get_request()
verify_request(request, client_address):
process_request(request, client_address)
handle_error(request, client_address)
shutdown_request(request)
```
- `get_request` is overloaded in patroni and returns `request` as a tuple in case of ssl calls
- `verify_request` defaults to `return True` and should be fixed if used but is fine in this case
- `process_request` just calls `process_request_thread` (which is overloaded in patroni and handles tuple-style requests)
- `handle_error` is overloaded in patroni and handles tuple-style requests)
- but `shutdown_request` is not overloaded and thus missing support for tuple-style requests
This patch adds support for tuple-style requests in patroni api
There are sometimes good reasons to manage replication slots externally
to Patroni. For example, a consumer may wish to manage its own slots (so
that it can more easily track when a failover has a occurred and whether
it is ahead of or behind the WAL position on the new primary).
Additionally tooling like pglogical actually replicates slots to all
replicas so that the current position can be maintained on failover
targets (this also aids consumers by supplying primitives so that they
can verify data hasn't been lost or a split brain occurred relative to
the physical cluster).
To support these use cases this new feature allows configuring Patroni
to entirely ignore sets of slots specified by any subset of name,
database, slot type, and plugin.
Previously the only documentation for how to run tests was the
implementation in the Travis configuration file. Here we add
instructions as well as move development dependencies to an easily used
and shared (with Travis config) separate requirements.dev.txt file.
It is not very common, but the master Postgres might "crash" due to different reasons, like OOM, or out of disk space. Of course, there are chances that the current node holds some unreplicated data and therefore Patroni by default prefers to start Postgres on the leader node rather than doing a failover.
In order to be on the safe side Patroni always starts Postgres in recovery no matter whether the current node owns the leader lock or not. If the Postgres wasn't shut down cleanly, starting in recovery might fail, therefore in some cases as a workaround Patroni is executing a crash recovery by starting the postgres up in the single-user mode.
A few times we end up in the situation:
1. Master postgres crashed due to the out of disk space
2. Patroni starts crash recovery in a single-user mode
3. While doing crash-recovery Patroni keeps updating the leader lock
It makes Patroni stuck on step 3 and the manual intervention is required for recovering the cluster.
Patroni already has the option `master_start_timeout`, which controls for how long we let postgres stay in the `starting` state and after that Patroni might decide to release the leader lock if there are healthy replicas available which could take it over.
This PR makes the `master_start_timeout` option also work for crash recovery.
1. Don't call bootstrap if PGDATA is missing/empty, because it might be for purpose, and someone/something working on it.
2. Consider postgres running as a leader in pause not healthy if pg_control sysid doesn't match with the /initialize key (empty initialize key will allow the "race" and the leader will "restore" initialize key).
3. Don't exit on sysid mismatch in pause, only log a warning.
4. Cover corner cases when Patroni started in pause with empty PGDATA and it was restored by somebody else
5. Empty string is a valid `recovery_target`.
Unhandled exception prevented demoting the primary.
In addition to that wrap the update_leader call in the HA loop into try..except block and implement a test case.
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1684
* update release notes
* bump version
* change the default alignment in patronictl table output to `left`
* add missing tests
* add missing pieces to the documentation
It is now also possible to point the configuration path to a directory instead of a file.
Patroni will find all yml files in the directory and apply them in sorted order
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1669
So far Patroni was performing a comparison of the old value (in the `pg_settings`) with the new value (from Patroni configuration or from DCS) in order to figure out if reload or restart is required when the parameter has been changed. If the given parameter was missing in the `pg_settings` Patroni was ignoring it and not writing into the `postgresql.conf`.
In case if Postgres is not running, no validation has been performed and parameters and values were written into the config as it is.
It is not a very common mistake, but people tend to mistype parameter names or values.
Also, it happens that some parameters are removed in specific Postgres versions and some new are added (e.g. `checkpoint_segments` replaced with `min_wal_size` and `max_wal_size` in 9.5 or` wal_keep_segments` was replaced with `wal_keep_size` in 13).
Writing nonexistent parameters or invalid values into the `postgresql.conf` makes postgres unstartable.
This change doesn't solve the issue 100%, but at least approaching this goal very close.
Call a fencing script after acquiring the leader lock. If the script didn't finish successfully - don't promote but remove leader key
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1567
Patroni fails If hba conf happens to be located in non pgdata dir after custom bootstrap.
```
2020-08-27 23:25:06,966 INFO: establishing a new patroni connection to the postgres cluster
2020-08-27 23:25:06,997 INFO: running post_bootstrap
2020-08-27 23:25:07,009 ERROR: post_bootstrap
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "../lib/python3.8/site-packages/patroni/postgresql/bootstrap.py", line 357, in post_bootstrap
os.unlink(postgresql.config.pg_hba_conf)
FileNotFoundError: [Errno 2] No such file or directory: '../pgrept1/sysdata/pg_hba.conf'
2020-08-27 23:25:07,016 INFO: removing initialize key after failed attempt to bootstrap the cluster
```
On K8s the `Cluster.leader` is a valid object even if the cluster has no leader because we need to know the `resourceVersion` for future CAS operation. Such a non-empty object broke HA loop and made other nodes to think that the leader is there.
The right way to identify the missing leader which reliably works across all DCS is checking that the leader's name is empty.
For init processes that use a symlinked WAL directory, or use custom scripts that create new tablespaces, these directories should also be renamed after a failed init attempt, as currently the following errors occur if the first init attempt failed, but a second one might succeed:
fixing permissions on existing directory /var/lib/postgresql/data ... ok
initdb: error: directory "/var/lib/postgresql/wal/pg_wal" exists but is not empty
[...]
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/ha.py", line 1173, in post_bootstrap
self.cancel_initialization()
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/ha.py", line 1168, in cancel_initialization
raise PatroniException('Failed to bootstrap cluster')
patroni.exceptions.PatroniException: 'Failed to bootstrap cluster'
In the remove_data_directory function the same happens for removing the data directory, it seems the same kind of thing should also happen when moving a data directory.
To ensure the data directory can still be used, the symlinks will point to the renamed directories.
So far Patroni was enforcing the same value of `wal_keep_segments` on all nodes in the cluster. If the parameter was missing from the global configuration it was using the default value `8`.
In pg13 beta3 the `wal_keep_segments` was renamed to the `wal_keep_size` and it broke Patroni.
If `wal_keep_segments` happened to be present in the configuration for pg13, Paroni will recalculate the value to `wal_keep_size` assuming that the `wal_segment_size` is 16MB. Sure, it is possible to get the real value of `wal_segment_size` from pg_control, but since we are dealing with the case of misconfiguration it is not worse time spend on it.
When running on K8s Patroni is communicating with API via the `kubernetes` service, which is address is exposed via the
`KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST` environment variable. Like any other service, the `kubernetes` service is handled by `kube-proxy`, that depending on configuration is either relying on userspace program or `iptables` for traffic routing.
During K8s upgrade, when master nodes are replaced, it is possible that `kube-proxy` doesn't update the service configuration in time and as a result Patroni fails to update the leader lock and demotes postgres.
In order to improve the user experience and get more control on the problem we make it possible to bypass the `kubernetes` service and connect directly to API nodes.
The strategy is very simple:
1. Resolve list IPs of API nodes from the kubernetes endpoint on every iteration of HA loop.
2. Stick to one of these IPs for API requests
3. Switch to a different IP if connected to IP is not from the list
4. If the request fails, switch to another IP and retry
Such a strategy is already used for Etcd and proven to work quite well.
In order to enable the feature, you need either to set to `true` `kubernetes.bypass_api_service` in the Patroni configuration file or `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_BYPASS_API_SERVICE` environment variable.
If for some reason `GET /default/endpoints/kubernetes` isn't allowed Patroni will disable the feature.
The new parameter `synchronous_node_count` is used by Patroni to manage number of synchronous standby databases. It is set to 1 by default. It has no effect when synchronous_mode is set to off. When enabled, Patroni manages precise number of synchronous standby databases based on parameter synchronous_node_count and adjusts the state in DCS & synchronous_standby_names as members join and leave.
This functionality can be further extended to support Priority (FIRST n) based synchronous replication & Quorum (ANY n) based synchronous replication in future.
Patroni appeared to be creating dormant slot (when `slots` defined) for leader node when the name contains special chars such as '-' (for e.g. "abc-us-1").
The newest versions of docker-compose want to have some values double-quoted in the env file while old versions failing to process such files.
The solution is simple, move some of the parameters to the `docker-compose.yml` and rely on anchors for inheritance.
Since the main idea behind env files was to keep "secret" information off the main YAML we also get rid of any non-secret stuff, mainly located in the etcd.env.
For DCS other than `kubernetes` it was failing with exception due to the `cluster.config` being `None`, but on Kubernetes it was happily creating the config annotation and preventing writing bootstrap configuration after the bootstrap finished.
* pg_rewind error messages contain '/' as directory separator
* fix Raft unit tests on win
* fix validator unit tests on win
* fix keepalive unit tests on win
* make standby cluster behave tests less shaky
The only python-etcd3 client working directly via gRPC still supports only a single endpoint, which is not very nice for high-availability.
Since Patroni is already using a heavily hacked version of python-etcd with smart retries and auto-discovery out-of-the-box, I decided to enhance the existing code with limited support of v3 protocol via gRPC-gateway.
Unfortunately, watches via gRPC-gateway requires us to open and keep the second connection to the etcd.
Known limitations:
* The very minimal supported version is 3.0.4. On earlier versions transactions don't work due to bugs in grpc-gateway. Without transactions we can't do atomic operations, i.e. leader locks.
* Watches work only starting from 3.1.0
* Authentication works only starting from 3.3.0
* gRPC-gateway does not support authentication using TLS Common Name. This is because gRPC-proxy terminates TLS from its client so all the clients share a cert of the proxy: https://github.com/etcd-io/etcd/blob/master/Documentation/op-guide/authentication.md#using-tls-common-name
* new node can join the cluster dynamically and become a part of consensus
* it is also possible to join only Patroni cluster (without adding the node to the raft), just comment or remove `raft.self_addr` for that
* when the node joins the cluster it is using values from `raft.partner_addrs` only for initial discovery.
* It is possible to run Patroni and Postgres on two nodes plus one node with `patroni_raft_controller` (without Patroni and Postgres). In such setup one can temporarily lose one node without affecting the primary.
1. Put the `*` character into pgpass if the actual value is empty
2. Re-raise fatal exception from the HA loop (we need to exit if for example cluster initialization failed)
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1617
The official python kubernetes client contains a lot of auto-generated code and therefore very heavy, but we need only a little fraction of it.
The naive implementation, that covers all API methods we use, takes about 250 LoC, and about half of it is responsible for the handling of configuration files.
Disadvantage: If somebody was using the `patronictl` outside of the pod (on his machine), it might not work anymore (depending on the environment).
If postgres is not running due to the crash, panic or because it was stopped by some external force, we need to change the internal state.
So far we always relied on the state being set in the `Postgresql.start()` method. Unfortunately not in all cases this method is reachable. For example, the `Postgresql.follow()` could raise an exception when calling `write_recovery_conf()` and there is not enough disk space to write the file.
In order to solve it, we explicitly set the state when detected that the postgres is not alive. In the `pause` we set it to `stopped`, otherwise to `crashed` if it was `running` or `starting` before.
- ``GET /replica?lag=<max-lag>``: replica check endpoint.
- ``GET /asynchronous?lag=<max-lag>`` or ``GET /async&lag=<max-lag>``: asynchronous standby check endpoint.
Checks replication latency and returns status code **200** only when the latency is below a specified value. The key leader_optime from DCS is used for the leader WAL position and compute latency on the replica for performance reasons. Please note that the value in leader_optime might be a couple of seconds old (based on loop_wait).
Co-authored-by: Alexander Kukushkin <[email protected]>
Patroni is caching the cluster view in the DCS object because not all operations require the most up-to-date values. The cached version is valid for TTL seconds. So far it worked quite well, the only known problem was that the `last_leader_operation` for some DCS implementations was not very up-to-date:
* Etcd: since the `/optime/leader` key is updated right after the `/leader` key, usually all replicas get the value from the previous HA loop. Therefore the value is somewhere between `loop_wait` and `loop_wait*2` old. We improve it by using the 10ms artificial sleep after receiving watch notification from `compareAndSwap` operation on the leader key. It usually gives enough time for the primary to update the `/optime/leader`. On average that makes the cached version `loop_wait/2` old.
* ZooKeeper: Patroni itself is not so much interested in most up-to-date values of member and leader/optime ZNodes. In case of the leader race it just reads everything from ZooKeeper, but during normal operation it is relying on cache. In order to see the recent value on replicas they are doing watch on the `leader/optime` Znode and will re-read it after it was updated by the primary. On average that makes the cached version `loop_wait/2` old.
* Kubernetes: last_leader_operation is stored in the same object as the leader key itself and therefore update is atomic and we always see the latest version. That makes the cached version `loop_wait/2` old on avg.
* Consul: HA loops on the primary and replicas are not synchronized, therefore at the moment when we read the cluster state from the Consul KV we see the last_leader_operation value that is between 0 and loop_wait old. On average that makes the cached version `loop_wait` old. Unfortunately we can't make it much better without performing periodic updates from Consul, which might have negative side effects.
Since the `optime/leader` is only updated at most once per HA loop cycle, the value stored in the DCS is usually `loop_wait/2` old on avg. For majority of DCS implementations we could promise that the cached version in Patroni will match the value in DCS most of the time, therefore there is no need to make additional requests. The only exception is Consul, but probably we could just document it, so when someone relying on last_leader_operation value to check the replication lag can correspondingly adjust thresholds.
Will help to implement #1599
They could be useful to eliminate "unhealthy" pods from subsets addresses when the K8s service with label selectors are used.
Real-life example: the node where the primary was running has failed and being shutdown and Patroni can't update (remove) the role label.
Therefore on OpenShift the leader service will have two pods assigned, one of them is a failed primary.
With the readiness probe defined, the failed primary pod will be excluded from the list.
PostgreSQL 13 finally introduced the possibility to change the `primary_conninfo` without a restart. Just doing reload is enough, but in case if the role is changing from the `replica` to the `standby_leader` we want to call only `on_role_change` callback and skip `on_reload`, because they duplicate each other.
It could happen that the WAL segment required for `pg_rewind` doesn't exist in the `pg_wal` anymore and therefore `pg_rewind` can't find the checkpoint location before the diverging point.
Starting from PostgreSQL 13 `pg_rewind` could use `restore_command` for fetching missing WALs, but we can do better than that.
On older PostgreSQL versions Patroni will parse the stdout and stderr of failed rewind attempt, try to fetch the missing WAL by calling the `restore_command`, and repeat an attempt.
1. Between get_cluster() and update_leader() calls the K8s leader object might be updated from outside and therefore the resource version will not match (error code=409). Since we are watching for all changes, the ObjectCache likely will have the most up-to-date version and we will take advantage of that. There is still a chance to hit a race-condition, but it would be smaller than before. Actually, other DCS are free of this issue. Etcd - update is based on the value comparison, Zookeeper and Consul are relying on session mechanism.
2. If the update still failed - recheck the resource version of the leader object and that the current node is still the leader there and repeat the call.
P.S. The leader race is still relying on the version of the leader object as it was during the get_cluster() call.
In addition to that fixed handling of K8s API errors, we should retry on 500, not on 502.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1589
The `SSLSocket` is immediately doing the handshake on accept. Effectively it blocks the whole API thread if the client-side doesn't send any data.
In order to solve the issue we defer the handshake until a thread serving request has started.
The solution is a bit hacky, but thread-safe.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1545
It is possible to specify custom hba_file and ident_file in the postgresql configuration parameters and Patroni is considering that these files are managed externally. It could happen that locations of these files matching with default locations of pg_hba,conf and pg_ident.conf. In this case we will ignore custom values and fallback to the default workflow, i.e. Patroni will overwrite them.
Close: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1544
Patroni was already doing that before creating users for a long time, but the post_init was an oversight. It will help to all utilities relying on libpq and reduce the end-user confusion.
Zookpeeper implementation heavily relies on cached version of the cluster view in order to minimize the number of requests. Having stale members information is fine for Patroni workflow because it basically relies only on member names and tags.
The `GET /cluster` is a different case. Being exposed outside it might be used for monitoring purposes and therefore we should show the up-to-date members information.
We don't need to rewind when:
1. replayed location for the former replica is not ahead of switchpoint
2. end of checkpoint record for the former primary is the same as switchpoint
In order to get the end of checkpoint record we use the `pg_waldump` and parse its output.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1493
The standby cluster doesn't know about leader elections in the main cluster and therefore the usual mechanisms of detecting divergences don't work. For example, it could happen that the standby cluster is ahead of the new primary of the main cluster and must be rewound.
There is a way to know that the new timeline has been created by checking the presence of a history file in pg_wal. If the new file is there, we will start usual procedures of making sure that we can continue streaming or will run the pg_rewind.
The `touch_member()` could be called from the finally block of the `_run_cycle()`. In case if it raised an exception the whole Patroni process was crashing.
In order to avoid future crashes we wrap `_run_cycle()` into the try..except block and ask a user to report a BUG.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1529
This PR makes split_host_port return IPv6 address without enclosing brackets.
This is due to the fact that e.g. socket.* functions expect host not to contain them when being called with IPv6.
Close: #1532
When making a decision whether the running replica is able to stream from the new primary or must be rewound we should use replayed location, therefore we extract received and replayed independently.
Reuse the part of the query that extracts the timeline and locations in the REST API.
There is no expire mechanism available on K8s, therefore we implement soft leader lock, i.e. every pod is "watching" for changes of the leader object and when there are no changes during the TTL it starts leader race.
Before we switched to LIST+WATCH approach in #1189 and #1276, we only watched for the leader object and every time it was updated, the main thread of the HA loop was waking up. As a result, all replica pods were synchronized, and starting the leader race more or less at the same time.
The new approach made all pods "unsynchronized" and the biggest downside of it - it takes `ttl + loop_wait` in the worst case to detect the leader failure.
This commit makes all pods in one cluster to sync HA loops again based on updates of the leader object.
So far Patroni was parsing `recovery.conf` or querying `pg_settings` in order to get the current values of recovery parameters. On PostgreSQL earlier than 12 it could easily happen that the value of `primary_conninfo` in the `recovery.conf` has nothing to do with reality. Luckily for us, on PostgreSQL 9.6+ there is a `pg_stat_wal_receiver` view, which contains current values of `primary_conninfo` and `primary_slot_name`. The password field is masked through, but this is fine, because authentication happens only during opening the connection. All other parameters we compare as usual.
Another advantage of `pg_stat_wal_recevier` - it contains the current timeline, therefore on 9.6+ we don't need to use the replication connection trick if walreceiver process is alive.
If there is no walreceiver process available or it is not streaming we will stick to old methods.
when Patroni is trying to figure out the necessity of pg_rewind it could write the content history file from the primary into the log. The history file is growing with every failover/switchover and eventually starts taking too many lines in the log, most of them are not so much useful.
Instead of showing the raw data, we will show only 3 lines before the current replica timeline and 2 lines after.
Replicas are waiting for checkpoint indication via member key of the leader in DCS. The key is normally updated only one time per HA loop.
Without waking the main thread up replicas will have to wait up to `loop_wait` seconds longer than necessary.
Without supplying the --enable-v2=true flag to etcd on startup, patroni cannot find etcd to run.
after running `etcd --data-dir=data/etcd` in one terminal and `patroni postgres0.yaml` in another terminal, etcd starts fine, but the postgres instance cannot find etcd.
```
patroni postgres0.yaml
2020-05-09 15:58:48,560 ERROR: Failed to get list of machines from http://127.0.0.1:2379/v2: EtcdException('Bad response : 404 page not found\n')
2020-05-09 15:58:48,560 INFO: waiting on etcd
```
If etcd is passed the flag `--enable-v2=true` on startup, everything works fine.
initial bootstrap by attaching Patroni to the running postgres was causing the following error.
```
File "/xx/lib/python3.8/site-packages/patroni/ha.py", line 529, in update_cluster_history
history = history[-self.cluster.config.max_timelines_history:]
AttributeError: 'NoneType' object has no attribute 'max_timelines_history'
```
Skip missing values from pg_controldata
When calling controldata(), it may return an empty dictionary, which in
turn caused the following error to occur:
effective_configuration
cvalue = parse_int(data[cname])
KeyError: 'max_wal_senders setting'
Instead of causing a crash of this part, we now log the error and
continue.
This is the full output of the error:
```
2020-04-17 14:31:54,791 ERROR: Exception during execution of long running task restarting after failure
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/async_executor.py", line 97, in run
wakeup = func(*args) if args else func()
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/postgresql/__init__.py", line 707, in follow
self.start(timeout=timeout, block_callbacks=change_role, role=role)
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/postgresql/__init__.py", line 409, in start
configuration = self.config.effective_configuration
File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/patroni/postgresql/config.py", line 983, in effective_configuration
cvalue = parse_int(data[cname])
KeyError: 'max_wal_senders setting'
```
In dynamic environments it is common that during the rolling upgrade etcd nodes are changing their IP addresses. If the etcd node where Patroni is currently connected to is upgraded last, it could happen that the cached topology doesn't contain any live node anymore and therefore request can't be retried and totally fails, usually resulting in demoting of the primary.
In order to partially overcome the problem, Patroni is already doing a periodic (every 5 minutes) rediscovery of the etcd cluster topology, but in case of very fast node rotation there was still a possibility to hit the issue.
This PR is an attempt to address the problem. If the list of nodes exhausted, Patroni will try to perform initial discovery via an external mechanism, like resolving A or SRV dns records and if the new list is different from the original, Patroni will use it as the new etcd cluster topology.
In order to deal with tcp issues the connect_timeout is set to max(read_timeout/2, 1). It will make list of members exhaust faster, but leaves the time to perform topology rediscovery and another attempt.
The third issue addressed by this PR - it could happen that dns names of etcd nodes didn't change, but ip addresses are new, therefore we clean up the internal dns cache when doing topology rediscovery.
Besides that, this commit makes `_machines_cache` property pretty much static, it will be updated only when the topology has changed and helps to avoid concurrency issues.
It is safe to call pg_rewind on the replica only when pg_control on the primary contains information about the latest timeline. Postgres is usually doing immediate checkpoint right after promote and in most cases it works just fine. Unfortunately we regularly receive complaints that it takes to long (minutes) until the checkpoint is done and replicas can't perform rewind. At the same time doing the checkpoint manually immediately helped. So Patroni starts doing the same. When the promotion happened and postgres is not running in recovery, we explicitly issue the checkpoint.
We are intentionally not using the AsyncExecutor here, because we want the HA loop continues doing its normal flow.
## Feature: Postgres stop timeout
Switchover/Failover operation hangs on signal_stop (or checkpoint) call when postmaster doesn't respond or hangs for some reason(Issue described in [1371](https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1371)). This is leading to service loss for an extended period of time until the hung postmaster starts responding or it is killed by some other actor.
### master_stop_timeout
The number of seconds Patroni is allowed to wait when stopping Postgres and effective only when synchronous_mode is enabled. When set to > 0 and the synchronous_mode is enabled, Patroni sends SIGKILL to the postmaster if the stop operation is running for more than the value set by master_stop_timeout. Set the value according to your durability/availability tradeoff. If the parameter is not set or set <= 0, master_stop_timeout does not apply.
$ python3 patronictl.py -c postgresql0.yml list
Error: Provided config file postgresql0.yml not existing or no read rights. Check the -c/--config-file parameter
Right now it's not really clear from --help what it does, flushing in software
context usually means persisting...so actually it's the opposite, so make
the intention more explicit.
The KUBERNETES_ environment variables are not required for PostgreSQL, yet having them exposed to the postmaster will also expose them to backends and to regular database users (using pl/perl for example).
Consul client uses urllib3 with a verify=True by default. When
SSL verification is disabled with verify=False, we can see
CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED exceptions. With urllib3 1.19.1-1 on
Debian Stretch, the "cert_reqs" argument must be explicitaly set
to ssl.CERT_NONE to effectively disable SSL verification.
It is a regular issue that primary is recycling WALs when one of the replicas is down for a long time. So far there were only two solutions for such a problem and both of them are not perfect:
1. Increase `wal_keep_segments`, but it is hard to guess the good value.
2. Use continuous archiving and PITR, but it is not always possible.
This PR is introducing the way to solve the problem for static clusters, with a fixed number of nodes and names that never change. You just need to list the names of all nodes in the `slots` so the primary will not remove the slot when the node is down (not registered in DCS).
Of course, the primary will not create the permanent slot which is matching its own name.
Usage example: let's assume you have a cluster with nodes named *abc1*, *abc2*, and *abc3*.
You have to run `patronictl edit-config` and put the following snippet into the configuration:
```yaml
slots:
abc1:
type: physical
abc2:
type: physical
abc3:
type: physical
```
If the node *abc2* is the primary, it will always create slots for *abc1* and *abc3* even if they are not running, but will not create slot *abc2*.
Other nodes will behave the same.
Close#280
OpenShift enforces securityContext.fsGroups for block devices and sets group stickybits for volumeMounts.
This leads to patroni pods failing to start after the first restart:
> 2020-01-13 14:46:13.695 UTC [143] FATAL: data directory "/home/postgres/pgdata/pgroot/data" has invalid permissions
2020-01-13 14:46:13.695 UTC [143] DETAIL: Permissions should be u=rwx (0700) or u=rwx,g=rx (0750).
A initContainer which fixes the OpenShift tampering solves the issue. I stole the solution from the stable postgres helm chart:
https://github.com/helm/charts/pull/14540/files
Tested on OpenShift v3.11
Note: This error does not occur when using shared filesystems (like NFS)
It was used only to add the local timezone to the datetime specified in the patronictl for scheduled switchover or restart.
The `dateutil.tz.tzlocal()` does the same job equally well.
During the shutdown Patroni is trying to update its status in the DCS.
If the DCS is inaccessible an exception might be raised. Lack of exception handling prevents logger thread from stopping.
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1344
It might be that they are defined by the extension and therefore the unit is not necessarily is the string.
It also could be that change of the value requires a restart (for example pg_stat_statements.max).
it serves two purposes:
1. We don't want accidentally break the thread
2. During the shutdown socket.gaierror become unresolvable and nasty exceptions are raised
Close: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1353
The standby_leader was already doing it from the beginning feature existed. Not doing the same on replicas might prevent them from catching up with standby leader due to WALs being recycled.
In addition to that apply the same strategy to archive_cleanup_command.
Upon the start of Patroni and Postgres make sure that unix_socket_directories and stats_temp_directory exist or try to create them. Patroni will exit if failed to create them.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/863
That required a refactoring of `Config` and `Patroni` classes. Now one has to explicitely create the instance of `Config` before creating `Patroni`.
The Config file can optionally call the validate function.
We will try to import only the module which has a configuration section.
I.e. if there is only zookeeper section in the config, Patroni will try to import only `patroni.dcs.zookeeper` and skip `etcd`, `consul`, and `kubernetes`.
This approach has two benefits:
1. When there are no dependencies installed Patroni was showing INFO messages `Failed to import smth`, which looks scary.
2. It reduces memory usage, because sometimes dependencies are heavy.
* Implement proper tests for `multiprocessing.set_start_method()`
* Exclude some watchdog code from coverage (it is used only for behave tests)
* properly use os.path.join for windows compatibility
* import DCS modules in `features/environment.py` on demand. It allows to run behave tests against chosen DCS without installing all dependencies.
* remove some unused behave code
* fix some minor issues in the dcs.kubernetes module
There is an opinion that LIST requests with labelSelector to K8s API are expensive and Patroni was doing two such requests per HA loop (LIST pods and LIST endpoints/configmaps).
To efficiently detect object changes we will switch to the LIST+WATCH approach.
The initial LIST request populates the ObjectCache and events from the WATCH request update it.
In addition to that, the ObjectCache will be updated after performing the UPDATE operations on the K8s objects. To avoid race conditions, all operations on ObjectCache are performed after comparing the resource_version of the old and the new objects and rejected if the new resource_version value is smaller than the old one.
The disadvantage of such an approach is that it will require keeping three connections to the K8s API from each Patroni Pod (previously it was two).
Yesterday I deployed this feature branch on our biggest K8s cluster, with ~300 Patroni pods.
The CPU Utilization on K8s master nodes immediately dropped from ~20% to ~10% (two times), and the incoming traffic on master nodes dropped ~7-8 times!
Last, but not least, we get more or less the same impact on etcd cluster behind K8s master nodes, the CPU Utilization dropped nearly twice and outgoing traffic ~7-8 times.
Starting from PostgreSQL 12 the following recovery parameters could be changed without restart, but Patroni didn't yet support it:
* archive_cleanup_command
* promote_trigger_file
* recovery_end_command
* recovery_min_apply_delay
In future postgres releases this list will be extended and Patroni will support it automatically.
The start of postgres happens in two stages:
1. First Patroni is waiting for postgres port to be open
2. After that, it is waiting for postgres starts to accept connections
There is a default timeout 60 seconds for both stages (in total).
When the port isn't open, pg_isready exits with code=2.
If postgres is rejecting connections due to recovery, exit code=1.
In most cases postgres quickly opens the port and pg_isready starts returning 1, but in rare cases the whole timeout could spend in `1.`
After that, the HA loop is still waiting for postgres to start, but executing only the check from `2.`. Since pg_isready exit code is still = 2, Patroni was falsely assuming that 'start failed' without taking into consideration the fact that the postmaster process is up and running.
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1160
The previous documentation was wrong and will throw the following error
when used:
Exception when parsing list {[{"name": "postgresql", "port": 5432}]}
When removing the surrounding braces, the error goes away and the
endpoint is updated with the correct Port name.
Previously check_recovery_conf() function was only checking whether primary_conninfo has changed and never taking into account all other recovery parameters.
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1201
Not doing so makes it hard to implement callbacks in bash and eventually can lead to the situation when two callbacks are running at the same time. In case if we failed to kill the child process we will still wait for it to finish.
The same problem could happen with custom bootstrap, therefore if we happen to kill the custom bootstrap process we also kill all child subprocesses.
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1238
When the system is under IO stress, `os.listdir()` could take a few seconds (or even minutes) to execute what is badly affecting the HA loop of Patroni and could even cause the leader key to disappear from DCS due to the lack of updates.
There is a better and less expensive way to check that the PGDATA is not empty. Instead of doing the `os.listdir` we simply check the presence of the `global/pg_control` file in it.
Recently it has happened two times when people tried to deploy the new cluster but postgres data directory wasn't empty and also wasn't valid. In this case Patroni was still creating initialize key in DCS and trying to start the postgres up.
Now it will complain about non-empty invalid postgres data directory and exit.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1216
The /history endpoint shows the content of the `history` key in DCS
The /cluster endpoint show all cluster members and some service info like pending and scheduled restarts or switchovers.
In addition to that implement `patronictl history`
Close#586Close#675Close#1133
In addition to that try to protect from the case when some recovery parameters are set in one of included files by explicitly setting their value to an empty string on postgres 12.
Simplifies https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1208
Specifically, there was a chance that `patronictl reinit --force` was overwritten by recover and we end up in a situation when Patroni was trying to start the postgres while basebackup still running.
* make it possible to use client certificates with REST API
* define a separate PatroniRequest class which handles all communication
* refactor patronictl to use the new class
* make Ha to use the new class instead of calling requests.get. The old call wasn't taking into account certificates and basic-auth
Close#898
It is possible that some config files are not controlled by Patroni and when somebody is doing reload via REST API or by sending SIGHUP to Patroni process the usual expectation is that postgres will also be reloaded, but it didn't happen when there were no changes in the postgresql section of Patroni config.
For example one might replace ssl_cert_file and ssl_key_file on the filesystem and starting from PostgreSQL 10 it just requires a reload, but Patroni wasn't doing it.
In addition to that fix the issue with handling of `wal_buffers`. The default value depends on `shared_buffers` and `wal_segment_size` and therefore Patroni was exposing pending_restart when the new value in the config was explicitly set to -1 (default).
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1198
Watch requests to K8s API either streaming the data or close connection by timeout. In any case it requires a second connection open, but opening a new connection every 10 seconds is more expensive for both, Patroni and K8s API.
Switching to the streaming model also brings other benefits: we can watch not only on leader object, but also on config and wake up Patroni main thread if the config was changed.
The PatroniLogger object is instantiated in the Patroni constructor and down the road there might be a fatal error causing Patroni process to exit, but live thread prevents the normal shutdown.
In order to mitigate the issue and don't loose ability to use the logging infrastructure we will switch to QueueLogger only when the thread was explicitly started from the Patroni.run() method.
Continuation of https://github.com/zalando/patroni/pull/1178
Since it is based on Thread with daemon set to True, the shutdown of logger was very likely to happen too early, what was causing some lines not to appear at the destination.
Close https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1173
We are using only one function from there, `find_executable()` and it is better to implement a similar function in Patroni rather than add `distutils` module into requirements.txt
It might happen that statement_timeout on the server is set to some small value and one of the statements executed by pg_rewind is canceled.
I already proposed a patch fixing the pg_rewind itself, but it also would be good to have a workaround in Patroni.
* use `SHOW primary_conninfo` instead of parsing config file on pg12
* strip out standby and recovery parameters from postgresql.auto.conf before starting the postgres 12
Patroni config remains backward compatible.
Despite for example `restore_command` converted to a GUC starting from postgresql 12, in the Patroni configuration you can still keep it in the `postgresql.recovery_conf` section.
If you put it into `postgresql.parameters.restore_command`, that will also work, but it is important not to mix both ways:
```yaml
# is OK
postgresql:
parameters:
restore_command: my_restore_command
archive_cleanup_command: my_archive_cleanup_command
# is OK
postgresql:
recovery_conf:
restore_command: my_restore_command
archive_cleanup_command: my_archive_cleanup_command
# is NOT ok
postgresql:
parameters:
restore_command: my_restore_command
recovery_conf:
archive_cleanup_command: my_archive_cleanup_command
```
On every replica Patroni periodically opens the recovery.conf file and checks that it contains the correct primary_conninfo.
So far the correctness check was pretty dumb, it was basically doing a full match of strings. That could lead to the restart of the replica when Patroni is "joining" already running postgres process.
Instead of using string comparison we parse the actual primary_conninfo value from the file and check that all parameters are matching with the desired value.
In addition to that we stop reading and parsing recovery.conf of every iteration if the modification time didn't change.
the main purpose of this PR is simplifying #1068
It is mostly necessary for future support of pg12, where there will be no recovery.conf anymore, but `keep_existing_recovery_conf` parameter still needs to be supported due to backward compatibility.
A few times we observed that Patroni HA loop was blocked for a few minutes due to not being able to write logs to stderr. This is a very rare condition which we hit so far only on k8s. This commit makes Patroni resilient to such kind of problems. All log messages first are written into the in-memory queue and later they are asynchronously flushed into the stderr or file from a separate thread.
The maximum queue size is configurable and the default value is 1000. This should be enough to keep more than one hour of log messages with default settings and when Patroni cluster operates normally (without big issues).
In case if we hit the maximum size of the queue further logs will be discarded until the queue size will be reduced. The number of discarded messages will be reported into the log later.
In addition to that, the number of non-flushed and discarded messages (if there are any), will be reported via Patroni REST API as:
```json
"logger_queue_size": X,
"logger_records_lost": Y`
```
`compare_values` function is already smart enough to handle all tricky cases when the unit is not in `B` or `kB`, but also in blocks. Therefore we don't need to query `wal_segment_size` from pg_settings.
Log the final exception when either the number of attempts or the timeout were reached, it will hopefully help to debug some issues when communication to DCS fails
* integer variables could be specified as floats: work_mem = '30.1GB'
* memory-based units could be in B and MB
* time-based variables now allow microseconds (us)
* vacuum_cost_delay and autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay converted to real with base unit ms
* Convert postgresql.py into a package
* Factor out cancellable process into a separate class
* Factor out connection handler into a separate class
* Move postmaster into postgresql package
* Factor out pg_rewind into a separate class
* Factor out bootstrap into a separate class
* Factor out slots handler into a separate class
* Factor out postgresql config handler into a separate class
* Move callback_executor into postgresql package
This is just a careful refactoring, without code changes.
1. use the default port is 5432 when only standby_cluster.host is defined
2. check that standby_cluster replica can be bootstrapped without connection to the standby_cluster leader against `create_replica_methods` defined in the `standby_cluster` config instead of the `postgresql` section.
3. Don't fallback to the create_replica_methods defined in the `postgresql` section when bootstrapping a member of the standby cluster.
4. Make sure we specify the database when connecting to the leader.
* expose the current patroni version in DCS
* expose `checkpoint_after_promote` flag in DCS as an indicator that pg_rewind could be safely executed
* other nodes will wait until this flag is set instead of connecting as superuser and issuing the CHECKPOINT
* define `postgresql.authention.rewind` with credentials for pg_rewind in patroni configuration files.
* create user for pg_rewind if postgres is 11+
* grant execute on functions required for pg_rewind to rewind user
* make it possible to create users without passwords
* put `krbsrvname` into the connection string if it is specified in the config
* update postgres?.yml example files to mention `krbsrvname`
This functionality works similarly to the `pg_hba`:
If the `postgresql.pg_ident` is defined in the config file or DCS, Patroni will write its value to pg_ident.conf, however, if `postgresql.parameters.ident_file` is defined, Patroni will assume that pg_ident is managed from outside and not update the file.
Using `ssl.wrap_socket` is deprecated and was still allowing soon-to-be-deprecated protocols like TLS 1.1.
Now using `SSLContext.create_default_context()` to produce a secure SSL context to wrap the REST API server's socket.
Patroni is great behind a load balancer like HAProxy. API routes are handy to direct the traffic to a valid node depending on its role. We could have one route for writes directed to the primary node and one route for reads directed to the replicas. In a two nodes setup, when we lose a node, there's one host left: the primary. Then, the read traffic will be dropped, even if the primary can handle it. This commit adds read-only and read-write routes. Read-only route enables reads on the primary. Read-write route is an alias for '/master', '/primary' or '/leader' route.
As @ants complained on Slack, it breaks the workflow when the same location is used for bootstrap and further archiving.
For the pg_upgrade we can achieve the same results by modifying postgres config in the upgrade script, which is part of spilo.
Recently released psycopg2 split into two different packages, psycopg2, and psycopg2-binary which could be installed at the same time into the same place on the filesystem. In order to decrease dependency hell problem, we let a user choose how to install psycopg2. There are a few options available and it is reflected in the documentation.
This PR also changes the following behavior:
* `pip install patroni` will fail if psycopg2 is not installed
* Patroni will check psycopg2 upon start and fail if it can't be found or outdated.
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/1021
1. Fix race condition on shutdown. It is very annoying when you cancel behave tests but postgres remains running.
2. Dump pg_controldata output to logs when "recovering" stopped postgres. It will help to investigate some annoying issues.
First of all, this patch changes the behavior of `on_start`/`on_restart` callbacks, they will be called only when postgres is started or restarted without role changes. In case if the member is promoted or demoted only the `on_role_change` callback will be executed. `on_role_change` was never called for standby leader, only `on_start`/`on_restart` and with a wrong role argument.
Before that `on_role_change` was never called for standby leader, only `on_start`/`on_restart` and with a wrong role argument.
In addition to that, the REST API will return standby_leader role for the leader of the standby cluster.
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/988
`dcs.cluster` and `dcs.get_cluster()` are using the same lock resource and therefore when get_cluster call is slow due to the slowness of DCS it was also affecting the `dcs.cluster` call, which in return was making health-check requests slow.
In addition to that transfer postmaster pid to Patroni process with the help of multiprocessing.Pipe instead of using stdin-stdout pipes.
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/992
`os.path.relpath` depends on being able to resolve the working directory.
This will fail if Patroni is started in a directory that is later unlinked from the filesystem, creating an unnecessary exception when loading from DCS.
if the `etcd.use_proxies` is set to true, Patroni will stick to the list of hosts specified in the `etcd.hosts` and avoid doing topology discovery. Such mode might be useful when you know that you connect to the etcd cluster via the set of proxies or when th etcd cluster has static topology.
1. Multi-stage build with an extensive cleanup of useless files and optional image compression
2. Start three-node etcd cluster
3. Start three-node Patroni cluster
4. One container with haproxy
5. All container names are prefixed with "demo-" and don't have suffixes
6. Decommission dev_patroni_cluster.sh script, docker-compose is now standard de-facto.
7. Provide more examples in the docker/README.md
It might happen that the standby cluster is configured to be created and replay WAL files from the different source than when it is running not in standby mode. This is necessary to avoid writing WAL files and backups into the old place after promotion.
The easiest way to achieve such behavior is passing RemoteMember object to `Postgresql.clone` method instead of the usual Member object.
if there is no service defined k8s assumes that endpoint is orphaned and removes it.
Patroni tries to create the service only in case if use_endpoints is enabled if the following cases:
1. Upon start
2. When it tries to (re-)create the config endpoint
If for some reason creation of the service has failed, Patroni will retry it on every cycle of HA loop. Usually it fails due to lack of permissions and if you don't want to give such permissions to the service account used by Patroni, you can create the service explicitly in the deployment manifest.
According to the Consul documentation the actual response timeout is increased by a small random amount of additional wait time added to the supplied maximum wait time to spread out the wake up time of any concurrent requests. It adds up to wait / 16 additional time to the maximum duration.
In our case we will add wait/15 or 1 second depending on what is bigger.
Fixes: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/945
This information will help to detect stale replicas.
In addition to that Host will include ':{port}' if the port value isn't default or more than one member running on the same host.
Fixes: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/942
If the pg_rewind is disabled or can't be used, the former master could fail to start as a new replica due to diverged timelines. In this case, the only way to fix it is wiping the data directory and reinitializing.
So far Patroni was able to remove the data directory only after failed attempt to run pg_rewind. This commit fixes it.
If the `postgresql.remove_data_directory_on_diverged_timelines` is set, Patroni will wipe the data directory and reinitialize the former master automatically.
Fixes: https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/941
The latest timeline is calculated from the `/history` key in DCS. In case there is no such key or it contains some garbage we consider the node healthy.
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/890
libpq allows opening connection without explicitly specifying neither username nor password. Depending on situation it would rely either on `pgpass` file or trust authentication method in pg_hba.conf.
Since pg_rewind is also using libpq, it could work the same way.
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/928
It allows changing logging settings in runtime by updating config and doing reload or sending `SIGHUP` to the Patroni process.
Important! Environment configuration names related to logging were renamed and documentation accordingly updated. For compatibility reasons Patroni still accepts `PATRONI_LOGLEVEL` and `PATRONI_FORMAT`, but some other variables related to logging, which were introduced only
recently (between releases), will stop working. I think it is ok, since we didn't release the new version yet and therefore it is very unlikely that somebody is using them except authors of corresponding PRs.
Example of log section in the config file:
```yaml
log:
dir: /where/to/write/patroni/logs # if not specified, write logs to stderr
file_size: 50000000 # 50MB
file_num: 10 # keep history of 10 files
dateformat: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
loggers: # increase log verbosity for etcd.client and urllib3
etcd.client: DEBUG
urllib3: DEBUG
```
1. Log only debug level messages on any kind of error
2. Update regexp for matching postgres aux processes to make it compatible with postgres 11
Fixes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/914
We want to avoid archiving WALs and history files until the cluster is fully functional. It should really help if the custom bootstrap involves pg_upgrade.
Inheriting stderr from the main Patroni process allows all Postgres logs to be seen along with all patroni logs. This is very useful in a container environment as Patroni and Postgres logs may be consumed using standard tools (docker logs, kubectl, etc).
In addition to that, this change fixes a bug with Patroni not being able to catch postmaster pid when postgres writing some warnings into stderr
It gives users the option to send Patroni application logs to a File instead of Standard Out. There are three environment variables that can be set to enable and configure file logging.
1. `PATRONI_FILE_LOG_DIR`: Path to a directory that is writeable by the executing user. Having this variable set is what activates file logging.
2. `PATRONI_FILE_LOG_NUM`: This is a rolling file logger. This variable dictates how many log files are retained.
3. `PATRONI_FILE_LOG_SIZE`: This variable dictates the size at which the logs will roll.
If `PATRONI_FILE_LOG_DIR` is not set than Patroni will log to stderr (default behavior does not change)
Closes https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues/902
2018-12-21 15:38:29 +01:00
265 changed files with 53280 additions and 9274 deletions
If you have a question please post it on channel [#patroni](https://postgresteam.slack.com/archives/C9XPYG92A) in the [PostgreSQL Slack](https://pgtreats.info/slack-invite).
Before reporting a bug please make sure to **reproduce it with the latest Patroni version**!
Please fill the form below and provide as much information as possible.
Not doing so may result in your bug not being addressed in a timely manner.
- type:textarea
id:problem
attributes:
label:What happened?
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:repro
attributes:
label:How can we reproduce it (as minimally and precisely as possible)?
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:expected
attributes:
label:What did you expect to happen?
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:environment
attributes:
label:Patroni/PostgreSQL/DCS version
value:|
- Patroni version:
- PostgreSQL version:
- DCS (and its version):
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:patroniConfig
attributes:
label:Patroni configuration file
description:Please copy and paste Patroni configuration file here. This will be automatically formatted into code, so no need for backticks.
render:yaml
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:globalConfig
attributes:
label:patronictl show-config
description:Please copy and paste `patronictl show-config` output here. This will be automatically formatted into code, so no need for backticks.
render:yaml
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:patroniLogs
attributes:
label:Patroni log files
description:Please copy and paste any relevant Patroni log output. This will be automatically formatted into code, so no need for backticks.
render:shell
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:postgresLogs
attributes:
label:PostgreSQL log files
description:Please copy and paste any relevant PostgreSQL log output. This will be automatically formatted into code, so no need for backticks.
render:shell
validations:
required:true
- type:checkboxes
id:issueSearch
attributes:
label:Have you tried to use GitHub issue search?
description:Maybe there is already a similar issue solved.
options:
- label:'Yes'
required:true
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
id:additional
attributes:
label:Anything else we need to know?
description:Add any other context about the problem here.
@@ -8,11 +8,15 @@ You can find a version of this documentation that is searchable and also easier
There are many ways to run high availability with PostgreSQL; for a list, see the `PostgreSQL Documentation <https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Replication,_Clustering,_and_Connection_Pooling>`__.
Patroni is a template for you to create your own customized, high-availability solution using Python and - for maximum accessibility - a distributed configuration store like `ZooKeeper <https://zookeeper.apache.org/>`__, `etcd <https://github.com/coreos/etcd>`__, `Consul <https://github.com/hashicorp/consul>`__ or `Kubernetes <https://kubernetes.io>`__. Database engineers, DBAs, DevOps engineers, and SREs who are looking to quickly deploy HA PostgreSQL in the datacenter-or anywhere else-will hopefully find it useful.
Patroni is a template for highavailability (HA) PostgreSQL solutions using Python. For maximum accessibility, Patroni supports a variety of distributed configuration stores like `ZooKeeper <https://zookeeper.apache.org/>`__, `etcd <https://github.com/coreos/etcd>`__, `Consul <https://github.com/hashicorp/consul>`__ or `Kubernetes <https://kubernetes.io>`__. Database engineers, DBAs, DevOps engineers, and SREs who are looking to quickly deploy HA PostgreSQL in datacenters - or anywhere else - will hopefully find it useful.
We call Patroni a "template" because it is far from being a one-size-fits-all or plug-and-play replication system. It will have its own caveats. Use wisely.
**Note to Kubernetes users**: Patroni can run natively on top of Kubernetes. Take a look at the `Kubernetes <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/docs/kubernetes.rst>`__ chapter of the Patroni documentation.
Currently supported PostgreSQL versions: 9.3 to 17.
**Note to Citus users**: Starting from 3.0 Patroni nicely integrates with the `Citus <https://github.com/citusdata/citus>`__ database extension to Postgres. Please check the `Citus support page <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/citus.rst>`__ in the Patroni documentation for more info about how to use Patroni high availability together with a Citus distributed cluster.
**Note to Kubernetes users**: Patroni can run natively on top of Kubernetes. Take a look at the `Kubernetes <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/kubernetes.rst>`__ chapter of the Patroni documentation.
..contents::
:local:
@@ -23,29 +27,27 @@ We call Patroni a "template" because it is far from being a one-size-fits-all or
How Patroni Works
=================
Patroni originated as a fork of `Governor <https://github.com/compose/governor>`__, the project from Compose. It includes plenty of new features.
For an example of a Docker-based deployment with Patroni, see `Spilo <https://github.com/zalando/spilo>`__, currently in use at Zalando.
Patroni (formerly known as Zalando's Patroni) originated as a fork of `Governor <https://github.com/compose/governor>`__, the project from Compose. It includes plenty of new features.
For additional background info, see:
*`Elephants on Automatic: HA Clustered PostgreSQL with Helm <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CftcVhFMGSY>`_, talk by Josh Berkus and Oleksii Kliukin at KubeCon Berlin 2017
*`PostgreSQL HA with Kubernetes and Patroni <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iruaCgeG7qs>`__, talk by Josh Berkus at KubeCon 2016 (video)
*`Feb. 2016 Zalando Tech blog post <https://tech.zalando.de/blog/zalandos-patroni-a-template-for-high-availability-postgresql/>`__
*`Feb. 2016 Zalando Tech blog post <https://engineering.zalando.com/posts/2016/02/zalandos-patroni-a-template-for-high-availability-postgresql.html>`__
==================
Development Status
==================
Patroni is in active development and accepts contributions. See our `Contributing <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.rst>`__ section below for more details.
Patroni is in active development and accepts contributions. See our `Contributing <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/contributing_guidelines.rst>`__ section below for more details.
We report new releases information `here <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/releases>`__.
We report new releases information `here <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/releases>`__.
=========
Community
=========
There are two places to connect with the Patroni community: `on github <https://github.com/zalando/patroni>`__, via Issues and PRs, and on channel #patroni in the `PostgreSQL Slack <https://postgres-slack.herokuapp.com/>`__. If you're using Patroni, or just interested, please join us.
There are two places to connect with the Patroni community: `on github <https://github.com/patroni/patroni>`__, via Issues and PRs, and on channel `#patroni<https://postgresteam.slack.com/archives/C9XPYG92A>`__ in the `PostgreSQL Slack <https://pgtreats.info/slack-invite>`__. If you're using Patroni, or just interested, please join us.
===================================
Technical Requirements/Installation
@@ -59,6 +61,23 @@ To install requirements on a Mac, run the following:
Starting from `psycopg2-2.8 <http://initd.org/psycopg/articles/2019/04/04/psycopg-28-released/>`__ the binary version of psycopg2 will no longer be installed by default. Installing it from the source code requires C compiler and postgres+python dev packages.
Since in the python world it is not possible to specify dependency as ``psycopg2 OR psycopg2-binary`` you will have to decide how to install it.
There are a few options available:
1. Use the package manager from your distro
::
sudo apt-get install python3-psycopg2 # install psycopg2 module on Debian/Ubuntu
sudo yum install python3-psycopg2 # install psycopg2 on RedHat/Fedora/CentOS
2. Specify one of `psycopg`, `psycopg2`, or `psycopg2-binary` in the list of dependencies when installing Patroni with pip (see below).
**General installation for pip**
Patroni can be installed with pip:
@@ -69,26 +88,38 @@ Patroni can be installed with pip:
where dependencies can be either empty, or consist of one or more of the following:
etcd
etcd or etcd3
`python-etcd` module in order to use Etcd as DCS
consul
`python-consul` module in order to use Consul as DCS
`py-consul` module in order to use Consul as DCS
zookeeper
`kazoo` module in order to use Zookeeper as DCS
exhibitor
`kazoo` module in order to use Exhibitor as DCS (same dependencies as for Zookeeper)
kubernetes
`kubernetes` module in order to use Kubernetes as DCS in Patroni
raft
`pysyncobj` module in order to use python Raft implementation as DCS
aws
`boto` in order to use AWS callbacks
`boto3` in order to use AWS callbacks
systemd
`systemd-python` in order to use sd_notify integration
all
all of the above (except psycopg family)
psycopg3
`psycopg[binary]>=3.0.0` module
psycopg2
`psycopg2>=2.5.4` module
psycopg2-binary
`psycopg2-binary` module
For example, the command in order to install Patroni together with dependencies for Etcd as a DCS and AWS callbacks is:
For example, the command in order to install Patroni together with psycopg3, dependencies for Etcd as a DCS, and AWS callbacks is:
::
pip install patroni[etcd,aws]
pip install patroni[psycopg3,etcd3,aws]
Note that external tools to call in the replica creation or custom bootstap scripts (i.e. WAL-E) should be installed independently of Patroni.
Note that external tools to call in the replica creation or custom bootstrap scripts (i.e. WAL-E) should be installed independently of Patroni.
=======================
Running and Configuring
@@ -97,7 +128,7 @@ Running and Configuring
To get started, do the following from different terminals:
::
> etcd --data-dir=data/etcd
> etcd --data-dir=data/etcd --enable-v2=true
> ./patroni.py postgres0.yml
> ./patroni.py postgres1.yml
@@ -120,19 +151,19 @@ run:
YAML Configuration
==================
Go `here <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/docs/SETTINGS.rst>`__ for comprehensive information about settings for etcd, consul, and ZooKeeper. And for an example, see `postgres0.yml <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/postgres0.yml>`__.
Go `here <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/dynamic_configuration.rst>`__ for comprehensive information about settings for etcd, consul, and ZooKeeper. And for an example, see `postgres0.yml <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/postgres0.yml>`__.
=========================
Environment Configuration
=========================
Go `here <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.rst>`__ for comprehensive information about configuring(overriding) settings via environment variables.
Go `here <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.rst>`__ for comprehensive information about configuring(overriding) settings via environment variables.
===================
Replication Choices
===================
Patroni uses Postgres' streaming replication, which is asynchronous by default. Patroni's asynchronous replication configuration allows for ``maximum_lag_on_failover`` settings. This setting ensures failover will not occur if a follower is more than a certain number of bytes behind the leader. This setting should be increased or decreased based on business requirements. It's also possible to use synchronous replication for better durability guarantees. See `replication modes documentation <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/docs/replication_modes.rst>`__ for details.
Patroni uses Postgres' streaming replication, which is asynchronous by default. Patroni's asynchronous replication configuration allows for ``maximum_lag_on_failover`` settings. This setting ensures failover will not occur if a follower is more than a certain number of bytes behind the leader. This setting should be increased or decreased based on business requirements. It's also possible to use synchronous replication for better durability guarantees. See `replication modes documentation <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/docs/replication_modes.rst>`__ for details.
======================================
Applications Should Not Use Superusers
@@ -140,7 +171,7 @@ Applications Should Not Use Superusers
When connecting from an application, always use a non-superuser. Patroni requires access to the database to function properly. By using a superuser from an application, you can potentially use the entire connection pool, including the connections reserved for superusers, with the ``superuser_reserved_connections`` setting. If Patroni cannot access the Primary because the connection pool is full, behavior will be undesirable.
The stack starts three containers with etcd (forming a three-node etcd cluster), seven containers with Patroni+PostgreSQL+Citus (three coordinator nodes, and two worker clusters with two nodes each), and one container with haproxy.
The haproxy listens on ports 5000 (connects to the coordinator primary) and 5001 (does load-balancing between worker primary nodes).
Example session:
$ docker-compose -f docker-compose-citus.yml up -d
✔ Network patroni_demo Created
✔ Container demo-coord2 Started
✔ Container demo-work2-2 Started
✔ Container demo-etcd1 Started
✔ Container demo-haproxy Started
✔ Container demo-work1-1 Started
✔ Container demo-work2-1 Started
✔ Container demo-work1-2 Started
✔ Container demo-coord1 Started
✔ Container demo-etcd3 Started
✔ Container demo-coord3 Started
✔ Container demo-etcd2 Started
$ docker ps
CONTAINER ID IMAGE COMMAND CREATED STATUS PORTS NAMES
79c95492fac9 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-etcd3
77eb82d0f0c1 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-work2-1
03dacd7267ef patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-etcd1
db9206c66f85 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-etcd2
9a0fef7b7dd4 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-work1-2
f06b031d99dc patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-work2-2
f7c58545f314 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-coord2
383f9e7e188a patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-work1-1
f02e96dcc9d6 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-coord3
6945834b7056 patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes demo-coord1
b96ca42f785d patroni-citus "/bin/sh /entrypoint…" 11 minutes ago Up 11 minutes 0.0.0.0:5000-5001->5000-5001/tcp, :::5000-5001->5000-5001/tcp demo-haproxy
$ docker logs demo-coord1
2024-08-26 08:21:05,323 INFO: Selected new etcd server http://172.19.0.5:2379
2024-08-26 08:21:05,339 INFO: No PostgreSQL configuration items changed, nothing to reload.
2024-08-26 08:21:05,388 INFO: Lock owner: None; I am coord1
2024-08-26 08:21:05,480 INFO: trying to bootstrap a new cluster
...
2024-08-26 08:21:17,115 INFO: postmaster pid=35
localhost:5432 - no response
2024-08-26 08:21:17.127 UTC [35] LOG: starting PostgreSQL 16.4 (Debian 16.4-1.pgdg120+1) on x86_64-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by gcc (Debian 12.2.0-14) 12.2.0, 64-bit
2024-08-26 08:21:17.127 UTC [35] LOG: listening on IPv4 address "0.0.0.0", port 5432
2024-08-26 08:21:17.141 UTC [35] LOG: listening on Unix socket "/var/run/postgresql/.s.PGSQL.5432"
2024-08-26 08:21:17.155 UTC [39] LOG: database system was shut down at 2024-08-26 08:21:05 UTC
2024-08-26 08:21:17.182 UTC [35] LOG: database system is ready to accept connections
2024-08-26 08:21:17,683 INFO: establishing a new patroni heartbeat connection to postgres
2024-08-26 08:21:17,704 INFO: establishing a new patroni restapi connection to postgres
2024-08-26 08:21:19.048 UTC [53] LOG: starting maintenance daemon on database 16385 user 10
2024-08-26 08:21:19.048 UTC [53] CONTEXT: Citus maintenance daemon for database 16385 user 10
2024-08-26 08:21:19,058 DEBUG: Could not activate Linux watchdog device: Can't open watchdog device: [Errno 2] No such file or directory: '/dev/watchdog'
2024-08-26 08:21:19.250 UTC [37] LOG: checkpoint starting: immediate force wait
2024-08-26 08:21:19,275 INFO: initialized a new cluster
2024-08-26 08:21:22.946 UTC [37] LOG: checkpoint starting: immediate force wait
2024-08-26 08:21:29,059 INFO: Lock owner: coord1; I am coord1
2024-08-26 08:21:29,474 INFO: no action. I am (coord1), the leader with the lock
2024-08-26 08:21:39,060 INFO: Lock owner: coord1; I am coord1
2024-08-26 08:21:39,159 DEBUG: Adding the new task: PgDistTask({PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.8,port=5432,role=primary), PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.11,port=5432,role=secondary), PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.7,port=5432,role=secondary)})
2024-08-26 08:21:39,159 DEBUG: Adding the new task: PgDistTask({PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.2,port=5432,role=primary), PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.12,port=5432,role=secondary)})
2024-08-26 08:21:39,159 DEBUG: Adding the new task: PgDistTask({PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.6,port=5432,role=secondary), PgDistNode(nodeid=None,host=172.19.0.9,port=5432,role=primary)})
Resources and information for developers can be found in the pages below.
Chatting
--------
..toctree::
:maxdepth:2
Just want to chat with other Patroni users? Looking for interactive troubleshooting help? Join us on channel #patroni in the `PostgreSQL Slack <https://postgres-slack.herokuapp.com/>`__.
Reporting issues
----------------
If you have a question about patroni or have a problem using it, please read the :ref:`README <readme>` before filing an issue.
Also double check with the current issues on our `Issues Tracker <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/issues>`__.
Contributing a pull request
---------------------------
1) Submit a comment to the relevant issue or create a new issue describing your proposed change.
2) Do a fork, develop and test your code changes.
3) Include documentation
4) Submit a pull request.
You'll get feedback about your pull request as soon as possible.
-**PATRONI\_NAME**: name of the node where the current instance of Patroni is running. Must be unique for the cluster.
-**PATRONI\_NAMESPACE**: path within the configuration store where Patroni will keep information about the cluster. Default value: "/service"
-**PATRONI\_SCOPE**: cluster name
-**PATRONI\_LOGLEVEL**: sets the general logging level (see `the docs for Python logging <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#levels>`_)
-**PATRONI\_REQUESTS_LOGLEVEL**: sets the logging level for all HTTP requests e.g. Kubernetes API calls (see `the docs for Python logging <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#levels>`_)
Bootstrap configuration
-----------------------
It is possible to create new database users right after the successful initialization of a new cluster. This process is defined by the following variables:
Log
---
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_TYPE**: sets the format of logs. Can be either **plain** or **json**. To use **json** format, you must have the :ref:`jsonlogger <extras>` installed. The default value is **plain**.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_LEVEL**: sets the general logging level. Default value is **INFO** (see `the docs for Python logging <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#levels>`_)
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_TRACEBACK\_LEVEL**: sets the level where tracebacks will be visible. Default value is **ERROR**. Set it to **DEBUG** if you want to see tracebacks only if you enable **PATRONI\_LOG\_LEVEL=DEBUG**.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_FORMAT**: sets the log formatting string. If the log type is **plain**, the log format should be a string.
Refer to `the LogRecord attributes <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes>`_ for
available attributes. If the log type is **json**, the log format can be a list in addition to a string. Each list
item should correspond to LogRecord attributes. Be cautious that only the field name is required, and the **%(**
and **)** should be omitted. If you wish to print a log field with a different key name, use a dictionary where
the dictionary key is the log field, and the value is the name of the field you want to be printed in the log.
Default value is **%(asctime)s %(levelname)s: %(message)s**
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_DATEFORMAT**: sets the datetime formatting string. (see the `formatTime() documentation <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#logging.Formatter.formatTime>`_)
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_STATIC\_FIELDS**: add additional fields to the log. This option is only available when the log type is set to **json**. Example ``PATRONI_LOG_STATIC_FIELDS="{app: patroni}"``
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_MAX\_QUEUE\_SIZE**: Patroni is using two-step logging. Log records are written into the in-memory queue and there is a separate thread which pulls them from the queue and writes to stderr or file. The maximum size of the internal queue is limited by default by **1000** records, which is enough to keep logs for the past 1h20m.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_DIR**: Directory to write application logs to. The directory must exist and be writable by the user executing Patroni. If you set this env variable, the application will retain 4 25MB logs by default. You can tune those retention values with `PATRONI_LOG_FILE_NUM` and `PATRONI_LOG_FILE_SIZE` (see below).
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_MODE**: Permissions for log files (for example, ``0644``). If not specified, permissions will be set based on the current umask value.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_FILE\_NUM**: The number of application logs to retain.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_FILE\_SIZE**: Size of patroni.log file (in bytes) that triggers a log rolling.
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_LOGGERS**: Redefine logging level per python module. Example ``PATRONI_LOG_LOGGERS="{patroni.postmaster: WARNING, urllib3: DEBUG}"``
-**PATRONI\_LOG\_DEDUPLICATE\_HEARTBEAT\_LOGS**: If set to ``true``, successive heartbeat logs that are identical shall not be output. Default value is ``false``.
The time the HA loop executes at can be very valuable information in diagnosing failovers due to resource exhaustion and similar problems. When ``PATRONI_LOG_DEDUPLICATE_HEARTBEAT_LOGS`` is set to ``true`` there will be no log generated for the HA loop execution (unless the leader changes) and hence this potentially useful information will not be available from the logs.
Example: defining ``PATRONI_admin_PASSWORD=strongpasswd`` and ``PATRONI_admin_OPTIONS='createrole,createdb'`` will cause creation of the user **admin** with the password **strongpasswd** that is allowed to create other users and databases.
Citus
-----
Enables integration Patroni with `Citus <https://docs.citusdata.com>`__. If configured, Patroni will take care of registering Citus worker nodes on the coordinator. You can find more information about Citus support :ref:`here <citus>`.
-**PATRONI\_CITUS\_GROUP**: the Citus group id, integer. Use ``0`` for coordinator and ``1``, ``2``, etc... for workers
-**PATRONI\_CITUS\_DATABASE**: the database where ``citus`` extension should be created. Must be the same on the coordinator and all workers. Currently only one database is supported.
Consul
------
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_HOST**: the host:port for the Consul endpoint.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_URL**: url for the Consul, in format: http(s)://host:port
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_HOST**: the host:port for the Consul local agent.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_URL**: url for the Consul local agent, in format: http(s)://host:port
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_PORT**: (optional) Consul port
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_SCHEME**: (optional) **http** or **https**, defaults to **http**
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_TOKEN**: (optional) ACL token
@@ -35,19 +56,54 @@ Consul
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_CERT**: (optional) File with the client certificate
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_KEY**: (optional) File with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of certificate.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_DC**: (optional) Datacenter to communicate with. By default the datacenter of the host is used.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_CHECKS**: (optional) list of Consul health checks used for the session. If not specified Consul will use "serfHealth" in additional to the TTL based check created by Patroni. Additional checks, in particular the "serfHealth", may cause the leader lock to expire faster than in `ttl` seconds when the leader instance becomes unavailable.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_CONSISTENCY**: (optional) Select consul consistency mode. Possible values are ``default``, ``consistent``, or ``stale`` (more details in `consul API reference <https://www.consul.io/api/features/consistency.html/>`__)
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_CHECKS**: (optional) list of Consul health checks used for the session. By default an empty list is used.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_REGISTER\_SERVICE**: (optional) whether or not to register a service with the name defined by the scope parameter and the tag master, primary, replica, or standby-leader depending on the node's role. Defaults to **false**
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_SERVICE\_TAGS**: (optional) additional static tags to add to the Consul service apart from the role (``primary``/``replica``/``standby-leader``). By default an empty list is used.
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_SERVICE\_CHECK\_INTERVAL**: (optional) how often to perform health check against registered url
-**PATRONI\_CONSUL\_SERVICE\_CHECK\_TLS\_SERVER\_NAME**: (optional) override SNI host when connecting via TLS, see also `consul agent check API reference <https://www.consul.io/api-docs/agent/check#tlsservername>`__.
Etcd
----
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_HOST**: the host:port for the etcd endpoint.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_HOSTS**: list of etcd endpoints in format host1:port1,host2:port2,etc...
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_URL**: url for the etcd, in format: http(s)://(username:password@)host:port
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_PROXY**: proxy url for the etcd. If you are connecting to the etcd using proxy, use this parameter instead of **PATRONI\_ETCD\_URL**
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_SRV**: Domain to search the SRV record(s) for cluster autodiscovery.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_URL**: url for the etcd, in format: http(s)://(username:password@)host:port
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_HOSTS**: list of etcd endpoints in format 'host1:port1','host2:port2',etc...
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_USE\_PROXIES**: If this parameter is set to true, Patroni will consider **hosts** as a list of proxies and will not perform a topology discovery of etcd cluster but stick to a fixed list of **hosts**.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_PROTOCOL**: http or https, if not specified http is used. If the **url** or **proxy** is specified - will take protocol from them.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_HOST**: the host:port for the etcd endpoint.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_SRV**: Domain to search the SRV record(s) for cluster autodiscovery. Patroni will try to query these SRV service names for specified domain (in that order until first success): ``_etcd-client-ssl``, ``_etcd-client``, ``_etcd-ssl``, ``_etcd``, ``_etcd-server-ssl``, ``_etcd-server``. If SRV records for ``_etcd-server-ssl`` or ``_etcd-server`` are retrieved then ETCD peer protocol is used do query ETCD for available members. Otherwise hosts from SRV records will be used.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_SRV\_SUFFIX**: Configures a suffix to the SRV name that is queried during discovery. Use this flag to differentiate between multiple etcd clusters under the same domain. Works only with conjunction with **PATRONI\_ETCD\_SRV**. For example, if ``PATRONI_ETCD_SRV_SUFFIX=foo`` and ``PATRONI_ETCD_SRV=example.org`` are set, the following DNS SRV query is made:``_etcd-client-ssl-foo._tcp.example.com`` (and so on for every possible ETCD SRV service name).
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_USERNAME**: username for etcd authentication.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_PASSWORD**: password for etcd authentication.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_CACERT**: The ca certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_CERT**: File with the client certificate
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_CERT**: File with the client certificate.
-**PATRONI\_ETCD\_KEY**: File with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of certificate.
Etcdv3
------
Environment names for Etcdv3 are similar as for Etcd, you just need to use ``ETCD3`` instead of ``ETCD`` in the variable name. Example: ``PATRONI_ETCD3_HOST``, ``PATRONI_ETCD3_CACERT``, and so on.
..warning::
Keys created with protocol version 2 are not visible with protocol version 3 and the other way around, therefore it is not possible to switch from Etcd to Etcdv3 just by updating Patroni configuration. In addition, Patroni uses Etcd's gRPC-gateway (proxy) to communicate with the V3 API, which means that TLS common name authentication is not possible.
ZooKeeper
---------
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_HOSTS**: Comma separated list of ZooKeeper cluster members: "'host1:port1','host2:port2','etc...'". It is important to quote every single entity!
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_USE\_SSL**: (optional) Whether SSL is used or not. Defaults to ``false``. If set to ``false``, all SSL specific parameters are ignored.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_CACERT**: (optional) The CA certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_CERT**: (optional) File with the client certificate.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_KEY**: (optional) File with the client key.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_KEY\_PASSWORD**: (optional) The client key password.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_VERIFY**: (optional) Whether to verify certificate or not. Defaults to ``true``.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_SET\_ACLS**: (optional) If set, configure Kazoo to apply a default ACL to each ZNode that it creates. ACLs will assume 'x509' schema and should be specified as a dictionary with the principal as the key and one or more permissions as a list in the value. Permissions may be one of ``CREATE``, ``READ``, ``WRITE``, ``DELETE`` or ``ADMIN``. For example, ``set_acls: {CN=principal1: [CREATE, READ], CN=principal2: [ALL]}``.
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_AUTH\_DATA**: (optional) Authentication credentials to use for the connection. Should be a dictionary in the form that `scheme` is the key and `credential` is the value. Defaults to empty dictionary.
..note::
It is required to install ``kazoo>=2.6.0`` to support SSL.
Exhibitor
---------
-**PATRONI\_EXHIBITOR\_HOSTS**: initial list of Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) nodes in format: 'host1,host2,etc...'. This list updates automatically whenever the Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) cluster topology changes.
@@ -57,36 +113,115 @@ Exhibitor
Kubernetes
----------
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_BYPASS\_API\_SERVICE**: (optional) When communicating with the Kubernetes API, Patroni is usually relying on the `kubernetes` service, the address of which is exposed in the pods via the `KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST` environment variable. If `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_BYPASS_API_SERVICE` is set to ``true``, Patroni will resolve the list of API nodes behind the service and connect directly to them.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_NAMESPACE**: (optional) Kubernetes namespace where the Patroni pod is running. Default value is `default`.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_LABELS**: Labels in format ``{label1: value1, label2: value2}``. These labels will be used to find existing objects (Pods and either Endpoints or ConfigMaps) associated with the current cluster. Also Patroni will set them on every object (Endpoint or ConfigMap) it creates.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_SCOPE\_LABEL**: (optional) name of the label containing cluster name. Default value is `cluster-name`.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_ROLE\_LABEL**: (optional) name of the label containing Postgres role (`master` or `replica`). Patroni will set this label on the pod it is running in. Default value is `role`.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_BOOTSTRAP\_LABELS**: (optional) Labels in format ``{label1: value1, label2: value2}``. These labels will be assigned to a Patroni pod when its state is either ``initializing new cluster``, ``running custom bootstrap script``, ``starting after custom bootstrap`` or ``creating replica``.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_ROLE\_LABEL**: (optional) name of the label containing role (`primary`, `replica` or other custom value). Patroni will set this label on the pod it runs in. Default value is ``role``.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_LEADER\_LABEL\_VALUE**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is `primary`. Default value is `primary`.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_FOLLOWER\_LABEL\_VALUE**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is `replica`. Default value is `replica`.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_STANDBY\_LEADER\_LABEL\_VALUE**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is ``standby_leader``. Default value is ``primary``.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_TMP\_ROLE\_LABEL**: (optional) name of the temporary label containing role (`primary` or `replica`). Value of this label will always use the default of corresponding role. Set only when necessary.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_USE\_ENDPOINTS**: (optional) if set to true, Patroni will use Endpoints instead of ConfigMaps to run leader elections and keep cluster state.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_POD\_IP**: (optional) IP address of the pod Patroni is running in. This value is required when `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_USE_ENDPOINTS` is enabled and is used to populate the leader endpoint subsets when the pod's PostgreSQL is promoted.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_PORTS**: (optional) if the Service object has the name for the port, the same name must appear in the Endpoint object, otherwise service won't work. For example, if your service is defined as ``{Kind: Service, spec: {ports: [{name: postgresql, port: 5432, targetPort: 5432}]}}``, then you have to set ``PATRONI_KUBERNETES_PORTS='{[{"name": "postgresql", "port": 5432}]}'`` and Patroni will use it for updating subsets of the leader Endpoint. This parameter is used only if `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_USE_ENDPOINTS` is set.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_PORTS**: (optional) if the Service object has the name for the port, the same name must appear in the Endpoint object, otherwise service won't work. For example, if your service is defined as ``{Kind: Service, spec: {ports: [{name: postgresql, port: 5432, targetPort: 5432}]}}``, then you have to set ``PATRONI_KUBERNETES_PORTS='[{"name": "postgresql", "port": 5432}]'`` and Patroni will use it for updating subsets of the leader Endpoint. This parameter is used only if `PATRONI_KUBERNETES_USE_ENDPOINTS` is set.
-**PATRONI\_KUBERNETES\_CACERT**: (optional) Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE file with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying Kubernetes API SSL certs. If not provided, patroni will use the value provided by the ServiceAccount secret.
-**PATRONI\_RETRIABLE\_HTTP\_CODES**: (optional) list of HTTP status codes from K8s API to retry on. By default Patroni is retrying on ``500``, ``503``, and ``504``, or if K8s API response has ``retry-after`` HTTP header.
Raft (deprecated)
-----------------
-**PATRONI\_RAFT\_SELF\_ADDR**: ``ip:port`` to listen on for Raft connections. The ``self_addr`` must be accessible from other nodes of the cluster. If not set, the node will not participate in consensus.
-**PATRONI\_RAFT\_BIND\_ADDR**: (optional) ``ip:port`` to listen on for Raft connections. If not specified the ``self_addr`` will be used.
-**PATRONI\_RAFT\_PARTNER\_ADDRS**: list of other Patroni nodes in the cluster in format ``"'ip1:port1','ip2:port2'"``. It is important to quote every single entity!
-**PATRONI\_RAFT\_DATA\_DIR**: directory where to store Raft log and snapshot. If not specified the current working directory is used.
-**PATRONI\_RAFT\_PASSWORD**: (optional) Encrypt Raft traffic with a specified password, requires ``cryptography`` python module.
PostgreSQL
----------
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_LISTEN**: IP address + port that Postgres listens to. Multiple comma-separated addresses are permitted, as long as the port component is appended after to the last one with a colon, i.e. ``listen: 127.0.0.1,127.0.0.2:5432``. Patroni will use the first address from this list to establish local connections to the PostgreSQL node.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_CONNECT\_ADDRESS**: IP address + port through which Postgres is accessible from other nodes and applications.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_PROXY\_ADDRESS**: IP address + port through which a connection pool (e.g. pgbouncer) running next to Postgres is accessible. The value is written to the member key in DCS as ``proxy_url`` and could be used/useful for service discovery.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_DATA\_DIR**: The location of the Postgres data directory, either existing or to be initialized by Patroni.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_CONFIG\_DIR**: The location of the Postgres configuration directory, defaults to the data directory. Must be writable by Patroni.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN_DIR**: Path to PostgreSQL binaries. (pg_ctl, pg_rewind, pg_basebackup, postgres) The default value is an empty string meaning that PATH environment variable will be used to find the executables.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN_DIR**: Path to PostgreSQL binaries. (pg_ctl, initdb, pg_controldata, pg_basebackup, postgres, pg_isready, pg_rewind) The default value is an empty string meaning that PATH environment variable will be used to find the executables.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_PG\_CTL**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_ctl`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_INITDB**: (optional) Custom name for ``initdb`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_PG\_CONTROLDATA**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_controldata`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_PG\_BASEBACKUP**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_basebackup`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_POSTGRES**: (optional) Custom name for ``postgres`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_IS\_READY**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_isready`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_BIN\_PG\_REWIND**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_rewind`` binary.
-**PATRONI\_POSTGRESQL\_PGPASS**: path to the `.pgpass <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgpass.html>`__ password file. Patroni creates this file before executing pg\_basebackup and under some other circumstances. The location must be writable by Patroni.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_USERNAME**: replication username; the user will be created during initialization. Replicas will use this user to access master via streaming replication
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_USERNAME**: replication username; the user will be created during initialization. Replicas will use this user to access the replication source via streaming replication
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_PASSWORD**: replication password; the user will be created during initialization.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLMODE**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLKEY**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLPASSWORD**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``PATRONI_REPLICATION_SSLKEY``.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLROOTCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLCRL**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLCRLDIR**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_SSLNEGOTIATION**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_GSSENCMODE**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**PATRONI\_REPLICATION\_CHANNEL\_BINDING**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_USERNAME**: name for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb) and later used by Patroni to connect to the postgres. Also this user is used by pg_rewind.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_PASSWORD**: password for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb).
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLMODE**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLKEY**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLPASSWORD**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``PATRONI_SUPERUSER_SSLKEY``.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLROOTCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLCRL**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLCRLDIR**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_SSLNEGOTIATION**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_GSSENCMODE**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**PATRONI\_SUPERUSER\_CHANNEL\_BINDING**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_USERNAME**: (optional) name for the user for ``pg_rewind``; the user will be created during initialization of postgres 11+ and all necessary `permissions <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/11/app-pgrewind.html#id-1.9.5.8.8>`__ will be granted.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_PASSWORD**: (optional) password for the user for ``pg_rewind``; the user will be created during initialization.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLMODE**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLKEY**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLPASSWORD**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``PATRONI_REWIND_SSLKEY``.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLROOTCERT**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLCRL**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLCRLDIR**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_SSLNEGOTIATION**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_GSSENCMODE**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**PATRONI\_REWIND\_CHANNEL\_BINDING**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
REST API
--------
--------
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_CONNECT\_ADDRESS**: IP address and port to access the REST API.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_LISTEN**: IP address and port that Patroni will listen to, to provide health-check information for HAProxy.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_USERNAME**: Basic-auth username to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_PASSWORD**: Basic-auth password to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_CERTFILE**: Specifies the file with the certificate in the PEM format. If the certfile is not specified or is left empty, the API server will work without SSL.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_KEYFILE**: Specifies the file with the secret key in the PEM format.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_KEYFILE\_PASSWORD**: Specifies a password for decrypting the keyfile.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_CAFILE**: Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying client certs.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_CIPHERS**: (optional) Specifies the permitted cipher suites (e.g. "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:!SSLv1:!SSLv2:!SSLv3:!TLSv1:!TLSv1.1")
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_VERIFY\_CLIENT**: ``none`` (default), ``optional`` or ``required``. When ``none`` REST API will not check client certificates. When ``required`` client certificates are required for all REST API calls. When ``optional`` client certificates are required for all unsafe REST API endpoints. When ``required`` is used, then client authentication succeeds, if the certificate signature verification succeeds. For ``optional`` the client cert will only be checked for ``PUT``, ``POST``, ``PATCH``, and ``DELETE`` requests.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_ALLOWLIST**: (optional): Specifies the set of hosts that are allowed to call unsafe REST API endpoints. The single element could be a host name, an IP address or a network address using CIDR notation. By default ``allow all`` is used. In case if ``allowlist`` or ``allowlist_include_members`` are set, anything that is not included is rejected.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_ALLOWLIST\_INCLUDE\_MEMBERS**: (optional): If set to ``true`` it allows accessing unsafe REST API endpoints from other cluster members registered in DCS (IP address or hostname is taken from the members ``api_url``). Be careful, it might happen that OS will use a different IP for outgoing connections.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_HTTP\_EXTRA\_HEADERS**: (optional) HTTP headers let the REST API server pass additional information with an HTTP response.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_HTTPS\_EXTRA\_HEADERS**: (optional) HTTPS headers let the REST API server pass additional information with an HTTP response when TLS is enabled. This will also pass additional information set in ``http_extra_headers``.
-**PATRONI\_RESTAPI\_REQUEST\_QUEUE\_SIZE**: (optional): Sets request queue size for TCP socket used by Patroni REST API. Once the queue is full, further requests get a "Connection denied" error. The default value is 5.
ZooKeeper
---------
-**PATRONI\_ZOOKEEPER\_HOSTS**: comma separated list of ZooKeeper cluster members: "'host1:port1','host2:port2','etc...'". It is important to quote every single entity!
..warning::
- The ``PATRONI_RESTAPI_CONNECT_ADDRESS`` must be accessible from all nodes of a given Patroni cluster. Internally Patroni is using it during the leader race to find nodes with minimal replication lag.
- If you enabled client certificates validation (``PATRONI_RESTAPI_VERIFY_CLIENT`` is set to ``required``), you also **must** provide **valid client certificates** in the ``PATRONI_CTL_CERTFILE``, ``PATRONI_CTL_KEYFILE``, ``PATRONI_CTL_KEYFILE_PASSWORD``. If not provided, Patroni will not work correctly.
CTL
---
-**PATRONICTL\_CONFIG\_FILE**: (optional) location of the configuration file.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_USERNAME**: (optional) Basic-auth username for accessing protected REST API endpoints. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "username" parameter.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_PASSWORD**: (optional) Basic-auth password for accessing protected REST API endpoints. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "password" parameter.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_INSECURE**: (optional) Allow connections to REST API without verifying SSL certs.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_CACERT**: (optional) Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE file or directory with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying REST API SSL certs. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "cafile" parameter.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_CERTFILE**: (optional) Specifies the file with the client certificate in the PEM format.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_KEYFILE**: (optional) Specifies the file with the client secret key in the PEM format.
-**PATRONI\_CTL\_KEYFILE\_PASSWORD**: (optional) Specifies a password for decrypting the client keyfile.
Patroni originated as a fork of `Governor <https://github.com/compose/governor>`__, the project from Compose. It includes plenty of new features.
For an example of a Docker-based deployment with Patroni, see `Spilo <https://github.com/zalando/spilo>`__, currently in use at Zalando.
Patroni is a template for high availability (HA) PostgreSQL solutions using Python. Patroni originated as a fork of `Governor <https://github.com/compose/governor>`__, the project from Compose. It includes plenty of new features.
For additional background info, see:
*`PostgreSQL HA with Kubernetes and Patroni <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iruaCgeG7qs>`__, talk by Josh Berkus at KubeCon 2016 (video)
*`Feb. 2016 Zalando Tech blog post <https://tech.zalando.de/blog/zalandos-patroni-a-template-for-high-availability-postgresql/>`__
*`Feb. 2016 Zalando Tech blog post <https://engineering.zalando.com/posts/2016/02/zalandos-patroni-a-template-for-high-availability-postgresql.html>`__
Development Status
@@ -25,58 +23,28 @@ We report new releases information :ref:`here <releases>`.
Technical Requirements/Installation
-----------------------------------
**Pre-requirements for Mac OS**
Go :ref:`here <installation>` for guidance on installing and upgrading Patroni on various platforms.
To install requirements on a Mac, run the following:
where dependencies can be either empty, or consist of one or more of the following:
etcd
`python-etcd` module in order to use Etcd as DCS
consul
`python-consul` module in order to use Consul as DCS
zookeeper
`kazoo` module in order to use Zookeeper as DCS
exhibitor
`kazoo` module in order to use Exhibitor as DCS (same dependencies as for Zookeeper)
kubernetes
`kubernetes` module in order to use Kubernetes as DCS in Patroni
aws
`boto` in order to use AWS callbacks
For example, the command in order to install Patroni together with dependencies for Etcd as a DCS and AWS callbacks is:
::
pip install patroni[etcd,aws]
Note that external tools to call in the replica creation or custom bootstrap scripts (i.e. WAL-E) should be installed
independently of Patroni.
Planning the Number of PostgreSQL Nodes
---------------------------------------
Patroni/PostgreSQL nodes are decoupled from DCS nodes (except when Patroni implements RAFT on its own) and therefore
there is no requirement on the minimal number of nodes. Running a cluster consisting of one primary and one standby is
perfectly fine. You can add more standby nodes later.
Running and Configuring
-----------------------
The following section assumes Patroni repository as being cloned from https://github.com/zalando/patroni. Namely, you
The following section assumes Patroni repository as being cloned from https://github.com/patroni/patroni. Namely, you
will need example configuration files `postgres0.yml` and `postgres1.yml`. If you installed Patroni with pip, you can
obtain those files from the git repository and replace `./patroni.py` below with `patroni` command.
To get started, do the following from different terminals:
::
> etcd --data-dir=data/etcd
> etcd --data-dir=data/etcd --enable-v2=true
> ./patroni.py postgres0.yml
> ./patroni.py postgres1.yml
@@ -99,7 +67,7 @@ run:
YAML Configuration
------------------
Go :ref:`here <settings>` for comprehensive information about settings for etcd, consul, and ZooKeeper. And for an example, see `postgres0.yml <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/postgres0.yml>`__.
Go :ref:`here <yaml_configuration>` for comprehensive information about settings for etcd, consul, and ZooKeeper. And for an example, see `postgres0.yml <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/blob/master/postgres0.yml>`__.
Environment Configuration
@@ -119,7 +87,20 @@ Applications Should Not Use Superusers
When connecting from an application, always use a non-superuser. Patroni requires access to the database to function properly. By using a superuser from an application, you can potentially use the entire connection pool, including the connections reserved for superusers, with the ``superuser_reserved_connections`` setting. If Patroni cannot access the Primary because the connection pool is full, behavior will be undesirable.
Testing an HA solution is a time consuming process, with many variables. This is particularly true considering a cross-platform application. You need a trained system administrator or a consultant to do this work. It is not something we can cover in depth in the documentation.
That said, here are some pieces of your infrastructure you should be sure to test:
* Network (the network in front of your system as well as the NICs [physical or virtual] themselves)
* Disk IO
* file limits (nofile in Linux)
* RAM. Even if you have oomkiller turned off, the unavailability of RAM could cause issues.
* CPU
* Virtualization Contention (overcommitting the hypervisor)
* Any cgroup limitation (likely to be related to the above)
*``kill -9`` of any postgres process (except postmaster!). This is a decent simulation of a segfault.
One thing that you should not do is run ``kill -9`` on a postmaster process. This is because doing so does not mimic any real life scenario. If you are concerned your infrastructure is insecure and an attacker could run ``kill -9``, no amount of HA process is going to fix that. The attacker will simply kill the process again, or cause chaos in another way.
-**name**: the name of the host. Must be unique for the cluster.
-**namespace**: path within the configuration store where Patroni will keep information about the cluster. Default value: "/service"
-**scope**: cluster name
Bootstrap configuration
-----------------------
-**dcs**: This section will be written into `/<namespace>/<scope>/config` of a given configuration store after initializing of new cluster. This is the global configuration for the cluster. If you want to change some parameters for all cluster nodes - just do it in DCS (or via Patroni API) and all nodes will apply this configuration.
- **loop\_wait**: the number of seconds the loop will sleep. Default value: 10
- **ttl**: the TTL to acquire the leader lock. Think of it as the length of time before initiation of the automatic failover process. Default value: 30
- **retry\_timeout**: timeout for DCS and PostgreSQL operation retries. DCS or network issues shorter than this will not cause Patroni to demote the leader. Default value: 10
- **maximum\_lag\_on\_failover**: the maximum bytes a follower may lag to be able to participate in leader election.
- **master\_start\_timeout**: the amount of time a master is allowed to recover from failures before failover is triggered. Default is 300 seconds. When set to 0 failover is done immediately after a crash is detected if possible. When using asynchronous replication a failover can cause lost transactions. Best worst case failover time for master failure is: loop\_wait + master\_start\_timeout + loop\_wait, unless master\_start\_timeout is zero, in which case it's just loop\_wait. Set the value according to your durability/availability tradeoff.
- **synchronous\_mode**: turns on synchronous replication mode. In this mode a replica will be chosen as synchronous and only the latest leader and synchronous replica are able to participate in leader election. Synchronous mode makes sure that successfully committed transactions will not be lost at failover, at the cost of losing availability for writes when Patroni cannot ensure transaction durability. See :ref:`replication modes documentation <replication_modes>` for details.
- **synchronous\_mode\_strict**: prevents disabling synchronous replication if no synchronous replicas are available, blocking all client writes to the master. See :ref:`replication modes documentation <replication_modes>` for details.
- **postgresql**:
- **use\_pg\_rewind**: whether or not to use pg_rewind
- **use\_slots**: whether or not to use replication_slots. Must be False for PostgreSQL 9.3. You should comment out max_replication_slots before it becomes ineligible for leader status.
- **recovery\_conf**: additional configuration settings written to recovery.conf when configuring follower.
- **parameters**: list of configuration settings for Postgres. Many of these are required for replication to work.
- **standby\_cluster**: if this section is defined, we want to bootstrap a standby cluster.
- **host**: an address of remote master
- **port**: a port of remote master
- **primary\_slot\_name**: which slot on the remote master to use for replication. This parameter is optional, the default value is derived from the instance name (see function `slot_name_from_member_name`).
- **create\_replica\_methods**: an ordered list of methods that can be used to bootstrap standby leader from the remote master, can be different from the list defined in :ref:`postgresql_settings`
- **restore\_command**: command to restore WAL records from the remote master to standby leader, can be different from the list defined in :ref:`postgresql_settings`
- **archive\_cleanup\_command**: cleanup command for standby leader
- **recovery\_min\_apply\_delay**: how long to wait before actually apply WAL records on a standby leader
- **slots**: define permanent replication slots. These slots will be preserved during switchover/failover. Patroni will try to create slots before opening connections to the cluster.
- **my_slot_name**: the name of replication slot. It is the responsibility of the operator to make sure that there are no clashes in names between replication slots automatically created by Patroni for members and permanent replication slots.
- **type**: slot type. Could be ``physical`` or ``logical``. If the slot is logical, you have to additionally define ``database`` and ``plugin``.
**database**: the database name where logical slots should be created.
**plugin**: the plugin name for the logical slot.
-**method**: custom script to use for bootstrapping this cluster.
See :ref:`custom bootstrap methods documentation <custom_bootstrap>` for details.
When ``initdb`` is specified revert to the default ``initdb`` command. ``initdb`` is also triggered when no ``method``
parameter is present in the configuration file.
-**initdb**: List options to be passed on to initdb.
- **- data-checksums**: Must be enabled when pg_rewind is needed on 9.3.
- **- encoding: UTF8**: default encoding for new databases.
- **- locale: UTF8**: default locale for new databases.
-**pg\_hba**: list of lines that you should add to pg\_hba.conf.
- **- host all all 0.0.0.0/0 md5**.
- **- host replication replicator 127.0.0.1/32 md5**: A line like this is required for replication.
-**users**: Some additional users which need to be created after initializing new cluster
- **admin**: the name of user
- **password: zalando**:
- **options**: list of options for CREATE USER statement
- **- createrole**
- **- createdb**
-**post\_bootstrap** or **post\_init**: An additional script that will be executed after initializing the cluster. The script receives a connection string URL (with the cluster superuser as a user name). The PGPASSFILE variable is set to the location of pgpass file.
.._consul_settings:
Consul
------
Most of the parameters are optional, but you have to specify one of the **host** or **url**
-**host**: the host:port for the Consul endpoint, in format: http(s)://host:port
-**url**: url for the Consul endpoint
-**port**: (optional) Consul port
-**scheme**: (optional) **http** or **https**, defaults to **http**
-**token**: (optional) ACL token
-**verify**: (optional) whether to verify the SSL certificate for HTTPS requests
-**cacert**: (optional) The ca certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**cert**: (optional) file with the client certificate
-**key**: (optional) file with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of **cert**.
-**dc**: (optional) Datacenter to communicate with. By default the datacenter of the host is used.
-**checks**: (optional) list of Consul health checks used for the session. If not specified Consul will use "serfHealth" in additional to the TTL based check created by Patroni. Additional checks, in particular the "serfHealth", may cause the leader lock to expire faster than in `ttl` seconds when the leader instance becomes unavailable
-**register\_service**: (optional) whether or not to register a service with the name defined by the scope parameter and the tag master, replica or standby-leader depending on the node's role. Defaults to **false**
-**service\_check\_interval**: (optional) how often to perform health check against registered url
Etcd
----
Most of the parameters are optional, but you have to specify one of the **host**, **hosts**, **url**, **proxy** or **srv**
-**host**: the host:port for the etcd endpoint.
-**hosts**: list of etcd endpoint in format host1:port1,host2:port2,etc... Could be a comma separated string or an actual yaml list.
-**url**: url for the etcd
-**proxy**: proxy url for the etcd. If you are connecting to the etcd using proxy, use this parameter instead of **url**
-**srv**: Domain to search the SRV record(s) for cluster autodiscovery.
-**protocol**: (optional) http or https, if not specified http is used. If the **url** or **proxy** is specified - will take protocol from them.
-**username**: (optional) username for etcd authentication
-**password**: (optional) password for etcd authentication.
-**cacert**: (optional) The ca certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**cert**: (optional) file with the client certificate
-**key**: (optional) file with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of **cert**.
Exhibitor
---------
-**hosts**: initial list of Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) nodes in format: 'host1,host2,etc...'. This list updates automatically whenever the Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) cluster topology changes.
-**poll\_interval**: how often the list of ZooKeeper and Exhibitor nodes should be updated from Exhibitor
-**port**: Exhibitor port.
.._kubernetes_settings:
Kubernetes
----------
-**namespace**: (optional) Kubernetes namespace where Patroni pod is running. Default value is `default`.
-**labels**: Labels in format ``{label1: value1, label2: value2}``. These labels will be used to find existing objects (Pods and either Endpoints or ConfigMaps) associated with the current cluster. Also Patroni will set them on every object (Endpoint or ConfigMap) it creates.
-**scope\_label**: (optional) name of the label containing cluster name. Default value is `cluster-name`.
-**role\_label**: (optional) name of the label containing role (master or replica). Patroni will set this label on the pod it runs in. Default value is ``role``.
-**use\_endpoints**: (optional) if set to true, Patroni will use Endpoints instead of ConfigMaps to run leader elections and keep cluster state.
-**pod\_ip**: (optional) IP address of the pod Patroni is running in. This value is required when `use_endpoints` is enabled and is used to populate the leader endpoint subsets when the pod's PostgreSQL is promoted.
-**ports**: (optional) if the Service object has the name for the port, the same name must appear in the Endpoint object, otherwise service won't work. For example, if your service is defined as ``{Kind: Service, spec: {ports: [{name: postgresql, port: 5432, targetPort: 5432}]}}``, then you have to set ``kubernetes.ports: {[{"name": "postgresql", "port": 5432}]}`` and Patroni will use it for updating subsets of the leader Endpoint. This parameter is used only if `kubernetes.use_endpoints` is set.
.._postgresql_settings:
PostgreSQL
----------
-**authentication**:
- **superuser**:
- **username**: name for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb) and later used by Patroni to connect to the postgres.
- **password**: password for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb).
- **replication**:
- **username**: replication username; the user will be created during initialization. Replicas will use this user to access master via streaming replication
- **password**: replication password; the user will be created during initialization.
-**callbacks**: callback scripts to run on certain actions. Patroni will pass the action, role and cluster name. (See scripts/aws.py as an example of how to write them.)
- **on\_reload**: run this script when configuration reload is triggered.
- **on\_restart**: run this script when the cluster restarts.
- **on\_role\_change**: run this script when the cluster is being promoted or demoted.
- **on\_start**: run this script when the cluster starts.
- **on\_stop**: run this script when the cluster stops.
-**connect\_address**: IP address + port through which Postgres is accessible from other nodes and applications.
-**create\_replica\_methods**: an ordered list of the create methods for turning a Patroni node into a new replica.
"basebackup" is the default method; other methods are assumed to refer to scripts, each of which is configured as its
own config item. See :ref:`custom replica creation methods documentation <custom_replica_creation>` for further explanation.
-**data\_dir**: The location of the Postgres data directory, either existing or to be initialized by Patroni.
-**config\_dir**: The location of the Postgres configuration directory, defaults to the data directory. Must be writable by Patroni.
-**bin\_dir**: Path to PostgreSQL binaries (pg_ctl, pg_rewind, pg_basebackup, postgres). The default value is an empty string meaning that PATH environment variable will be used to find the executables.
-**listen**: IP address + port that Postgres listens to; must be accessible from other nodes in the cluster, if you're using streaming replication. Multiple comma-separated addresses are permitted, as long as the port component is appended after to the last one with a colon, i.e. ``listen: 127.0.0.1,127.0.0.2:5432``. Patroni will use the first address from this list to establish local connections to the PostgreSQL node.
-**use\_unix\_socket**: specifies that Patroni should prefer to use unix sockets to connect to the cluster. Default value is ``false``. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is definded, Patroni will use first suitable value from it to connect to the cluster and fallback to tcp if nothing is suitable. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is not specified in ``postgresql.parameters``, Patroni will assume that default value should be used and omit ``host`` from connection parameters.
-**pgpass**: path to the `.pgpass <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgpass.html>`__ password file. Patroni creates this file before executing pg\_basebackup, the post_init script and under some other circumstances. The location must be writable by Patroni.
-**recovery\_conf**: additional configuration settings written to recovery.conf when configuring follower.
-**custom\_conf** : path to an optional custom ``postgresql.conf`` file, that will be used in place of ``postgresql.base.conf``. The file must exist on all cluster nodes, be readable by PostgreSQL and will be included from its location on the real ``postgresql.conf``. Note that Patroni will not monitor this file for changes, nor backup it. However, its settings can still be overridden by Patroni's own configuration facilities - see :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` for details.
-**parameters**: list of configuration settings for Postgres. Many of these are required for replication to work.
-**pg\_hba**: list of lines that Patroni will use to generate ``pg_hba.conf``. This parameter has higher priority than ``bootstrap.pg_hba``. Together with :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` it simplifies management of ``pg_hba.conf``.
- **- host all all 0.0.0.0/0 md5**.
- **- host replication replicator 127.0.0.1/32 md5**: A line like this is required for replication.
-**pg\_ctl\_timeout**: How long should pg_ctl wait when doing ``start``, ``stop`` or ``restart``. Default value is 60 seconds.
-**use\_pg\_rewind**: try to use pg\_rewind on the former leader when it joins cluster as a replica.
-**remove\_data\_directory\_on\_rewind\_failure**: If this option is enabled, Patroni will remove postgres data directory and recreate replica. Otherwise it will try to follow the new leader. Default value is **false**.
-**replica\_method**: for each create_replica_methods other than basebackup, you would add a configuration section of the same name. At a minimum, this should include "command" with a full path to the actual script to be executed. Other configuration parameters will be passed along to the script in the form "parameter=value".
REST API
--------
-**connect\_address**: IP address (or hostname) and port, to access the Patroni's REST API. All the members of the cluster must be able to connect to this address, so unless the Patroni setup is intended for a demo inside the localhost, this address must be a non "localhost" or loopback addres (ie: "localhost" or "127.0.0.1"). It can serve as a endpoint for HTTP health checks (read below about the "listen" REST API parameter), and also for user queries (either directly or via the REST API), as well as for the health checks done by the cluster members during leader elections (for example, to determine whether the master is still running, or if there is a node which has a WAL position that is ahead of the one doing the query; etc.) The connect_address is put in the member key in DCS, making it possible to translate the member name into the address to connect to its REST API.
-**listen**: IP address (or hostname) and port that Patroni will listen to for the REST API - to provide also the same health checks and cluster messaging between the participating nodes, as described above. to provide health-check information for HAProxy (or any other load balancer capable of doing a HTTP "OPTION" or "GET" checks).
-**Optional**:
-**authentication**:
- **username**: Basic-auth username to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
- **password**: Basic-auth password to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
-**certfile**: Specifies the file with the certificate in the PEM format. If the certfile is not specified or is left empty, the API server will work without SSL.
-**keyfile**: Specifies the file with the secret key in the PEM format.
.._patronictl_settings:
CTL
---
-**Optional**:
- **insecure**: Allow connections to REST API without verifying SSL certs.
- **cacert**: Specifices the file with the CA_BUNDLE file or directory with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying REST API SSL certs.
- **certfile**: Specifies the file with the certificate in the PEM format to use while verifying REST API SSL certs. If not provided patronictl will use the value provided for REST API "certfile" parameter.
ZooKeeper
----------
-**hosts**: list of ZooKeeper cluster members in format: ['host1:port1', 'host2:port2', 'etc...'].
Watchdog
--------
-**mode**: ``off``, ``automatic`` or ``required``. When ``off`` watchdog is disabled. When ``automatic`` watchdog will be used if available, but ignored if it is not. When ``required`` the node will not become a leader unless watchdog can be successfully enabled.
-**device**: Path to watchdog device. Defaults to ``/dev/watchdog``.
-**safety_margin**: Number of seconds of safety margin between watchdog triggering and leader key expiration.
# The new worker primary just finished promote and notifies coordinator that it is ready to accept read-write traffic.
2024-08-26 07:02:41,485 DEBUG: query(COMMIT, ())
# From this moment the application traffic on the coordinator to the worker group 2 is unblocked.
Secondary nodes
---------------
Starting from Patroni v4.0.0 Citus secondary nodes without ``noloadbalance``:ref:`tag <tags_settings>` are also registered in ``pg_dist_node``.
However, to use secondary nodes for read-only queries applications need to change `citus.use_secondary_nodes <https://docs.citusdata.com/en/latest/develop/api_guc.html#citus-use-secondary-nodes-enum>`__ GUC.
Peek into DCS
-------------
The Citus cluster (coordinator and workers) are stored in DCS as a fleet of
Patroni clusters logically grouped together::
/service/batman/ # scope=batman
/service/batman/0/ # citus.group=0, coordinator
/service/batman/0/initialize
/service/batman/0/leader
/service/batman/0/members/
/service/batman/0/members/m1
/service/batman/0/members/m2
/service/batman/1/ # citus.group=1, worker
/service/batman/1/initialize
/service/batman/1/leader
/service/batman/1/members/
/service/batman/1/members/m3
/service/batman/1/members/m4
...
Such an approach was chosen because for most DCS it becomes possible to fetch
the entire Citus cluster with a single recursive read request. Only Citus
coordinator nodes are reading the whole tree, because they have to discover
worker nodes. Worker nodes are reading only the subtree for their own group and
in some cases they could read the subtree of the coordinator group.
Citus on Kubernetes
-------------------
Since Kubernetes doesn't support hierarchical structures we had to include the
citus group to all K8s objects Patroni creates::
batman-0-leader # the leader config map for the coordinator
batman-0-config # the config map holding initialize, config, and history "keys"
...
batman-1-leader # the leader config map for worker group 1
batman-1-config
...
I.e., the naming pattern is: ``${scope}-${citus.group}-${type}``.
All Kubernetes objects are discovered by Patroni using the `label selector`__,
therefore all Pods with Patroni&Citus and Endpoints/ConfigMaps must have
similar labels, and Patroni must be configured to use them using Kubernetes
:ref:`settings <kubernetes_settings>` or :ref:`environment variables
If you have a question, looking for an interactive troubleshooting help or want to chat with other Patroni users, join us on channel `#patroni <https://postgresteam.slack.com/archives/C9XPYG92A>`__ in the `PostgreSQL Slack <https://pgtreats.info/slack-invite>`__.
.._reporting_bugs:
Reporting bugs
--------------
Before reporting a bug please make sure to **reproduce it with the latest Patroni version**!
Also please double check if the issue already exists in our `Issues Tracker <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/issues>`__.
Running tests
-------------
Requirements for running behave tests:
#. PostgreSQL packages including `contrib <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/contrib.html>`__ modules need to be installed.
#. PostgreSQL binaries must be available in your `PATH`. You may need to add them to the path with something like `PATH=/usr/lib/postgresql/11/bin:$PATH python -m behave`.
#. If you'd like to test with external DCSs (e.g., Etcd, Consul, and Zookeeper) you'll need the packages installed and respective services running and accepting unencrypted/unprotected connections on localhost and default port. In the case of Etcd or Consul, the behave test suite could start them up if binaries are available in the `PATH`.
Install dependencies:
..code-block::bash
# You may want to use Virtualenv or specify pip3.
pip install -r requirements.txt
pip install -r requirements.dev.txt
After you have all dependencies installed, you can run the various test suites:
..code-block::bash
# You may want to use Virtualenv or specify python3.
# Run flake8 to check syntax and formatting:
python setup.py flake8
# Run the pytest suite in tests/:
python setup.py test
# Moreover, you may want to run tests in different scopes for debugging purposes,
# the -s option include print output during test execution.
# Tests in pytest typically follow the pattern: FILEPATH::CLASSNAME::TESTNAME.
Patroni is heavily relying on Distributed Configuration Store (DCS) to solve the task of leader elections and detect network partitioning. That is, the node is allowed to run Postgres as the primary only if it can update the leader lock in DCS. In case the update of the leader lock fails, Postgres is immediately demoted and started as read-only. Depending on which DCS is used, the chances of hitting the "problem" differ. For example, with Etcd which is only used for Patroni, chances are close to zero, while with K8s API (backed by Etcd) it could be observed more frequently.
Reasons for the current implementation
---------------------------------------
The leader lock update failure could be caused by two main reasons:
1. Network partitioning
2. DCS being down
In general, it is impossible to distinguish between these two from a single node, and therefore Patroni assumes the worst case - network partitioning. In the case of a partitioned network, other nodes of the Patroni cluster may successfully grab the leader lock and promote Postgres to primary. In order to avoid a split-brain, the old primary is demoted before the leader lock expires.
DCS Failsafe Mode
-----------------
We introduce a new special option, the ``failsafe_mode``. It could be enabled only via global :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` stored in the DCS ``/config`` key. If the failsafe mode is enabled and the leader lock update in DCS failed due to reasons different from the version/value/index mismatch, Postgres may continue to run as a primary if it can access all known members of the cluster via Patroni REST API.
Low-level implementation details
--------------------------------
- We introduce a new, permanent key in DCS, named ``/failsafe``.
- The ``/failsafe`` key contains all known members of the given Patroni cluster at a given time.
- The current leader maintains the ``/failsafe`` key.
- The member is allowed to participate in the leader race and become the new leader only if it is present in the ``/failsafe`` key.
- If the cluster consists of a single node the ``/failsafe`` key will contain a single member.
- In the case of DCS "outage" the existing primary connects to all members presented in the ``/failsafe`` key via the ``POST /failsafe`` REST API and may continue to run as the primary if all replicas acknowledge it.
- If one of the members doesn't respond, the primary is demoted.
- Replicas are using incoming ``POST /failsafe`` REST API requests as an indicator that the primary is still alive. This information is cached for ``ttl`` seconds.
F.A.Q.
------
- Why MUST the current primary see ALL other members? Can’t we rely on quorum here?
This is a great question! The problem is that the view on the quorum might be different from the perspective of DCS and Patroni. While DCS nodes must be evenly distributed across availability zones, there is no such rule for Patroni, and more importantly, there is no mechanism for introducing and enforcing such a rule. If the majority of Patroni nodes ends up in the losing part of the partitioned network (including primary) while minority nodes are in the winning part, the primary must be demoted. Only checking ALL other members allows detecting such a situation.
- What if node/pod gets terminated while DCS is down?
If DCS isn’t accessible, the check “are ALL other cluster members accessible?” is executed every cycle of the heartbeat loop (every ``loop_wait`` seconds). If pod/node is terminated, the check will fail and Postgres will be demoted to a read-only and will not recover until DCS is restored.
- What if all members of the Patroni cluster are lost while DCS is down?
Patroni could be configured to create the new replica from the backup even when the cluster doesn't have a leader. But, if the new member isn't present in the ``/failsafe`` key, it will not be able to grab the leader lock and promote.
- What will happen if the primary lost access to DCS while replicas didn't?
The primary will execute the failsafe code and contact all known replicas. These replicas will use this information as an indicator that the primary is alive and will not start the leader race even if the leader lock in DCS has expired.
- How to enable the Failsafe Mode?
Before enabling the ``failsafe_mode`` please make sure that Patroni version on all members is up-to-date. After that, you can use either the ``PATCH /config``:ref:`REST API <rest_api>` or :ref:`patronictl edit-config -s failsafe_mode=true <patronictl_edit_config_parameters>`
These options are defined in the configuration file and take precedence over dynamic configuration.
patroni.yml could be changed and reload in runtime (without restart of Patroni) by sending SIGHUP to the Patroni process or by performing ``POST /reload`` REST-API request.
-**loop\_wait**: the number of seconds the loop will sleep. Default value: 10, minimum possible value: 1
-**ttl**: the TTL to acquire the leader lock (in seconds). Think of it as the length of time before initiation of the automatic failover process. Default value: 30, minimum possible value: 20
-**retry\_timeout**: timeout for DCS and PostgreSQL operation retries (in seconds). DCS or network issues shorter than this will not cause Patroni to demote the leader. Default value: 10, minimum possible value: 3
- Environment :ref:`configuration <environment>`.
It is possible to set/override some of the "Local" configuration parameters with environment variables.
Environment configuration is very useful when you are running in a dynamic environment and you don't know some of the parameters in advance (for example it's not possible to know your external IP address when you are running inside ``docker``).
..warning::
when changing values of **loop_wait**, **retry_timeout**, or **ttl** you have to follow the rule:
Some of the PostgreSQL parameters must hold the same values on the master and the replicas. For those, values set either in the local patroni configuration files or via the environment variables take no effect. To alter or set their values one must change the shared configuration in the DCS. Below is the actual list of such parameters together with the default values:
..code-block::python
- max_connections: 100
- max_locks_per_transaction: 64
- max_worker_processes: 8
- max_prepared_transactions: 0
- wal_level: hot_standby
- wal_log_hints: on
- track_commit_timestamp: off
For the parameters below, PostgreSQL does not require equal values among the master and all the replicas. However, considering the possibility of a replica to become the master at any time, it doesn't really make sense to set them differently; therefore, Patroni restricts setting their values to the Dynamic configuration
- max_wal_senders: 5
- max_replication_slots: 5
- wal_keep_segments: 8
These parameters are validated to ensure they are sane, or meet a minimum value.
There are some other Postgres parameters controlled by Patroni:
- listen_addresses - is set either from ``postgresql.listen`` or from ``PATRONI_POSTGRESQL_LISTEN`` environment variable
- port - is set either from ``postgresql.listen`` or from ``PATRONI_POSTGRESQL_LISTEN`` environment variable
- cluster_name - is set either from ``scope`` or from ``PATRONI_SCOPE`` environment variable
- hot_standby: on
To be on the safe side parameters from the above lists are not written into ``postgresql.conf``, but passed as a list of arguments to the ``pg_ctl start`` which gives them the highest precedence, even above `ALTER SYSTEM <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-altersystem.html>`__
loop_wait+2*retry_timeout<=ttl
When applying the local or dynamic configuration options, the following actions are taken:
-**maximum\_lag\_on\_failover**: the maximum bytes a follower may lag to be able to participate in leader election.
-**maximum\_lag\_on\_syncnode**: the maximum bytes a synchronous follower may lag before it is considered as an unhealthy candidate and swapped by healthy asynchronous follower. Patroni utilize the max replica lsn if there is more than one follower, otherwise it will use leader's current wal lsn. Default is -1, Patroni will not take action to swap synchronous unhealthy follower when the value is set to 0 or below. Please set the value high enough so Patroni won't swap synchrounous follower frequently during high transaction volume.
-**max\_timelines\_history**: maximum number of timeline history items kept in DCS. Default value: 0. When set to 0, it keeps the full history in DCS.
-**primary\_start\_timeout**: the amount of time a primary is allowed to recover from failures before failover is triggered (in seconds). Default is 300 seconds. When set to 0 failover is done immediately after a crash is detected if possible. When using asynchronous replication a failover can cause lost transactions. Worst case failover time for primary failure is: loop\_wait + primary\_start\_timeout + loop\_wait, unless primary\_start\_timeout is zero, in which case it's just loop\_wait. Set the value according to your durability/availability tradeoff.
-**primary\_stop\_timeout**: The number of seconds Patroni is allowed to wait when stopping Postgres and effective only when synchronous_mode is enabled. When set to > 0 and the synchronous_mode is enabled, Patroni sends SIGKILL to the postmaster if the stop operation is running for more than the value set by primary\_stop\_timeout. Set the value according to your durability/availability tradeoff. If the parameter is not set or set <= 0, primary\_stop\_timeout does not apply.
-**synchronous\_mode**: turns on synchronous replication mode. Possible values: ``off``, ``on``, ``quorum``. In this mode the leader takes care of management of ``synchronous_standby_names``, and only the last known leader, or one of synchronous replicas, are allowed to participate in leader race. Synchronous mode makes sure that successfully committed transactions will not be lost at failover, at the cost of losing availability for writes when Patroni cannot ensure transaction durability. See :ref:`replication modes documentation <replication_modes>` for details.
-**synchronous\_mode\_strict**: prevents disabling synchronous replication if no synchronous replicas are available, blocking all client writes to the primary. See :ref:`replication modes documentation <replication_modes>` for details.
-**synchronous\_node\_count**: if ``synchronous_mode`` is enabled, this parameter is used by Patroni to manage the precise number of synchronous standby instances and adjusts the state in DCS and the ``synchronous_standby_names`` parameter in PostgreSQL as members join and leave. If the parameter is set to a value higher than the number of eligible nodes, it will be automatically adjusted. Defaults to ``1``.
-**failsafe\_mode**: Enables :ref:`DCS Failsafe Mode <dcs_failsafe_mode>`. Defaults to `false`.
-**postgresql**:
- The node first checks if there is a postgresql.base.conf or if the``custom_conf`` parameter is set.
- If the `custom_conf` parameter is set, it will take the file specified on it as a base configuration, ignoring `postgresql.base.conf` and `postgresql.conf`.
- If the `custom_conf` parameter is not set and `postgresql.base.conf` exists, it contains the renamed "original" configuration and it will beused as a base configuration.
- If there is no `custom_conf` nor `postgresql.base.conf`, the original postgresql.conf is taken and renamed to postgresql.base.conf.
- The dynamic options (with the exceptions above) are dumped into the postgresql.conf and an include is set in
postgresql.conf to the used base configuration (either postgresql.base.conf or what is on ``custom_conf``). Therefore, we would be able to apply new options without re-reading the configuration file to check if the include is present not.
- Some parameters that are essential for Patroni to manage the cluster are overridden using the command line.
- If some of the options that require restart are changed (we should look at the context in pg_settings and at the actual
values of those options), a pending_restart flag of a given node is set. This flag is reset on any restart.
-**use\_pg\_rewind**: whether or not to use pg_rewind. Defaults to `false`. Note that either the cluster must be initialized with ``data page checksums`` (``--data-checksums`` option for ``initdb``) and/or ``wal_log_hints`` must be set to``on``, or ``pg_rewind`` will not work.
-**use\_slots**: whether or not to use replication slots. Defaults to `true` on PostgreSQL 9.4+.
-**recovery\_conf**: additional configuration settings written to recovery.conf when configuring follower. There is no recovery.conf anymore in PostgreSQL 12, but you may continue using this section, because Patroni handles it transparently.
-**parameters**: configuration parameters (GUCs) for Postgres in format ``{max_connections: 100, wal_level: "replica", max_wal_senders: 10, wal_log_hints: "on"}``. Many of these are required for replication to work.
The parameters would be applied in the following order (run-time are given the highest priority):
-**pg\_hba**: list of lines that Patroni will use to generate ``pg_hba.conf``. Patroni ignores this parameter if ``hba_file`` PostgreSQL parameter is set to a non-default value.
1. load parameters from file `postgresql.base.conf` (or from a `custom_conf` file, if set)
2. load parameters from file `postgresql.conf`
3. load parameters from file `postgresql.auto.conf`
4. run-time parameter using `-o --name=value`
- **- host all all 0.0.0.0/0 md5**
-**- host replication replicator 127.0.0.1/32 md5**: A line like this is required for replication.
This allows configuration for all the nodes (2), configuration for a specific node using `ALTER SYSTEM` (3) and ensures that parameters essential to the running of Patroni are enforced (4), as well as leaves room for configuration tools that manage `postgresql.conf` directly without involving Patroni (1).
-**pg\_ident**: list of lines that Patroni will use to generate ``pg_ident.conf``. Patroni ignores this parameter if ``ident_file`` PostgreSQL parameter is set to a non-default value.
- **- mapname1 systemname1 pguser1**
-**- mapname1 systemname2 pguser2**
-**standby\_cluster**: if this section is defined, we want to bootstrap a standby cluster.
- **host**: an address of remote node
-**port**: a port of remote node
-**primary\_slot\_name**: which slot on the remote node to use for replication. This parameter is optional, the default value is derived from the instance name (see function `slot_name_from_member_name`).
-**create\_replica\_methods**: an ordered list of methods that can be used to bootstrap standby leader from the remote primary, can be different from the list defined in :ref:`postgresql_settings`
-**restore\_command**: command to restore WAL records from the remote primary to nodes in a standby cluster, can be different from the list defined in :ref:`postgresql_settings`
-**archive\_cleanup\_command**: cleanup command for standby leader
-**recovery\_min\_apply\_delay**: how long to wait before actually apply WAL records on a standby leader
-**member_slots_ttl**: retention time of physical replication slots for replicas when they are shut down. Default value: `30min`. Set it to `0` if you want to keep the old behavior (when the member key expires from DCS, the slot is immediately removed). The feature works only starting from PostgreSQL 11.
-**slots**: define permanent replication slots. These slots will be preserved during switchover/failover. Permanent slots that don't exist will be created by Patroni. With PostgreSQL 11 onwards permanent physical slots are created on all nodes and their position is advanced every **loop_wait** seconds. For PostgreSQL versions older than 11 permanent physical replication slots are maintained only on the current primary. The logical slots are copied from the primary to a standby with restart, and after that their position advanced every **loop_wait** seconds (if necessary). Copying logical slot files performed via ``libpq`` connection and using either rewind or superuser credentials (see **postgresql.authentication** section). There is always a chance that the logical slot position on the replica is a bit behind the former primary, therefore application should be prepared that some messages could be received the second time after the failover. The easiest way of doing so - tracking ``confirmed_flush_lsn``. Enabling permanent replication slots requires **postgresql.use_slots** to be set to ``true``. If there are permanent logical replication slots defined Patroni will automatically enable the ``hot_standby_feedback``. Since the failover of logical replication slots is unsafe on PostgreSQL 9.6 and older and PostgreSQL version 10 is missing some important functions, the feature only works with PostgreSQL 11+.
-**my\_slot\_name**: the name of the permanent replication slot. If the permanent slot name matches with the name of the current node it will not be created on this node. If you add a permanent physical replication slot which name matches the name of a Patroni member, Patroni will ensure that the slot that was created is not removed even if the corresponding member becomes unresponsive, situation which would normally result in the slot's removal by Patroni. Although this can be useful in some situations, such as when you want replication slots used by members to persist during temporary failures or when importing existing members to a new Patroni cluster (see :ref:`Convert a Standalone to a Patroni Cluster <existing_data>` for details), caution should be exercised by the operator that these clashes in names are not persisted in the DCS, when the slot is no longer required, due to its effect on normal functioning of Patroni.
- **type**: slot type. Could be ``physical`` or ``logical``. If the slot is logical, you have to additionally define ``database`` and ``plugin``. If the slot is physical, you can optionally define ``cluster_type``.
-**database**: the database name where logical slots should be created.
-**plugin**: the plugin name for the logical slot.
-**cluster_type**: the type of cluster (``primary`` or ``standby``) the slot should only be created on, otherwise it will not be created or an already existing slot will be dropped.
-**ignore\_slots**: list of sets of replication slot properties for which Patroni should ignore matching slots. This configuration/feature/etc. is useful when some replication slots are managed outside of Patroni. Any subset of matching properties will cause a slot to be ignored.
- **name**: the name of the replication slot.
-**type**: slot type. Can be ``physical`` or ``logical``. If the slot is logical, you may additionally define ``database`` and/or ``plugin``.
-**database**: the database name (when matching a ``logical`` slot).
-**plugin**: the logical decoding plugin (when matching a ``logical`` slot).
Note: **slots** is a hashmap while **ignore_slots** is an array. For example:
..code::YAML
slots:
permanent_logical_slot_name:
type:logical
database:my_db
plugin:test_decoding
permanent_physical_slot_name:
type:physical
...
ignore_slots:
- name:ignored_logical_slot_name
type:logical
database:my_db
plugin:test_decoding
- name:ignored_physical_slot_name
type:physical
...
Note: When running PostgreSQL v11 or newer Patroni maintains physical replication slots on all nodes that could potentially become a leader, so that replica nodes keep WAL segments reserved if they are potentially required by other nodes. In case the node is absent and its member key in DCS gets expired, the corresponding replication slot is dropped after ``member_slots_ttl`` (default value is `30min`). You can increase or decrease retention based on your needs. Alternatively, if your cluster topology is static (fixed number of nodes that never change their names) you can configure permanent physical replication slots with names corresponding to the names of the nodes to avoid slots removal and recycling of WAL files while replica is temporarily down:
..code::YAML
slots:
node_name1:
type:physical
node_name2:
type:physical
node_name3:
type:physical
...
Also, the following Patroni configuration options can be changed only dynamically:
..warning::
Permanent replication slots are synchronized only from the ``primary``/``standby_leader`` to replica nodes. That means, applications are supposed to be using them only from the leader node. Using them on replica nodes will cause indefinite growth of ``pg_wal`` on all other nodes in the cluster.
An exception to that rule are physical slots that match the Patroni member names (created and maintained by Patroni). Those will be synchronized among all nodes as they are used for replication among them.
- ttl: 30
- loop_wait: 10
- retry_timeouts: 10
- maximum_lag_on_failover: 1048576
- postgresql.use_slots: true
Upon changing these options, Patroni will read the relevant section of the configuration stored in DCS and change its
run-time values.
Patroni nodes are dumping the state of the DCS options to disk upon for every change of the configuration into the file ``patroni.dynamic.json`` located in the Postgres data directory. Only the master is allowed to restore these options from the on-disk dump if these are completely absent from the DCS or if they are invalid.
REST API
========
We provide a REST API endpoint for working with dynamic configuration.
The above REST API call patches the existing configuration and returns the new configuration.
Let's check that the node processed this configuration. First of all it should start printing log lines every 5 seconds (loop_wait=5). The change of "max_connections" requires a restart, so the "restart_pending" flag should be exposed:
Setting ``nostream`` tag on standby disables copying and synchronization of permanent logical replication slots on the node itself and all its cascading replicas if any.
This section describes the process for converting a standalone PostgreSQL instance into a Patroni cluster.
To deploy a Patroni cluster without using a pre-existing PostgreSQL instance, see :ref:`Running and Configuring <running_configuring>` instead.
Procedure
---------
You can find below an overview of steps for converting an existing Postgres cluster to a Patroni managed cluster. In the steps we assume all nodes that are part of the existing cluster are currently up and running, and that you *do not* intend to change Postgres configuration while the migration is ongoing. The steps:
#. Create the Postgres users as explained for :ref:`authentication <postgresql_settings>` section of the Patroni configuration. You can find sample SQL commands to create the users in the code block below, in which you need to replace the usernames and passwords as per your environment. If you already have the relevant users, then you can skip this step.
.. code-block:: sql
-- Patroni superuser
-- Replace PATRONI_SUPERUSER_USERNAME and PATRONI_SUPERUSER_PASSWORD accordingly
CREATE USER PATRONI_SUPERUSER_USERNAME WITH SUPERUSER ENCRYPTED PASSWORD 'PATRONI_SUPERUSER_PASSWORD';
-- Patroni replication user
-- Replace PATRONI_REPLICATION_USERNAME and PATRONI_REPLICATION_PASSWORD accordingly
CREATE USER PATRONI_REPLICATION_USERNAME WITH REPLICATION ENCRYPTED PASSWORD 'PATRONI_REPLICATION_PASSWORD';
-- Patroni rewind user, if you intend to enable use_pg_rewind in your Patroni configuration
-- Replace PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME and PATRONI_REWIND_PASSWORD accordingly
CREATE USER PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME WITH ENCRYPTED PASSWORD 'PATRONI_REWIND_PASSWORD';
GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_ls_dir(text, boolean, boolean) TO PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME;
GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_stat_file(text, boolean) TO PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME;
GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_read_binary_file(text) TO PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME;
GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_read_binary_file(text, bigint, bigint, boolean) TO PATRONI_REWIND_USERNAME;
#. Perform the following steps on all Postgres nodes. Perform all steps on one node before proceeding with the next node. Start with the primary node, then proceed with each standby node:
#. If you are running Postgres through systemd, then disable the Postgres systemd unit. This is performed as Patroni manages starting and stopping the Postgres daemon.
#. Create a YAML configuration file for Patroni. You can use :ref:`Patroni configuration generation and validation tooling <validate_generate_config>` for that.
* **Note (specific for the primary node):** If you have replication slots being used for replication between cluster members, then it is recommended that you enable ``use_slots`` and configure the existing replication slots as permanent via the ``slots`` configuration item. Be aware that Patroni automatically creates replication slots for replication between members, and drops replication slots that it does not recognize, when ``use_slots`` is enabled. The idea of using permanent slots here is to allow your existing slots to persist while the migration to Patroni is in progress. See :ref:`YAML Configuration Settings <yaml_configuration>` for details.
#. Start Patroni using the ``patroni`` systemd service unit. It automatically detects that Postgres is already running and starts monitoring the instance.
#. Hand over Postgres "start up procedure" to Patroni. In order to do that you need to restart the cluster members through :ref:`patronictl restart cluster-name member-name <patronictl_restart_parameters>` command. For minimal downtime you might want to split this step into:
#. Immediate restart of the standby nodes.
#. Scheduled restart of the primary node within a maintenance window.
#. If you configured permanent slots in step ``1.2.``, then you should remove them from ``slots`` configuration through :ref:`patronictl edit-config cluster-name member-name <patronictl_edit_config_parameters>` command once the ``restart_lsn`` of the slots created by Patroni is able to catch up with the ``restart_lsn`` of the original slots for the corresponding members. By removing the slots from ``slots`` configuration you will allow Patroni to drop the original slots from your cluster once they are not needed anymore. You can find below an example query to check the ``restart_lsn`` of a couple slots, so you can compare them:
.. code-block:: sql
-- Assume original_slot_for_member_x is the name of the slot in your original
-- cluster for replicating changes to member X, and slot_for_member_x is the
-- slot created by Patroni for that purpose. You need restart_lsn of
-- slot_for_member_x to be >= restart_lsn of original_slot_for_member_x
SELECT slot_name,
restart_lsn
FROM pg_replication_slots
WHERE slot_name IN (
'original_slot_for_member_x',
'slot_for_member_x'
)
.._major_upgrade:
Major Upgrade of PostgreSQL Version
===================================
The only possible way to do a major upgrade currently is:
#. Stop Patroni
#. Upgrade PostgreSQL binaries and perform `pg_upgrade <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgupgrade.html>`_ on the primary node
#. Update patroni.yml
#. Remove the initialize key from DCS or wipe complete cluster state from DCS. The second one could be achieved by running :ref:`patronictl remove cluster-name <patronictl_remove_parameters>` . It is necessary because pg_upgrade runs initdb which actually creates a new database with a new PostgreSQL system identifier.
#. If you wiped the cluster state in the previous step, you may wish to copy patroni.dynamic.json from old data dir to the new one. It will help you to retain some PostgreSQL parameters you had set before.
#. Start Patroni on the primary node.
#. Upgrade PostgreSQL binaries, update patroni.yml and wipe the data_dir on standby nodes.
#. Start Patroni on the standby nodes and wait for the replication to complete.
Running pg_upgrade on standby nodes is not supported by PostgreSQL. If you know what you are doing, you can try the rsync procedure described in https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgupgrade.html instead of wiping data_dir on standby nodes. The safest way is however to let Patroni replicate the data for you.
FAQ
---
- During Patroni startup, Patroni complains that it cannot bind to the PostgreSQL port.
You need to verify ``listen_addresses`` and ``port`` in ``postgresql.conf`` and ``postgresql.listen`` in ``patroni.yml``. Don't forget that ``pg_hba.conf`` should allow such access.
- After asking Patroni to restart the node, PostgreSQL displays the error message ``could not open configuration file "/etc/postgresql/10/main/pg_hba.conf": No such file or directory``
It can mean various things depending on how you manage PostgreSQL configuration. If you specified `postgresql.config_dir`, Patroni generates the ``pg_hba.conf`` based on the settings in the :ref:`bootstrap <bootstrap_settings>` section only when it bootstraps a new cluster. In this scenario the ``PGDATA`` was not empty, therefore no bootstrap happened. This file must exist beforehand.
In this section you will find answers for the most frequently asked questions about Patroni.
Each sub-section attempts to focus on different kinds of questions.
We hope that this helps you to clarify most of your questions.
If you still have further concerns or find yourself facing an unexpected issue, please refer to :ref:`chatting` and :ref:`reporting_bugs` for instructions on how to get help or report issues.
Comparison with other HA solutions
----------------------------------
Why does Patroni require a separate cluster of DCS nodes while other solutions like ``repmgr`` do not?
There are different ways of implementing HA solutions, each of them with their pros and cons.
Software like ``repmgr`` performs communication among the nodes to decide when actions should be taken.
Patroni on the other hand relies on the state stored in the DCS. The DCS acts as a source of truth for Patroni to decide what it should do.
While having a separate DCS cluster can make you bloat your architecture, this approach also makes it less likely for split-brain scenarios to happen in your Postgres cluster.
What is the difference between Patroni and other HA solutions in regards to Postgres management?
Patroni does not just manage the high availability of the Postgres cluster but also manages Postgres itself.
If Postgres nodes do not exist yet, it takes care of bootstrapping the primary and the standby nodes, and also manages Postgres configuration of the nodes. If the Postgres nodes already exist, Patroni will take over management of the cluster.
Besides the above, Patroni also has self-healing capabilities. In other words, if a primary node fails, Patroni will not only fail over to a replica, but also attempt to rejoin the former primary as a replica of the new primary. Similarly, if a replica fails, Patroni will attempt to rejoin that replica.
That is way we call Patroni as a "template for HA solutions". It goes further than just managing physical replication: it manages Postgres as a whole.
DCS
---
Can I use the same ``etcd`` cluster to store data from two or more Patroni clusters?
Yes, you can!
Information about a Patroni cluster is stored in the DCS under a path prefixed with the ``namespace`` and ``scope`` Patroni settings.
As long as you do not have conflicting namespace and scope across different Patroni clusters, you should be able to use the same DCS cluster to store information from multiple Patroni clusters.
What occurs if I attempt to use the same combination of ``namespace`` and ``scope`` for different Patroni clusters that point to the same DCS cluster?
The second Patroni cluster that attempts to use the same ``namespace`` and ``scope`` will not be able to manage Postgres because it will find information related with that same combination in the DCS, but with an incompatible Postgres system identifier.
The mismatch on the system identifier causes Patroni to abort the management of the second cluster, as it assumes that refers to a different cluster and that the user has misconfigured Patroni.
Make sure to use different ``namespace`` / ``scope`` when dealing with different Patroni clusters that share the same DCS cluster.
What occurs if I lose my DCS cluster?
The DCS is used to store basically status and the dynamic configuration of the Patroni cluster.
They very first consequence is that all the Patroni clusters that rely on that DCS will go to read-only mode -- unless :ref:`dcs_failsafe_mode` is enabled.
What should I do if I lose my DCS cluster?
There are three possible outcomes upon losing your DCS cluster:
1. The DCS cluster is fully recovered: this requires no action from the Patroni side. Once the DCS cluster is recovered, Patroni should be able to recover too;
2. The DCS cluster is re-created in place, and the endpoints remain the same. No changes are required on the Patroni side;
3. A new DCS cluster is created with different endpoints. You will need to update the DCS endpoints in the Patroni configuration of each Patroni node.
If you face scenario ``2.`` or ``3.`` Patroni will take care of creating the status information again based on the current status of the cluster, and recreate the dynamic configuration on the DCS based on a backup file named ``patroni.dynamic.json`` which is stored inside the Postgres data directory of each member of the Patroni cluster.
What occurs if I lose majority in my DCS cluster?
The DCS will become unresponsive, which will cause Patroni to demote the current read/write Postgres node.
Remember: Patroni relies on the state of the DCS to take actions on the cluster.
You can use the :ref:`dcs_failsafe_mode` to alleviate that situation.
patronictl
----------
Do I need to run :ref:`patronictl` in the Patroni host?
No, you do not need to do that.
Running :ref:`patronictl` in the Patroni host is handy if you have access to the Patroni host because you can use the very same configuration file from the ``patroni`` agent for the :ref:`patronictl` application.
However, :ref:`patronictl` is basically a client and it can be executed from remote machines. You just need to provide it with enough configuration so it can reach the DCS and the REST API of the Patroni member(s).
Why did the information from one of my Patroni members disappear from the output of :ref:`patronictl_list` command?
Information shown by :ref:`patronictl_list` is based on the contents of the DCS.
If information about a member disappeared from the DCS it is very likely that the Patroni agent on that node is not running anymore, or it is not able to communicate with the DCS.
As the member is not able to update the information, the information eventually expires from the DCS, and consequently the member is not shown anymore in the output of :ref:`patronictl_list`.
Why is the information about one of my Patroni members not up-to-date in the output of :ref:`patronictl_list` command?
Information shown by :ref:`patronictl_list` is based on the contents of the DCS.
By default, that information is updated by Patroni roughly every ``loop_wait`` seconds.
In other words, even if everything is normally functional you may still see a "delay" of up to ``loop_wait`` seconds in the information stored in the DCS.
Be aware that that is not a rule, though. Some operations performed by Patroni cause it to immediately update the DCS information.
Configuration
-------------
What is the difference between dynamic configuration and local configuration?
Dynamic configuration (or global configuration) is the configuration stored in the DCS, and which is applied to all members of the Patroni cluster.
This is primarily where you should store your configuration.
Settings that are specific to a node, or settings that you would like to overwrite the global configuration with, you should set only on the desired Patroni member as a local configuration.
That local configuration can be specified either through the configuration file or through environment variables.
See more in :ref:`patroni_configuration`.
What are the types of configuration in Patroni, and what is the precedence?
The types are:
* Dynamic configuration: applied to all members;
* Local configuration: applied to the local member, overrides dynamic configuration;
* Environment configuration: applied to the local member, overrides both dynamic and local configuration.
**Note:** some Postgres GUCs can only be set globally, i.e., through dynamic configuration. Besides that, there are GUCs which Patroni enforces a hard-coded value.
See more in :ref:`patroni_configuration`.
Is there any facility to help me create my Patroni configuration file?
Yes, there is.
You can use ``patroni --generate-sample-config`` or ``patroni --generate-config`` commands to generate a sample Patroni configuration or a Patroni configuration based on an existing Postgres instance, respectively.
Please refer to :ref:`generate_sample_config` and :ref:`generate_config` for more details.
I changed my parameters under ``bootstrap.dcs`` configuration but Patroni is not applying the changes to the cluster members. What is wrong?
The values configured under ``bootstrap.dcs`` are only used when bootstrapping a fresh cluster. Those values will be written to the DCS during the bootstrap.
After the bootstrap phase finishes, you will only be able to change the dynamic configuration through the DCS.
Refer to the next question for more details.
How can I change my dynamic configuration?
You need to change the configuration in the DCS. That is accomplished either through:
*:ref:`patronictl_edit_config`; or
* A ``PATCH`` request to :ref:`config_endpoint`.
How can I change my local configuration?
You need to change the configuration file of the corresponding Patroni member and signal the Patroni agent with ``SIHGUP``. You can do that using either of these approaches:
* Send a ``POST`` request to the REST API :ref:`reload_endpoint`; or
* Run :ref:`patronictl_reload`; or
* Locally signal the Patroni process with ``SIGHUP``:
* If you started Patroni through systemd, you can use the command ``systemctl reload PATRONI_UNIT.service``, ``PATRONI_UNIT`` being the name of the Patroni service; or
* If you started Patroni through other means, you will need to identify the ``patroni`` process and run ``kill -s HUP PID``, ``PID`` being the process ID of the ``patroni`` process.
**Note:** there are cases where a reload through the :ref:`patronictl_reload` may not work:
* Expired REST API certificates: you can mitigate that by using the ``-k`` option of the :ref:`patronictl`;
* Wrong credentials: for example when changing ``restapi`` or ``ctl`` credentials in the configuration file, and using that same configuration file for Patroni and :ref:`patronictl`.
How can I change my environment configuration?
The environment configuration is only read by Patroni during startup.
With that in mind, if you change the environment configuration you will need to restart the corresponding Patroni agent.
Take care to not cause a failover in the cluster! You might be interested in checking :ref:`patronictl_pause`.
What occurs if I change a Postgres GUC that requires a reload?
When you change the dynamic or the local configuration as explained in the previous questions, Patroni will take care of reloading the Postgres configuration for you.
What occurs if I change a Postgres GUC that requires a restart?
Patroni will mark the affected members with a flag of ``pending restart``.
It is up to you to determine when and how to restart the members. That can be accomplished either through:
*:ref:`patronictl_restart`; or
* A ``POST`` request to :ref:`restart_endpoint`.
**Note:** some Postgres GUCs require a special management in terms of the order for restarting the Postgres nodes. Refer to :ref:`shared_memory_gucs` for more details.
What is the difference between ``etcd`` and ``etcd3`` in Patroni configuration?
``etcd`` uses the API version 2 of ``etcd``, while ``etcd3`` uses the API version 3 of ``etcd``.
Be aware that information stored by the API version 2 is not manageable by API version 3 and vice-versa.
We recommend that you configure ``etcd3`` instead of ``etcd`` because:
* API version 2 is disabled by default from Etcd v3.4 onward;
* API version 2 will be completely removed on Etcd v3.6.
I have ``use_slots`` enabled in my Patroni configuration, but when a cluster member goes offline for some time, the replication slot used by that member is dropped on the upstream node. What can I do to avoid that issue?
There are two options:
1. You can tune ``member_slots_ttl`` (default value ``30min``, available since Patroni ``4.0.0`` and PostgreSQL 11 onwards) and replication slots for absent members will not be removed when the members downtime is shorter than the configured threshold.
2. You can configure permanent physical replication slots for the members.
Since Patroni ``3.2.0`` it is now possible to have member slots as permanent slots managed by Patroni.
Patroni will create the permanent physical slots on all nodes, and make sure to not remove the slots, as well as to advance the slots' LSN on all nodes according to the LSN that has been consumed by the member.
Later, if you decide to remove the corresponding member, it's **your responsibility** to adjust the permanent slots configuration, otherwise Patroni will keep the slots around forever.
**Note:** on Patroni older than ``3.2.0`` you could still have member slots configured as permanent physical slots, however they would be managed only on the current leader. That is, in case of failover/switchover these slots would be created on the new leader, but that wouldn't guarantee that it had all WAL segments for the absent node.
**Note:** even with Patroni ``3.2.0`` there might be a small race condition. In the very beginning, when the slot is created on the replica it could be ahead of the same slot on the leader and in case if nobody is consuming the slot there is still a chance that some files could be missing after failover. With that in mind, it is recommended that you configure continuous archiving, which makes it possible to restore required WALs or perform PITR.
What is the difference between ``loop_wait``, ``retry_timeout`` and ``ttl``?
Patroni performs what we call a HA cycle from time to time. On each HA cycle it takes care of performing a series of checks on the cluster to determine its healthiness, and depending on the status it may take actions, like failing over to a standby.
``loop_wait`` determines for how long, in seconds, Patroni should sleep before performing a new cycle of HA checks.
``retry_timeout`` sets the timeout for retry operations on the DCS and on Postgres. For example: if the DCS is unresponsive for more than ``retry_timeout`` seconds, Patroni might demote the primary node as a security action.
``ttl`` sets the lease time on the ``leader`` lock in the DCS. If the current leader of the cluster is not able to renew the lease during its HA cycles for longer than ``ttl``, then the lease will expire and that will trigger a ``leader race`` in the cluster.
**Note:** when modifying these settings, please keep in mind that Patroni enforces the rule and minimal values described in :ref:`dynamic_configuration` section of the docs.
Postgres management
-------------------
Can I change Postgres GUCs directly in Postgres configuration?
You can, but you should avoid that.
Postgres configuration is managed by Patroni, and attempts to edit the configuration files may end up being frustrated by Patroni as it may eventually overwrite them.
There are a few options available to overcome the management performed by Patroni:
* Change Postgres GUCs through ``$PGDATA/postgresql.base.conf``; or
* Define a ``postgresql.custom_conf`` which will be used instead of ``postgresql.base.conf`` so you can manage that externally; or
You can find more information about that in the section :ref:`important_configuration_rules`.
In any case we recommend that you manage all the Postgres configuration through Patroni. That will centralize the management and make it easier to debug Patroni when needed.
Can I restart Postgres nodes directly?
No, you should **not** attempt to manage Postgres directly!
Any attempt of bouncing the Postgres server without Patroni can lead your cluster to face failovers.
If you need to manage the Postgres server, do that through the ways exposed by Patroni.
Is Patroni able to take over management of an already existing Postgres cluster?
Yes, it can!
Please refer to :ref:`existing_data` for detailed instructions.
How does Patroni manage Postgres?
Patroni takes care of bringing Postgres up and down by running the Postgres binaries, like ``pg_ctl`` and ``postgres``.
With that in mind you **MUST** disable any other sources that could manage the Postgres clusters, like the systemd units, e.g. ``postgresql.service``. Only Patroni should be able to start, stop and promote Postgres instances in the cluster. Not doing so may result in split-brain scenarios. For example: if the node running as a primary failed and the unit ``postgresql.service`` is enabled, it may bring Postgres back up and cause a split-brain.
Concepts and requirements
-------------------------
Which are the applications that make part of Patroni?
Patroni basically ships a couple applications:
*``patroni``: This is the Patroni agent, which takes care of managing a Postgres node;
*``patronictl``: This is a command-line utility used to interact with a Patroni cluster (perform switchovers, restarts, changes in the configuration, etc.). Please find more information in :ref:`patronictl`.
What is a ``standby cluster`` in Patroni?
It is a cluster that does not have any primary Postgres node running, i.e., there is no read/write member in the cluster.
These kinds of clusters exist to replicate data from another cluster and are usually useful when you want to replicate data across data centers.
There will be a leader in the cluster which will be a standby in charge of replicating changes from a remote Postgres node.
Then, there will be a set of standbys configured with cascading replication from such leader member.
**Note:** the standby cluster doesn't know anything about the source cluster which it is replicating from -- it can even use ``restore_command`` instead of WAL streaming, and may use an absolutely independent DCS cluster.
Refer to :ref:`standby_cluster` for more details.
What is a ``leader`` in Patroni?
A ``leader`` in Patroni is like a coordinator of the cluster.
In a regular Patroni cluster, the ``leader`` will be the read/write node.
In a standby Patroni cluster, the ``leader`` (AKA ``standby leader``) will be in charge of replicating from a remote Postgres node, and cascading those changes to the other members of the standby cluster.
Does Patroni require a minimum number of Postgres nodes in the cluster?
No, you can run Patroni with any number of Postgres nodes.
Remember: Patroni is decoupled from the DCS.
What does ``pause`` mean in Patroni?
Pause is an operation exposed by Patroni so the user can ask Patroni to step back in regards to Postgres management.
That is mainly useful when you want to perform maintenance on the cluster, and would like to avoid that Patroni takes decisions related with HA, like failing over to a standby when you stop the primary.
You can find more information about that in :ref:`pause`.
Automatic failover
------------------
How does the automatic failover mechanism of Patroni work?
Patroni automatic failover is based on what we call ``leader race``.
Patroni stores the cluster's status in the DCS, among them a ``leader`` lock which holds the name of the Patroni member which is the current ``leader`` of the cluster.
That ``leader`` lock has a time-to-live associated with it. If the leader node fails to update the lease of the ``leader`` lock in time, the key will eventually expire from the DCS.
When the ``leader`` lock expires, it triggers what Patroni calls a ``leader race``: all nodes start performing checks to determine if they are the best candidates for taking over the ``leader`` role.
Some of these checks include calls to the REST API of all other Patroni members.
All Patroni members that find themselves as the best candidate for taking over the ``leader`` lock will attempt to do so.
The first Patroni member that is able to take the ``leader`` lock will promote itself to a read/write node (or ``standby leader``), and the others will be configured to follow it.
Can I temporarily disable automatic failover in the Patroni cluster?
Yes, you can!
You can achieve that by temporarily pausing the cluster.
This is typically useful for performing maintenance.
When you want to resume the automatic failover of the cluster, you just need to unpause it.
You can find more information about that in :ref:`pause`.
Bootstrapping and standbys creation
-----------------------------------
How does Patroni create a primary Postgres node? What about a standby Postgres node?
By default Patroni will use ``initdb`` to bootstrap a fresh cluster, and ``pg_basebackup`` to create standby nodes from a copy of the ``leader`` member.
You can customize that behavior by writing your custom bootstrap methods, and your custom replica creation methods.
Custom methods are usually useful when you want to restore backups created by backup tools like pgBackRest or Barman, for example.
For detailed information please refer to :ref:`custom_bootstrap` and :ref:`custom_replica_creation`.
Monitoring
----------
How can I monitor my Patroni cluster?
Patroni exposes a couple handy endpoints in its :ref:`rest_api`:
*``/metrics``: exposes monitoring metrics in a format that can be consumed by Prometheus;
*``/patroni``: exposes the status of the cluster in a JSON format. The information shown here is very similar to what is shown by the ``/metrics`` endpoint.
You can use those endpoints to implement monitoring checks.
The high availability of a PostgreSQL cluster deployed in multiple data centers is based on replication, which can be synchronous or asynchronous (`replication_modes <replication_modes.rst>`_).
In both cases, it is important to be clear about the following concepts:
- Postgres can run as primary or standby leader only when it owns the leading key and can update the leading key.
- You should run the odd number of etcd, ZooKeeper or Consul nodes: 3 or 5!
Synchronous Replication
-----------------------
To have a multi DC cluster that can automatically tolerate a zone drop, a minimum of 3 is required.
We must deploy a cluster of etcd, ZooKeeper or Consul through the different DC, with a minimum of 3 nodes, one in each zone.
Regarding postgres, we must deploy at least 2 nodes, in different DC. Then you have to set ``synchronous_mode: true`` in the global :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>`.
This enables sync replication and the primary node will choose one of the nodes as synchronous.
Asynchronous Replication
------------------------
With only two data centers it would be better to have two independent etcd clusters and run Patroni :ref:`standby cluster <standby_cluster>` in the second data center. If the first site is down, you can MANUALLY promote the ``standby_cluster``.
Automatic promotion is not possible, because DC2 will never able to figure out the state of DC1.
You should not use ``pg_ctl promote`` in this scenario, you need "manually promote" the healthy cluster by removing ``standby_cluster`` section from the :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>`.
..warning::
If the source cluster is still up and running and you promote the standby cluster you create a split-brain.
In case you want to return to the "initial" state, there are only two ways of resolving it:
- Add the standby_cluster section back and it will trigger ``pg_rewind``; however, for ``pg_rewind`` to function properly, either the cluster must be initialized with ``data page checksums`` (``--data-checksums`` option for ``initdb``) and/or ``wal_log_hints`` must be set to ``on``, but there are still chances that ``pg_rewind`` might fail due to other factors.
- Rebuild the standby cluster from scratch.
Before promoting standby cluster one have to manually ensure that the source cluster is down (STONITH). When DC1 recovers, the cluster has to be converted to a standby cluster.
Before doing that you may manually examine the database and extract all changes that happened between the time when network between DC1 and DC2 has stopped working and the time when you manually stopped the cluster in DC1.
Once extracted, you may also manually apply these changes to the cluster in DC2.
Patroni is a template for you to create your own customized, high-availability solution using Python and - for maximum accessibility - a distributed configuration store like `ZooKeeper <https://zookeeper.apache.org/>`__, `etcd <https://github.com/coreos/etcd>`__, `Consul <https://github.com/hashicorp/consul>`__ or `Kubernetes <https://kubernetes.io>`__. Database engineers, DBAs, DevOps engineers, and SREs who are looking to quickly deploy HA PostgreSQL in the datacenter-or anywhere else-will hopefully find it useful.
Patroni is a template for highavailability (HA) PostgreSQL solutions using Python. For maximum accessibility, Patroni supports a variety of distributed configuration stores like `ZooKeeper <https://zookeeper.apache.org/>`__, `etcd <https://github.com/coreos/etcd>`__, `Consul <https://github.com/hashicorp/consul>`__ or `Kubernetes <https://kubernetes.io>`__. Database engineers, DBAs, DevOps engineers, and SREs who are looking to quickly deploy HA PostgreSQL in datacenters — or anywhere else — will hopefully find it useful.
We call Patroni a "template" because it is far from being a one-size-fits-all or plug-and-play replication system. It will have its own caveats. Use wisely. There are many ways to run high availability with PostgreSQL; for a list, see the `PostgreSQL Documentation <https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Replication,_Clustering,_and_Connection_Pooling>`__.
Currently supported PostgreSQL versions: 9.3 to 17.
**Note to Citus users**: Starting from 3.0 Patroni nicely integrates with the `Citus <https://github.com/citusdata/citus>`__ database extension to Postgres. Please check the :ref:`Citus support page <citus>` in the Patroni documentation for more info about how to use Patroni high availability together with a Citus distributed cluster.
**Note to Kubernetes users**: Patroni can run natively on top of Kubernetes. Take a look at the :ref:`Kubernetes <kubernetes>` chapter of the Patroni documentation.
@@ -18,20 +22,36 @@ We call Patroni a "template" because it is far from being a one-size-fits-all or
In this mode, Patroni will create ConfigMaps instead of Endpoints and store keys inside meta-data of those ConfigMaps.
Changing the leader takes at least two updates, one to the leader ConfigMap and another to the respective Endpoint.
There are two ways to direct the traffic to the Postgres master:
- use the `callback script <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/blob/master/kubernetes/callback.py>`_ provided by Patroni
- configure the Kubernetes Postgres service to use the label selector with the `role_label` (configured in patroni configuration).
To direct the traffic to the Postgres leader you need to configure the Kubernetes Postgres service to use the label selector with the `role_label` (configured in patroni configuration).
Note that in some cases, for instance, when running on OpenShift, there is no alternative to using ConfigMaps.
@@ -35,11 +32,63 @@ Configuration
Patroni Kubernetes :ref:`settings <kubernetes_settings>` and :ref:`environment variables <kubernetes_environment>` are described in the general chapters of the documentation.
.._kubernetes_role_values:
Customize role label
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
By default, Patroni will set corresponding labels on the pod it runs in based on node's role, such as ``role=primary``.
The key and value of label can be customized by `kubernetes.role_label`, `kubernetes.leader_label_value`, `kubernetes.follower_label_value` and `kubernetes.standby_leader_label_value`.
Note that if you migrate from default role labels to custom ones, you can reduce downtime by following migration steps:
1. Add a temporary label using original role value for the pod with `kubernetes.tmp_role_label` (like ``tmp_role``). Once pods are restarted they will get following labels set by Patroni:
.. code:: YAML
labels:
cluster-name: foo
role: primary
tmp_role: primary
2. After all pods have been updated, modify the service selector to select the temporary label.
.. code:: YAML
selector:
cluster-name: foo
tmp_role: primary
3. Add your custom role label (e.g., set `kubernetes.leader_label_value=primary`). Once pods are restarted they will get following new labels set by Patroni:
.. code:: YAML
labels:
cluster-name: foo
role: primary
tmp_role: primary
4. After all pods have been updated again, modify the service selector to use new role value.
.. code:: YAML
selector:
cluster-name: foo
role: primary
5. Finally, remove the temporary label from your configuration and update all pods.
.. code:: YAML
labels:
cluster-name: foo
role: primary
Examples
--------
- The `kubernetes <https://github.com/zalando/patroni/tree/master/kubernetes>`__ folder of the Patroni repository contains
examples of the Docker image, the Kubernetes manifest and the callback script in order to test Patroni Kubernetes setup.
- The `kubernetes <https://github.com/patroni/patroni/tree/master/kubernetes>`__ folder of the Patroni repository contains
examples of the Docker image, and the Kubernetes manifest to test Patroni Kubernetes setup.
Note that in the current state it will not be able to use PersistentVolumes because of permission issues.
- You can find the full-featured Docker image that can use Persistent Volumes in the
@@ -49,5 +98,5 @@ Examples
to deploy the Spilo image configured with Patroni running using Kubernetes.
- In order to run your database clusters at scale using Patroni and Spilo, take a look at the
`postgres-operator <https://github.com/zalando-incubator/postgres-operator>`_ project. It implements the operator pattern
`postgres-operator <https://github.com/zalando/postgres-operator>`_ project. It implements the operator pattern
- Global :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>`.
These options are stored in the DCS (Distributed Configuration Store) and applied on all cluster nodes.
Dynamic configuration can be set at any time using :ref:`patronictl_edit_config` tool or Patroni :ref:`REST API <rest_api>`.
If the options changed are not part of the startup configuration, they are applied asynchronously (upon the next wake up cycle)
to every node, which gets subsequently reloaded.
If the node requires a restart to apply the configuration (for `PostgreSQL parameters <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/view-pg-settings.html>`__ with context postmaster, if their values
have changed), a special flag ``pending_restart`` indicating this is set in the members.data JSON.
Additionally, the node status indicates this by showing ``"restart_pending": true``.
- Local :ref:`configuration file <yaml_configuration>` (patroni.yml).
These options are defined in the configuration file and take precedence over dynamic configuration.
``patroni.yml`` can be changed and reloaded at runtime (without restart of Patroni) by sending SIGHUP to the Patroni process, performing ``POST /reload`` REST-API request or executing :ref:`patronictl_reload`. Local configuration can be either a single YAML file or a directory. When it is a directory, all YAML files in that directory are loaded one by one in sorted order. In case a key is defined in multiple files, the occurrence in the last file takes precedence.
-:ref:`Environment configuration <environment>`.
It is possible to set/override some of the "Local" configuration parameters with environment variables.
Environment configuration is very useful when you are running in a dynamic environment and you don't know some of the parameters in advance (for example it's not possible to know your external IP address when you are running inside ``docker``).
.._important_configuration_rules:
Important rules
---------------
PostgreSQL parameters controlled by Patroni
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Some of the PostgreSQL parameters **must hold the same values on the primary and the replicas**. For those, **values set either in the local patroni configuration files or via the environment variables take no effect**. To alter or set their values one must change the shared configuration in the DCS. Below is the actual list of such parameters together with the default values:
-**max_connections**: 100
-**max_locks_per_transaction**: 64
-**max_worker_processes**: 8
-**max_prepared_transactions**: 0
-**wal_level**: hot_standby
-**track_commit_timestamp**: off
For the parameters below, PostgreSQL does not require equal values among the primary and all the replicas. However, considering the possibility of a replica to become the primary at any time, it doesn't really make sense to set them differently; therefore, **Patroni restricts setting their values to the**:ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>`.
-**max_wal_senders**: 10
-**max_replication_slots**: 10
-**wal_keep_segments**: 8
-**wal_keep_size**: 128MB
-**wal_log_hints**: on
These parameters are validated to ensure they are sane, or meet a minimum value.
There are some other Postgres parameters controlled by Patroni:
-**listen_addresses** - is set either from ``postgresql.listen`` or from ``PATRONI_POSTGRESQL_LISTEN`` environment variable
-**port** - is set either from ``postgresql.listen`` or from ``PATRONI_POSTGRESQL_LISTEN`` environment variable
-**cluster_name** - is set either from ``scope`` or from ``PATRONI_SCOPE`` environment variable
-**hot_standby: on**
To be on the safe side parameters from the above lists are written into ``postgresql.conf``, and passed as a list of arguments to the ``postgres`` which gives them the highest precedence (except ``wal_keep_segments`` and ``wal_keep_size``), even above `ALTER SYSTEM <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-altersystem.html>`__
There also are some parameters like **postgresql.listen**, **postgresql.data_dir** that **can be set only locally**, i.e. in the Patroni :ref:`config file <yaml_configuration>` or via :ref:`configuration <environment>` variable. In most cases the local configuration will override the dynamic configuration.
When applying the local or dynamic configuration options, the following actions are taken:
- The node first checks if there is a `postgresql.base.conf` file or if the ``custom_conf`` parameter is set.
- If the ``custom_conf`` parameter is set, the file it specifies is used as the base configuration, ignoring `postgresql.base.conf` and `postgresql.conf`.
- If the ``custom_conf`` parameter is not set and `postgresql.base.conf` exists, it contains the renamed "original" configuration and is used as the base configuration.
- If there is no ``custom_conf`` nor `postgresql.base.conf`, the original `postgresql.conf` is renamed to `postgresql.base.conf` and used as the base configuration.
- The dynamic options (with the exceptions above) are dumped into the `postgresql.conf` and an include is set in
`postgresql.conf` to the base configuration (either `postgresql.base.conf` or the file at ``custom_conf``).
Therefore, we would be able to apply new options without re-reading the configuration file to check if the include is present or not.
- Some parameters that are essential for Patroni to manage the cluster are overridden using the command line.
- If an option that requires restart is changed (we should look at the context in pg_settings and at the actual
values of those options), a pending_restart flag is set on that node. This flag is reset on any restart.
The parameters would be applied in the following order (run-time are given the highest priority):
1. load parameters from file `postgresql.base.conf` (or from a ``custom_conf`` file, if set)
2. load parameters from file `postgresql.conf`
3. load parameters from file `postgresql.auto.conf`
4. run-time parameter using `-o --name=value`
This allows configuration for all the nodes (2), configuration for a specific node using ``ALTER SYSTEM`` (3) and ensures that parameters essential to the running of Patroni are enforced (4), as well as leaves room for configuration tools that manage `postgresql.conf` directly without involving Patroni (1).
.._shared_memory_gucs:
PostgreSQL parameters that touch shared memory
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
PostgreSQL has some parameters that determine the size of the shared memory used by them:
-**max_connections**
-**max_prepared_transactions**
-**max_locks_per_transaction**
-**max_wal_senders**
-**max_worker_processes**
Changing these parameters require a PostgreSQL restart to take effect, and their shared memory structures cannot be smaller on the standby nodes than on the primary node.
As explained before, Patroni restrict changing their values through :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>`, which usually consists of:
1. Applying changes through :ref:`patronictl_edit_config` (or via REST API ``/config`` endpoint)
2. Restarting nodes through :ref:`patronictl_restart` (or via REST API ``/restart`` endpoint)
**Note:** please keep in mind that you should perform a restart of the PostgreSQL nodes through :ref:`patronictl_restart` command, or via REST API ``/restart`` endpoint. An attempt to restart PostgreSQL by restarting the Patroni daemon, e.g. by executing ``systemctl restart patroni``, can cause a failover to occur in the cluster, if you are restarting the primary node.
However, as those settings manage shared memory, some extra care should be taken when restarting the nodes:
* If you want to **increase** the value of any of those settings:
1. Restart all standbys first
2. Restart the primary after that
* If you want to **decrease** the value of any of those settings:
1. Restart the primary first
2. Restart all standbys after that
**Note:** if you attempt to restart all nodes in one go after **decreasing** the value of any of those settings, Patroni will ignore the change and restart the standby with the original setting value, thus requiring that you restart the standbys again later. Patroni does that to prevent the standby to enter in an infinite crash loop, because PostgreSQL quits with a `FATAL` message if you attempt to set any of those parameters to a value lower than what is visible in ``pg_controldata`` on the Standby node. In other words, we can only decrease the setting on the standby once its ``pg_controldata`` is up-to-date with the primary in regards to these changes on the primary.
More information about that can be found at `PostgreSQL Administrator's Overview <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/hot-standby.html#HOT-STANDBY-ADMIN>`__.
Patroni configuration parameters
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Also the following Patroni configuration options **can be changed only dynamically**:
-**ttl**: 30
-**loop_wait**: 10
-**retry_timeouts**: 10
-**maximum_lag_on_failover**: 1048576
-**max_timelines_history**: 0
-**check_timeline**: false
-**postgresql.use_slots**: true
Upon changing these options, Patroni will read the relevant section of the configuration stored in DCS and change its run-time values.
Patroni nodes are dumping the state of the DCS options to disk upon for every change of the configuration into the file ``patroni.dynamic.json`` located in the Postgres data directory. Only the leader is allowed to restore these options from the on-disk dump if these are completely absent from the DCS or if they are invalid.
.._validate_generate_config:
Configuration generation and validation
---------------------------------------
Patroni provides command-line interfaces for a Patroni :ref:`local configuration <yaml_configuration>` generation and validation. Using the ``patroni`` executable you can:
- Create a sample local Patroni configuration;
- Create a Patroni configuration file for the locally running PostgreSQL instance (e.g. as a preparation step for the :ref:`Patroni integration <existing_data>`);
- Validate a given Patroni configuration file.
.._generate_sample_config:
Sample Patroni configuration
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
..code::text
patroni --generate-sample-config [configfile]
Description
"""""""""""
Generate a sample Patroni configuration file in ``yaml`` format.
Parameter values are defined using the :ref:`Environment configuration <environment>`, otherwise, if not set, the defaults used in Patroni or the ``#FIXME`` string for the values that should be later defined by the user.
Some default values are defined based on the local setup:
-**postgresql.listen**: the IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``5432`` port.
-**postgresql.connect_address**: the IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``5432`` port.
-**postgresql.authentication.rewind**: is only defined if the PostgreSQL version can be defined from the binary and the version is 11 or later.
-**restapi.listen**: IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``8008`` port.
-**restapi.connect_address**: IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``8008`` port.
Parameters
""""""""""
``configfile`` - full path to the configuration file used to store the result. If not provided, the result is sent to ``stdout``.
Generate a Patroni configuration in ``yaml`` format for the locally running PostgreSQL instance.
Either the provided DSN (takes precedence) or PostgreSQL `environment variables <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-envars.html>`__ will be used for the PostgreSQL connection. If the password is not provided, it should be entered via prompt.
All the non-internal GUCs defined in the source Postgres instance, independently if they were set through a configuration file, through the postmaster command-line, or through environment variables, will be used as the source for the following Patroni configuration parameters:
-**scope**: ``cluster_name`` GUC value;
-**postgresql.listen**: ``listen_addresses`` and ``port`` GUC values;
-**bootstrap.dcs**: all other gathered PostgreSQL GUCs.
If ``scope``, ``postgresql.listen`` or ``postgresql.datadir`` is not set from the Postgres GUCs, the respective :ref:`Environment configuration <environment>` value is used.
Other rules applied for the values definition:
-**name**: ``PATRONI_NAME`` environment variable value if set, otherwise the current machine's hostname.
-**postgresql.bin_dir**: path to the Postgres binaries gathered from the running instance.
-**postgresql.connect_address**: the IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the port used for the instance connection or the ``port`` GUC value.
-**postgresql.authentication.superuser**: the configuration used for the instance connection;
-**postgresql.pg_hba**: the lines gathered from the source instance's ``hba_file``.
-**postgresql.pg_ident**: the lines gathered from the source instance's ``ident_file``.
-**restapi.listen**: IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``8008`` port.
-**restapi.connect_address**: IP address returned by ``gethostname`` call for the current machine's hostname and the standard ``8008`` port.
Other parameters defined using :ref:`Environment configuration <environment>` are also included into the configuration.
Parameters
""""""""""
``configfile``
Full path to the configuration file used to store the result. If not provided, result is sent to ``stdout``.
``dsn``
Optional DSN string for the local PostgreSQL instance to get GUC values from.
Validate the given Patroni configuration and print the information about the failed checks.
Parameters
""""""""""
``configfile``
Full path to the configuration file to check. If not given or file does not exist, will try to read from the ``PATRONI_CONFIG_VARIABLE`` environment variable or, if not set, from the :ref:`Patroni environment variables <environment>`.
``--ignore-listen-port | -i``
Optional flag to ignore bind failures for ``listen`` ports that are already in use when validating the ``configfile``.
``--print | -p``
Optional flag to print out local configuration (including environment configuration overrides) after it has been successfully validated.
Under certain circumstances Patroni needs to temporary step down from managing the cluster, while still retaining the cluster state in DCS. Possible use cases are uncommon activities on the cluster, such as major version upgrades or corruption recovery. During those activities nodes are often started and stopped for the reason unknown to Patroni, some nodes can be even temporary promoted, violating the assumption of running only one master. Therefore, Patroni needs to be able to "detach" from the running cluster, implementing an equivalent of the maintenance mode in Pacemaker.
Under certain circumstances Patroni needs to temporarily step down from managing the cluster, while still retaining the cluster state in DCS. Possible use cases are uncommon activities on the cluster, such as major version upgrades or corruption recovery. During those activities nodes are often started and stopped for reasons unknown to Patroni, some nodes can be even temporarily promoted, violating the assumption of running only one primary. Therefore, Patroni needs to be able to "detach" from the running cluster, implementing an equivalent of the maintenance mode in Pacemaker.
@@ -17,19 +17,21 @@ When Patroni runs in a paused mode, it does not change the state of PostgreSQL,
- For each node, the member key in DCS is updated with the current information about the cluster. This causes Patroni to run read-only queries on a member node if the member is running.
- For the Postgres master with the leader lock Patroni updates the lock. If the node with the leader lock stops being the master (i.e. is demoted manually), Patroni will release the lock instead of promoting the node back.
- For the Postgres primary with the leader lock Patroni updates the lock. If the node with the leader lock stops being the primary (i.e. is demoted manually), Patroni will release the lock instead of promoting the node back.
- Manual unscheduled restart, reinitialize and manual failover are allowed. Manual failover is only allowed if the node to failover to is specified. In the paused mode, manual failover does not require a running master node.
- Manual unscheduled restart, manual unscheduled failover/switchover and reinitialize are allowed. No scheduled action is allowed. Manual switchover is only allowed if the node to switch over to is specified.
- If 'parallel' masters are detected by Patroni, it emits a warning, but does not demote the masters without the leader lock.
- If 'parallel' primaries are detected by Patroni, it emits a warning, but does not demote the primary without the leader lock.
- If there is no leader lock in the cluster, the running master acquires the lock. If there is more than one master node, then the first master to acquire the lock wins. If there are no masters altogether, Patroni does not try to promote any replicas. There is an exception in this rule: if there is no leader lock because the old master has demoted itself due to the manual promotion, then only the candidate node mentioned in the promotion request may take the leader lock. When the new leader lock is granted (i.e. after promoting a replica manually), Patroni makes sure the replicas that were streaming from the previous leader will switch to the new one.
- If there is no leader lock in the cluster, the running primary acquires the lock. If there is more than one primary node, then the first primary to acquire the lock wins. If there are no primary altogether, Patroni does not try to promote any replicas. There is an exception in this rule: if there is no leader lock because the old primary has demoted itself due to the manual promotion, then only the candidate node mentioned in the promotion request may take the leader lock. When the new leader lock is granted (i.e. after promoting a replica manually), Patroni makes sure the replicas that were streaming from the previous leader will switch to the new one.
- When Postgres is stopped, Patroni does not try to start it. When Patroni is stopped, it does not try to stop the Postgres instance it is managing.
- Patroni will not try to remove replication slots that don't represent the other cluster member or are not listed in the configuration of the permanent slots.
User guide
----------
``patronictl`` supports ``pause`` and ``resume`` commands.
``patronictl`` supports :ref:`pause <patronictl_pause>` and :ref:`resume <patronictl_resume>` commands.
One can also issue a ``PATCH`` request to the ``{namespace}/{cluster}/config`` key with ``{"pause": true/false/null}``
@@ -40,19 +43,51 @@ in the configuration files, Patroni supplies two cluster-specific ones:
--datadir
Path to the data directory of the cluster instance to be bootstrapped
If the bootstrap script returns 0, Patroni tries to configure and start the PostgreSQL instance produced by it. If any
Passing these two additional flags can be disabled by setting a special ``no_params`` parameter to ``True``.
If the bootstrap script returns ``0``, Patroni tries to configure and start the PostgreSQL instance produced by it. If any
of the intermediate steps fail, or the script returns a non-zero value, Patroni assumes that the bootstrap has failed,
cleans up after itself and releases the initialize lock to give another node the opportunity to bootstrap.
If a ``recovery_conf`` block is defined in the same section as the custom bootstrap method, Patroni will generate a
``recovery.conf`` before starting the newly bootstrapped instance. Typically, such recovery.conf should contain at least
one of the ``recovery_target_*`` parameters, together with the ``recovery_target_timeline`` set to ``promote``.
``recovery.conf`` before starting the newly bootstrapped instance (or set the recovery settings on Postgres configuration if
running PostgreSQL >= 12).
Typically, such recovery configuration should contain at least one of the ``recovery_target_*`` parameters, together with the ``recovery_target_action`` set to ``promote``.
If ``keep_existing_recovery_conf`` is defined and set to ``True``, Patroni will not remove the existing ``recovery.conf`` file if it exists.
This is useful when bootstrapping from a backup with tools like pgBackRest that generate the appropriate ``recovery.conf`` for you.
If ``keep_existing_recovery_conf`` is defined and set to ``True``, Patroni will not remove the existing ``recovery.conf`` file if it exists (PostgreSQL <= 11).
Similarly, in that case Patroni will not remove the existing ``recovery.signal`` or ``standby.signal`` if either exists, nor will it override the configured recovery settings (PostgreSQL >= 12).
This is useful when bootstrapping from a backup with tools like pgBackRest that generate the appropriate recovery configuration for you.
Besides that, any additional key/value pairs informed in the custom bootstrap method configuration will be passed as arguments to ``command`` in the format ``--name=value``. For example:
..code::YAML
bootstrap:
method:<custom_bootstrap_method_name>
<custom_bootstrap_method_name>:
command:<path_to_custom_bootstrap_script>
arg1:value1
arg2:value2
Makes the configured ``command`` to be called additionally with ``--arg1=value1 --arg2=value2`` command-line arguments.
..note:: Bootstrap methods are neither chained, nor fallen-back to the default one in case the primary one fails
As an example, you are able to bootstrap a fresh Patroni cluster from a Barman backup with a configuration like this:
``patroni_barman recover`` requires that you have both Barman and ``pg-backup-api`` configured in the Barman host, so it can execute a remote ``barman recover`` through the backup API.
The above example uses a subset of the available parameters. You can get more information running ``patroni_barman recover --help``.
.._custom_replica_creation:
@@ -60,7 +95,7 @@ Building replicas
-----------------
Patroni uses tried and proven ``pg_basebackup`` in order to create new replicas. One downside of it is that it requires
a running master node. Another one is the lack of 'on-the-fly' compression for the backup data and no built-in cleanup
a running leader node. Another one is the lack of 'on-the-fly' compression for the backup data and no built-in cleanup
for outdated backup files. Some people prefer other backup solutions, such as ``WAL-E``, ``pgBackRest``, ``Barman`` and
others, or simply roll their own scripts. In order to accommodate all those use-cases Patroni supports running custom
scripts to clone a new replica. Those are configured in the ``postgresql`` configuration block:
@@ -74,7 +109,7 @@ scripts to clone a new replica. Those are configured in the ``postgresql`` confi
``patroni_barman recover`` requires that you have both Barman and ``pg-backup-api`` configured in the Barman host, so it can execute a remote ``barman recover`` through the backup API.
The above example uses a subset of the available parameters. You can get more information running ``patroni_barman recover --help``.
The ``create_replica_methods`` defines available replica creation methods and the order of executing them. Patroni will
stop on the first one that returns 0. Each method should define a separate section in the configuration file, listing the command
@@ -120,26 +173,30 @@ to execute and any custom parameters that should be passed to that command. All
--role
Always 'replica'
--connstring
Connection string to connect to the cluster member to clone from (master or other replica). The user in the
Connection string to connect to the cluster member to clone from (primary or other replica). The user in the
connection string can execute SQL and replication protocol commands.
A special ``no_master`` parameter, if defined, allows Patroni to call the replica creation method even if there is no
running master or replicas. In that case, an empty string will be passed in a connection string. This is useful for
A special ``no_leader`` parameter, if defined, allows Patroni to call the replica creation method even if there is no
running leader or replicas. In that case, an empty string will be passed in a connection string. This is useful for
restoring the formerly running cluster from the binary backup.
A special ``keep_data`` parameter, if defined, will instuct Patroni to not clean PGDATA folder before calling restore.
A special ``keep_data`` parameter, if defined, will instruct Patroni to not clean PGDATA folder before calling restore.
A special ``no_params`` parameter, if defined, restricts passing parameters to custom command.
A ``basebackup`` method is a special case: it will be used if
``create_replica_methods`` is empty, although it is possible
to list it explicitly among the ``create_replica_methods`` methods. This method initializes a new replica with the
``pg_basebackup``, the base backup is taken from the master unless there are replicas with ``clonefrom`` tag, in which case one
``pg_basebackup``, the base backup is taken from the leader unless there are replicas with ``clonefrom`` tag, in which case one
of such replicas will be used as the origin for pg_basebackup. It works without any configuration; however, it is
possible to specify a ``basebackup`` configuration section. Same rules as with the other method configuration apply,
namely, only long (with --) options should be specified there. Not all parameters make sense, if you override a connection
string or provide an option to created tar-ed or compressed base backups, patroni won't be able to make a replica out
of it. There is no validation performed on the names or values of the parameters passed to the ``basebackup`` section.
Also note that in case symlinks are used for the WAL folder it is up to the user to specify the correct ``--waldir``
path as an option, so that after replica buildup or re-initialization the symlink would persist. This option is supported
only since v10 though.
You can specify basebackup parameters as either a map (key-value pairs) or a list of elements, where each element
could be either a key-value pair or a single key (for options that does not receive any values, for instance, ``--verbose``).
Consider those 2 examples:
@@ -159,39 +216,6 @@ and
basebackup:
- verbose
- max-rate:'100M'
- waldir:/pg-wal-mount/external-waldir
If all replica creation methods fail, Patroni will try again all methods in order during the next event loop cycle.
.._standby_cluster:
Standby cluster
---------------
Another available option is to run a "standby cluster", that contains only of
standby nodes replicating from some remote master. This type of clusters has:
* "standby leader", that behaves pretty much like a regular cluster leader,
except it replicates from a remote master.
* cascade replicas, that are replicating from standby leader.
Standby leader holds and updates a leader lock in DCS. If the leader lock
expires, cascade replicas will perform an election to choose another leader
from the standbys. For the sake of flexibility, you can specify different
methods of creating a replica and recovery WAL records when a cluster is in the
"standby mode", and after it was detached to function as a normal cluster.
To configure such cluster you need to specify the section ``standby_cluster``
in a patroni configuration:
..code::YAML
bootstrap:
dcs:
standby_cluster:
host:1.2.3.4
port:5432
primary_slot_name:patroni
Note, that these options will be applied only once during cluster bootstrap,
and the only way to change them afterwards is through DCS.
Patroni uses PostgreSQL streaming replication. For more information about streaming replication, see the `Postgres documentation <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/warm-standby.html#STREAMING-REPLICATION>`__. By default Patroni configures PostgreSQL for asynchronous replication. Choosing your replication schema is dependent on your business considerations. Investigate both async and sync replication, as well as other HA solutions, to determine which solution is best for you.
Asynchronous mode durability
----------------------------
============================
In asynchronous mode the cluster is allowed to lose some committed transactions to ensure availability. When the primary server fails or becomes unavailable for any other reason Patroni will automatically promote a sufficiently healthy standby to primary. Any transactions that have not been replicated to that standby remain in a "forked timeline" on the primary, and are effectively unrecoverable [1]_.
The amount of transactions that can be lost is controlled via ``maximum_lag_on_failover`` parameter. Because the primary transaction log position is not sampled in real time, in reality the amount of lost data on failover is worst case bounded by ``maximum_lag_on_failover`` bytes of transaction log plus the amount that is written in the last ``ttl`` seconds (``loop_wait``/2 seconds in the average case). However typical steady state replication delay is well under a second.
PostgreSQL synchronous replication
----------------------------------
By default, when running leader elections, Patroni does not take into account the current timeline of replicas, what in some cases could be undesirable behavior. You can prevent the node not having the same timeline as a former primary become the new leader by changing the value of ``check_timeline`` parameter to ``true``.
You can use Postgres's `synchronous replication <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/warm-standby.html#SYNCHRONOUS-REPLICATION>`__ with Patroni. Synchronous replication ensures consistency across a cluster by confirming that writes are written to a secondary before returning to the connecting client with a success. The cost of synchronous replication: reduced throughput on writes. This throughput will be entirely based on network performance.
PostgreSQL synchronous replication
==================================
You can use Postgres's `synchronous replication <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/warm-standby.html#SYNCHRONOUS-REPLICATION>`__ with Patroni. Synchronous replication ensures consistency across a cluster by confirming that writes are written to a secondary before returning to the connecting client with a success. The cost of synchronous replication: increased latency and reduced throughput on writes. This throughput will be entirely based on network performance.
In hosted datacenter environments (like AWS, Rackspace, or any network you do not control), synchronous replication significantly increases the variability of write performance. If followers become inaccessible from the leader, the leader effectively becomes read-only.
@@ -31,10 +35,11 @@ When using PostgreSQL synchronous replication, use at least three Postgres data
Using PostgreSQL synchronous replication does not guarantee zero lost transactions under all circumstances. When the primary and the secondary that is currently acting as a synchronous replica fail simultaneously a third node that might not contain all transactions will be promoted.
.._synchronous_mode:
Synchronous mode
----------------
================
For use cases where losing committed transactions is not permissible you can turn on Patroni's ``synchronous_mode``. When ``synchronous_mode`` is turned on Patroni will not promote a standby unless it is certain that the standby contains all transactions that may have returned a successful commit status to client [2]_. This means that the system may be unavailable for writes even though some servers are available. System administrators can still use manual failover commands to promote a standby even if it results in transaction loss.
@@ -44,34 +49,133 @@ When ``synchronous_mode`` is on and a standby crashes, commits will block until
When it is absolutely necessary to guarantee that each write is stored durably
on at least two nodes, enable ``synchronous_mode_strict`` in addition to the
``synchronous_node``. This parameter prevents Patroni from switching off the
``synchronous_mode``. This parameter prevents Patroni from switching off the
synchronous replication on the primary when no synchronous standby candidates
are available. As a downside, the primary is not be available for writes
(unless the Postgres transaction explicitly turns of ``synchronous_mode``),
(unless the Postgres transaction explicitly turns off``synchronous_mode``),
blocking all client write requests until at least one synchronous replica comes
up.
You can ensure that a standby never becomes the synchronous standby by setting ``nosync`` tag to true. This is recommended to set for standbys that are behind slow network connections and would cause performance degradation when becoming a synchronous standby.
You can ensure that a standby never becomes the synchronous standby by setting ``nosync`` tag to true. This is recommended to set for standbys that are behind slow network connections and would cause performance degradation when becoming a synchronous standby. Setting tag ``nostream`` to true will also have the same effect.
Synchronous mode can be switched on and off via Patroni REST interface. See :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` for instructions.
Synchronous mode can be switched on and off using ``patronictl edit-config`` command or via Patroni REST interface. See :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` for instructions.
Note: Because of the way synchronous replication is implemented in PostgreSQL it is still possible to lose transactions even when using ``synchronous_mode_strict``. If the PostgreSQL backend is cancelled while waiting to acknowledge replication (as a result of packet cancellation due to client timeout or backend failure) transaction changes become visible for other backends. Such changes are not yet replicated and may be lost in case of standby promotion.
Synchronous Replication Factor
==============================
The parameter ``synchronous_node_count`` is used by Patroni to manage the number of synchronous standby databases. It is set to ``1`` by default. It has no effect when ``synchronous_mode`` is set to ``off``. When enabled, Patroni manages the precise number of synchronous standby databases based on parameter ``synchronous_node_count`` and adjusts the state in DCS & ``synchronous_standby_names`` in PostgreSQL as members join and leave. If the parameter is set to a value higher than the number of eligible nodes it will be automatically reduced by Patroni.
Maximum lag on synchronous node
===============================
By default Patroni sticks to nodes that are declared as ``synchronous``, according to the ``pg_stat_replication`` view, even when there are other nodes ahead of it. This is done to minimize the number of changes of ``synchronous_standby_names``. To change this behavior one may use ``maximum_lag_on_syncnode`` parameter. It controls how much lag the replica can have to still be considered as "synchronous".
Patroni utilizes the max replica LSN if there is more than one standby, otherwise it will use leader's current wal LSN. The default is ``-1``, and Patroni will not take action to swap a synchronous unhealthy standby when the value is set to ``0`` or less. Please set the value high enough so that Patroni won't swap synchronous standbys frequently during high transaction volume.
Synchronous mode implementation
-------------------------------
===============================
When in synchronous mode Patroni maintains synchronization state in the DCS, containing the latest primary and current synchronous standby. This state is updated with strict ordering constraints to ensure the following invariants:
When in synchronous mode Patroni maintains synchronization state in the DCS (``/sync`` key), containing the latest primary and current synchronous standby databases. This state is updated with strict ordering constraints to ensure the following invariants:
- A node must be marked as the latest leader whenever it can accept write transactions. Patroni crashing or PostgreSQL not shutting down can cause violations of this invariant.
- A node must be set as the synchronous standby in PostgreSQL as long as it is published as the synchronous standby.
- A node must be set as the synchronous standby in PostgreSQL as long as it is published as the synchronous standby in the ``/sync`` key in DCS..
- A node that is not the leader or current synchronous standby is not allowed to promote itself automatically.
Patroni will only ever assign one standby to ``synchronous_standby_names`` because with multiple candidates it is not possible to know which node was acting as synchronous during the failure.
Patroni will only assign one or more synchronous standby nodes based on ``synchronous_node_count`` parameter to ``synchronous_standby_names``.
On each HA loop iteration Patroni re-evaluates synchronous standby choice. If the current synchronous standby is connected and has not requested its synchronous status to be removed it remains picked. Otherwise the cluster member available for sync that is furthest ahead in replication is picked.
On each HA loop iteration Patroni re-evaluates synchronous standby nodes choice. If the current list of synchronous standby nodes are connected and has not requested its synchronous status to be removed it remains picked. Otherwise the cluster members available for sync that are furthest ahead in replication are picked.
Example:
---------
``/config`` key in DCS
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
..code-block::YAML
synchronous_mode:on
synchronous_node_count:2
...
``/sync`` key in DCS
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
..code-block::JSON
{
"leader":"node0",
"sync_standby":"node1,node2"
}
postgresql.conf
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
..code-block::INI
synchronous_standby_names='FIRST 2 (node1,node2)'
..[1] The data is still there, but recovering it requires a manual recovery effort by data recovery specialists. When Patroni is allowed to rewind with``use_pg_rewind``the forked timeline will be automatically erased to rejoin the failed primary with the cluster.
In the above examples only nodes ``node1`` and``node2``are known to be synchronous and allowed to be automatically promoted if the primary (``node0``) fails.
.._quorum_mode:
Quorum commit mode
==================
Starting from PostgreSQL v10 Patroni supports quorum-based synchronous replication.
In this mode, Patroni maintains synchronization state in the DCS, containing the latest known primary, the number of nodes required for quorum, and the nodes currently eligible to vote on quorum. In steady state, the nodes voting on quorum are the leader and all synchronous standbys. This state is updated with strict ordering constraints, with regards to node promotion and ``synchronous_standby_names``, to ensure that at all times any subset of voters that can achieve quorum includes at least one node with the latest successful commit.
On each iteration of HA loop, Patroni re-evaluates synchronous standby choices and quorum, based on node availability and requested cluster configuration. In PostgreSQL versions above 9.6 all eligible nodes are added as synchronous standbys as soon as their replication catches up to leader.
Quorum commit helps to reduce worst case latencies, even during normal operation, as a higher latency of replicating to one standby can be compensated by other standbys.
The quorum-based synchronous mode could be enabled by setting ``synchronous_mode`` to ``quorum`` using ``patronictl edit-config`` command or via Patroni REST interface. See :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` for instructions.
Other parameters, like ``synchronous_node_count``, ``maximum_lag_on_syncnode``, and ``synchronous_mode_strict`` continue to work the same way as with ``synchronous_mode=on``.
If the primary (``node0``) failed, in the above example two of the ``node1``, ``node2``, ``node3`` will have the latest transaction received, but we don't know which ones. To figure out whether the node ``node1`` has received the latest transaction, we need to compare its LSN with the LSN on **at least** one node (``quorum=1`` in the ``/sync`` key) among ``node2`` and ``node3``. If ``node1`` isn't behind of at least one of them, we can guarantee that there will be no user visible data loss if ``node1`` is promoted.
..[1] The data is still there, but recovering it requires a manual recovery effort by data recovery specialists. When Patroni is allowed to rewind with ``use_pg_rewind`` the forked timeline will be automatically erased to rejoin the failed primary with the cluster. However, for ``use_pg_rewind`` to function properly, either the cluster must be initialized with ``data page checksums`` (``--data-checksums`` option for ``initdb``) and/or ``wal_log_hints`` must be set to ``on``.
..[2] Clients can change the behavior per transaction using PostgreSQL's ``synchronous_commit`` setting. Transactions with ``synchronous_commit`` values of ``off`` and ``local`` may be lost on fail over, but will not be blocked by replication delays.
Patroni has a rich REST API, which is used by Patroni itself during the leader race, by the :ref:`patronictl` tool in order to perform failovers/switchovers/reinitialize/restarts/reloads, by HAProxy or any other kind of load balancer to perform HTTP health checks, and of course could also be used for monitoring. Below you will find the list of Patroni REST API endpoints.
Health check endpoints
----------------------
For all health check ``GET`` requests Patroni returns a JSON document with the status of the node, along with the HTTP status code. If you don't want or don't need the JSON document, you might consider using the ``HEAD`` or ``OPTIONS`` method instead of ``GET``.
- The following requests to Patroni REST API will return HTTP status code **200** only when the Patroni node is running as the primary with leader lock:
- ``GET /``
-``GET /primary``
-``GET /read-write``
-``GET /standby-leader``: returns HTTP status code **200** only when the Patroni node is running as the leader in a :ref:`standby cluster <standby_cluster>`.
-``GET /leader``: returns HTTP status code **200** when the Patroni node has the leader lock. The major difference from the two previous endpoints is that it doesn't take into account whether PostgreSQL is running as the ``primary`` or the ``standby_leader``.
-``GET /replica``: replica health check endpoint. It returns HTTP status code **200** only when the Patroni node is in the state ``running``, the role is ``replica`` and ``noloadbalance`` tag is not set.
-``GET /replica?lag=<max-lag>``: replica check endpoint. In addition to checks from ``replica``, it also checks replication latency and returns status code **200** only when it is below specified value. The key cluster.last_leader_operation from DCS is used for Leader wal position and compute latency on replica for performance reasons. max-lag can be specified in bytes (integer) or in human readable values, for e.g. 16kB, 64MB, 1GB.
- ``GET /replica?lag=1048576``
-``GET /replica?lag=1024kB``
-``GET /replica?lag=10MB``
-``GET /replica?lag=1GB``
-``GET /replica?tag_key1=value1&tag_key2=value2``: replica check endpoint. In addition, It will also check for user defined tags ``key1`` and ``key2`` and their respective values in the **tags** section of the yaml configuration management. If the tag isn't defined for an instance, or if the value in the yaml configuration doesn't match the querying value, it will return HTTP Status Code 503.
In the following requests, since we are checking for the leader or standby-leader status, Patroni doesn't apply any of the user defined tags and they will be ignored.
-``GET /read-only``: like the above endpoint, but also includes the primary.
-``GET /synchronous`` or ``GET /sync``: returns HTTP status code **200** only when the Patroni node is running as a synchronous standby.
-``GET /read-only-sync``: like the above endpoint, but also includes the primary.
-``GET /quorum``: returns HTTP status code **200** only when this Patroni node is listed as a quorum node in ``synchronous_standby_names`` on the primary.
-``GET /read-only-quorum``: like the above endpoint, but also includes the primary.
-``GET /asynchronous`` or ``GET /async``: returns HTTP status code **200** only when the Patroni node is running as an asynchronous standby.
-``GET /asynchronous?lag=<max-lag>`` or ``GET /async?lag=<max-lag>``: asynchronous standby check endpoint. In addition to checks from ``asynchronous`` or ``async``, it also checks replication latency and returns status code **200** only when it is below specified value. The key cluster.last_leader_operation from DCS is used for Leader wal position and compute latency on replica for performance reasons. max-lag can be specified in bytes (integer) or in human readable values, for e.g. 16kB, 64MB, 1GB.
-``GET /async?lag=1048576``
-``GET /async?lag=1024kB``
-``GET /async?lag=10MB``
-``GET /async?lag=1GB``
-``GET /health``: returns HTTP status code **200** only when PostgreSQL is up and running.
-``GET /liveness``: returns HTTP status code **200** if Patroni heartbeat loop is properly running and **503** if the last run was more than ``ttl`` seconds ago on the primary or ``2*ttl`` on the replica. Could be used for ``livenessProbe``.
-``GET /readiness``: returns HTTP status code **200** when the Patroni node is running as the leader or when PostgreSQL is up and running. The endpoint could be used for ``readinessProbe`` when it is not possible to use Kubernetes endpoints for leader elections (OpenShift).
Both, ``readiness`` and ``liveness`` endpoints are very light-weight and not executing any SQL. Probes should be configured in such a way that they start failing about time when the leader key is expiring. With the default value of ``ttl``, which is ``30s`` example probes would look like:
..code-block::yaml
readinessProbe:
httpGet:
scheme:HTTP
path:/readiness
port:8008
initialDelaySeconds:3
periodSeconds:10
timeoutSeconds:5
successThreshold:1
failureThreshold:3
livenessProbe:
httpGet:
scheme:HTTP
path:/liveness
port:8008
initialDelaySeconds:3
periodSeconds:10
timeoutSeconds:5
successThreshold:1
failureThreshold:3
Monitoring endpoint
-------------------
The ``GET /patroni`` is used by Patroni during the leader race. It also could be used by your monitoring system. The JSON document produced by this endpoint has the same structure as the JSON produced by the health check endpoints.
- The ``GET /cluster`` endpoint generates a JSON document describing the current cluster topology and state:
..code-block::bash
$ curl -s http://localhost:8008/cluster | jq .
{
"members": [
{
"name": "patroni1",
"role": "leader",
"state": "running",
"api_url": "http://10.89.0.4:8008/patroni",
"host": "10.89.0.4",
"port": 5432,
"timeline": 5,
"tags": {
"clonefrom": true
}
},
{
"name": "patroni2",
"role": "replica",
"state": "streaming",
"api_url": "http://10.89.0.6:8008/patroni",
"host": "10.89.0.6",
"port": 5433,
"timeline": 5,
"tags": {
"clonefrom": true
},
"lag": 0
}
],
"scope": "demo",
"scheduled_switchover": {
"at": "2023-09-24T10:36:00+02:00",
"from": "patroni1",
"to": "patroni3"
}
}
- The ``GET /history`` endpoint provides a view on the history of cluster switchovers/failovers. The format is very similar to the content of history files in the ``pg_wal`` directory. The only difference is the timestamp field showing when the new timeline was created.
..code-block::bash
$ curl -s http://localhost:8008/history | jq .
[
[
1,
25623960,
"no recovery target specified",
"2019-09-23T16:57:57+02:00"
],
[
2,
25624344,
"no recovery target specified",
"2019-09-24T09:22:33+02:00"
],
[
3,
25624752,
"no recovery target specified",
"2019-09-24T09:26:15+02:00"
],
[
4,
50331856,
"no recovery target specified",
"2019-09-24T09:35:52+02:00"
]
]
.._config_endpoint:
Config endpoint
---------------
``GET /config``: Get the current version of the dynamic configuration:
..code-block::bash
$ curl -s http://localhost:8008/config | jq .
{
"ttl": 30,
"loop_wait": 10,
"retry_timeout": 10,
"maximum_lag_on_failover": 1048576,
"postgresql": {
"use_slots": true,
"use_pg_rewind": true,
"parameters": {
"hot_standby": "on",
"wal_level": "hot_standby",
"max_wal_senders": 5,
"max_replication_slots": 5,
"max_connections": "100"
}
}
}
``PATCH /config``: Change the existing configuration.
The above REST API call patches the existing configuration and returns the new configuration.
Let's check that the node processed this configuration. First of all it should start printing log lines every 5 seconds (loop_wait=5). The change of "max_connections" requires a restart, so the "pending_restart" flag should be exposed:
``/switchover`` endpoint only works when the cluster is healthy (there is a leader). It also allows to schedule a switchover at a given time.
When calling ``/switchover`` endpoint a candidate can be specified but is not required, in contrast to ``/failover`` endpoint. If a candidate is not provided, all the eligible nodes of the cluster will participate in the leader race after the leader stepped down.
In the JSON body of the ``POST`` request you must specify the ``leader`` field. The ``candidate`` and the ``scheduled_at`` fields are optional and can be used to schedule a switchover at a specific time.
Depending on the situation, requests might return different HTTP status codes and bodies. Status code **200** is returned when the switchover or failover successfully completed. If the switchover was successfully scheduled, Patroni will return HTTP status code **202**. In case something went wrong, the error status code (one of **400**, **412**, or **503**) will be returned with some details in the response body.
``DELETE /switchover`` can be used to delete the currently scheduled switchover.
**Example:** perform a switchover to any healthy standby
``/failover`` endpoint can be used to perform a manual failover when there are no healthy nodes (e.g. to an asynchronous standby if all synchronous standbys are not healthy enough to promote). However there is no requirement for a cluster not to have leader - failover can also be run on a healthy cluster.
In the JSON body of the ``POST`` request you must specify the ``candidate`` field. If the ``leader`` field is specified, a switchover is triggered instead.
:ref:`Be very careful <failover_healthcheck>` when using this endpoint, as this can cause data loss in certain situations. In most cases, :ref:`the switchover endpoint <switchover_api>` satisfies the administrator's needs.
``POST /switchover`` and ``POST /failover`` endpoints are used by :ref:`patronictl_switchover` and :ref:`patronictl_failover`, respectively.
``DELETE /switchover`` is used by :ref:`patronictl flush cluster-name switchover <patronictl_flush_parameters>`.
..list-table:: Failover/Switchover comparison
:widths:25 25 25
:header-rows:1
* -
- Failover
- Switchover
* - Requires leader specified
- no
- yes
* - Requires candidate specified
- yes
- no
* - Can be run in pause
- yes
- yes (only to a specific candidate)
* - Can be scheduled
- no
- yes (if not in pause)
.._failover_healthcheck:
Healthy standby
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
There are a couple of checks that a member of a cluster should pass to be able to participate in the leader race during a switchover or to become a leader as a failover/switchover candidate:
- be reachable via Patroni API;
- not have ``nofailover`` tag set to ``true``;
- have watchdog fully functional (if required by the configuration);
- in case of a switchover in a healthy cluster or an automatic failover, not exceed maximum replication lag (``maximum_lag_on_failover``:ref:`configuration parameter <dynamic_configuration>`);
- in case of a switchover in a healthy cluster or an automatic failover, not have a timeline number smaller than the cluster timeline if ``check_timeline``:ref:`configuration parameter <dynamic_configuration>` is set to ``true``;
- in :ref:`synchronous mode <synchronous_mode>`:
- In case of a switchover (both with and without a candidate): be listed in the ``/sync`` key members;
- For a failover in both healthy and unhealthy clusters, this check is omitted.
..warning::
In case of a manual failover in a cluster without a leader, a candidate will be allowed to promote even if:
- it is not in the ``/sync`` key members when synchronous mode is enabled;
- its lag exceeds the maximum replication lag allowed;
- it has the timeline number smaller than the last known cluster timeline.
.._restart_endpoint:
Restart endpoint
----------------
-``POST /restart``: You can restart Postgres on the specific node by performing the ``POST /restart`` call. In the JSON body of ``POST`` request it is possible to optionally specify some restart conditions:
- **restart_pending**: boolean, if set to ``true`` Patroni will restart PostgreSQL only when restart is pending in order to apply some changes in the PostgreSQL config.
-**role**: perform restart only if the current role of the node matches with the role from the POST request.
-**postgres_version**: perform restart only if the current version of postgres is smaller than specified in the POST request.
-**timeout**: how long we should wait before PostgreSQL starts accepting connections. Overrides ``primary_start_timeout``.
-**schedule**: timestamp with time zone, schedule the restart somewhere in the future.
-``DELETE /restart``: delete the scheduled restart
``POST /restart`` and ``DELETE /restart`` endpoints are used by :ref:`patronictl_restart` and :ref:`patronictl flush cluster-name restart <patronictl_flush_parameters>` respectively.
.._reload_endpoint:
Reload endpoint
---------------
The ``POST /reload`` call will order Patroni to re-read and apply the configuration file. This is the equivalent of sending the ``SIGHUP`` signal to the Patroni process. In case you changed some of the Postgres parameters which require a restart (like **shared_buffers**), you still have to explicitly do the restart of Postgres by either calling the ``POST /restart`` endpoint or with the help of :ref:`patronictl_restart`.
The reload endpoint is used by :ref:`patronictl_reload`.
Reinitialize endpoint
---------------------
``POST /reinitialize``: reinitialize the PostgreSQL data directory on the specified node. It is allowed to be executed only on replicas. Once called, it will remove the data directory and start ``pg_basebackup`` or some alternative :ref:`replica creation method <custom_replica_creation>`.
The call might fail if Patroni is in a loop trying to recover (restart) a failed Postgres. In order to overcome this problem one can specify ``{"force":true}`` in the request body.
The reinitialize endpoint is used by :ref:`patronictl_reinit`.
A Patroni cluster has two interfaces to be protected from unauthorized access: the distributed configuration storage (DCS) and the Patroni REST API.
Protecting DCS
==============
Patroni and :ref:`patronictl` both store and retrieve data to/from the DCS.
Despite DCS doesn't contain any sensitive information, it allows changing some of Patroni/Postgres configuration. Therefore the very first thing that should be protected is DCS itself.
The details of protection depend on the type of DCS used. The authentication and encryption parameters (tokens/basic-auth/client certificates) for the supported types of DCS are covered in :ref:`settings <yaml_configuration>`.
The general recommendation is to enable TLS for all DCS communication.
Protecting the REST API
=======================
Protecting the REST API is a more complicated task.
The Patroni REST API is used by Patroni itself during the leader race, by the :ref:`patronictl` tool in order to perform failovers/switchovers/reinitialize/restarts/reloads, by HAProxy or any other kind of load balancer to perform HTTP health checks, and of course could also be used for monitoring.
From the point of view of security, REST API contains safe (``GET`` requests, only retrieve information) and unsafe (``PUT``, ``POST``, ``PATCH`` and ``DELETE`` requests, change the state of nodes) endpoints.
The unsafe endpoints can be protected with HTTP basic-auth by setting the ``restapi.authentication.username`` and ``restapi.authentication.password`` parameters. There is no way to protect the safe endpoints without enabling TLS.
When TLS for the REST API is enabled and a PKI is established, mutual authentication of the API server and API client is possible for all endpoints.
The ``restapi`` section parameters enable TLS client authentication to the server. Depending on the value of the ``verify_client`` parameter, the API server requires a successful client certificate verification for both safe and unsafe API calls (``verify_client: required``), or only for unsafe API calls (``verify_client: optional``), or for no API calls (``verify_client: none``).
The ``ctl`` section parameters enable TLS server authentication to the client (the :ref:`patronictl` tool which uses the same config as patroni). Set ``insecure: true`` to disable the server certificate verification by the client. See :ref:`settings <patronictl_settings>` for a detailed description of the TLS client parameters.
Protecting the PostgreSQL database proper from unauthorized access is beyond the scope of this document and is covered in https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/client-authentication.html
Having multiple PostgreSQL servers running as master can result in transactions lost due to diverging timelines. This situation is also called a split-brain problem. To avoid split-brain Patroni needs to ensure PostgreSQL will not accept any transaction commits after leader key expires in the DCS. Under normal circumstances Patroni will try to achieve this by stopping PostgreSQL when leader lock update fails for any reason. However, this may fail to happen due to various reasons:
Having multiple PostgreSQL servers running as primary can result in transactions lost due to diverging timelines. This situation is also called a split-brain problem. To avoid split-brain Patroni needs to ensure PostgreSQL will not accept any transaction commits after leader key expires in the DCS. Under normal circumstances Patroni will try to achieve this by stopping PostgreSQL when leader lock update fails for any reason. However, this may fail to happen due to various reasons:
- Patroni has crashed due to a bug, out-of-memory condition or by being accidentally killed by a system administrator.
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Having multiple PostgreSQL servers running as master can result in transactions
To guarantee correct behavior under these conditions Patroni supports watchdog devices. Watchdog devices are software or hardware mechanisms that will reset the whole system when they do not get a keepalive heartbeat within a specified timeframe. This adds an additional layer of fail safe in case usual Patroni split-brain protection mechanisms fail.
Patroni will try to activate the watchdog before promoting PostgreSQL to master. If watchdog activation fails and watchdog mode is ``required`` then the node will refuse to become master. When deciding to participate in leader election Patroni will also check that watchdog configuration will allow it to become leader at all. After demoting PostgreSQL (for example due to a manual failover) Patroni will disable the watchdog again. Watchdog will also be disabled while Patroni is in paused state.
Patroni will try to activate the watchdog before promoting PostgreSQL to primary. If watchdog activation fails and watchdog mode is ``required`` then the node will refuse to become leader. When deciding to participate in leader election Patroni will also check that watchdog configuration will allow it to become leader at all. After demoting PostgreSQL (for example due to a manual failover) Patroni will disable the watchdog again. Watchdog will also be disabled while Patroni is in paused state.
By default Patroni will set up the watchdog to expire 5 seconds before TTL expires. With the default setup of ``loop_wait=10`` and ``ttl=30`` this gives HA loop at least 15 seconds (``ttl`` - ``safety_margin`` - ``loop_wait``) to complete before the system gets forcefully reset. By default accessing DCS is configured to time out after 10 seconds. This means that when DCS is unavailable, for example due to network issues, Patroni and PostgreSQL will have at least 5 seconds (``ttl`` - ``safety_margin`` - ``loop_wait`` - ``retry_timeout``) to come to a state where all client connections are terminated.
-**name**: the name of the host. Must be unique for the cluster.
-**namespace**: path within the configuration store where Patroni will keep information about the cluster. Default value: "/service"
-**scope**: cluster name
.._log_settings:
Log
---
-**type**: sets the format of logs. Can be either **plain** or **json**. To use **json** format, you must have the :ref:`jsonlogger <extras>` installed. The default value is **plain**.
-**level**: sets the general logging level. Default value is **INFO** (see `the docs for Python logging <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#levels>`_)
-**traceback\_level**: sets the level where tracebacks will be visible. Default value is **ERROR**. Set it to **DEBUG** if you want to see tracebacks only if you enable **log.level=DEBUG**.
-**format**: sets the log formatting string. If the log type is **plain**, the log format should be a string. Refer to
`the LogRecord attributes <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes>`_ for
available attributes. If the log type is **json**, the log format can be a list in addition to a string. Each list
item should correspond to LogRecord attributes. Be cautious that only the field name is required, and the **%(**
and **)** should be omitted. If you wish to print a log field with a different key name, use a dictionary where
the dictionary key is the log field, and the value is the name of the field you want to be printed in the log.
Default value is **%(asctime)s %(levelname)s: %(message)s**
-**dateformat**: sets the datetime formatting string. (see the `formatTime() documentation <https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/logging.html#logging.Formatter.formatTime>`_)
-**static_fields**: add additional fields to the log. This option is only available when the log type is set to **json**.
-**max\_queue\_size**: Patroni is using two-step logging. Log records are written into the in-memory queue and there is a separate thread which pulls them from the queue and writes to stderr or file. The maximum size of the internal queue is limited by default by **1000** records, which is enough to keep logs for the past 1h20m.
-**dir**: Directory to write application logs to. The directory must exist and be writable by the user executing Patroni. If you set this value, the application will retain 4 25MB logs by default. You can tune those retention values with `file_num` and `file_size` (see below).
-**mode**: Permissions for log files (for example, ``0644``). If not specified, permissions will be set based on the current umask value.
-**file\_num**: The number of application logs to retain.
-**file\_size**: Size of patroni.log file (in bytes) that triggers a log rolling.
-**loggers**: This section allows redefining logging level per python module
-**patroni.postmaster: WARNING**
-**urllib3: DEBUG**
-**deduplicate_heartbeat_logs**: If set to ``true``, successive heartbeat logs that are identical shall not be output. Default value is ``false``.
..warning::
The time the HA loop executes at can be very valuable information in diagnosing failovers due to resource exhaustion and similar problems. When ``deduplicate_heartbeat_logs`` is set to ``true`` there will be no log generated for the HA loop execution (unless the leader changes) and hence this potentially useful information will not be available from the logs.
Here is an example of how to config patroni to log in json format.
..code::YAML
log:
type:json
format:
- message
- module
- asctime:'@timestamp'
- levelname:level
static_fields:
app:patroni
.._bootstrap_settings:
Bootstrap configuration
-----------------------
..note::
Once Patroni has initialized the cluster for the first time and settings have been stored in the DCS, all future
changes to the ``bootstrap.dcs`` section of the YAML configuration will not take any effect! If you want to change
them please use either :ref:`patronictl_edit_config` or the Patroni :ref:`REST API <rest_api>`.
-**bootstrap**:
- **dcs**: This section will be written into `/<namespace>/<scope>/config` of the given configuration store after initializing the new cluster. The global dynamic configuration for the cluster. You can put any of the parameters described in the :ref:`Dynamic Configuration settings <dynamic_configuration>` under ``bootstrap.dcs`` and after Patroni has initialized (bootstrapped) the new cluster, it will write this section into `/<namespace>/<scope>/config` of the configuration store.
-**method**: custom script to use for bootstrapping this cluster.
See :ref:`custom bootstrap methods documentation <custom_bootstrap>` for details.
When ``initdb`` is specified revert to the default ``initdb`` command. ``initdb`` is also triggered when no ``method``
parameter is present in the configuration file.
-**initdb**: (optional) list options to be passed on to initdb.
-**- data-checksums**: Must be enabled when pg_rewind is needed on 9.3.
-**- encoding: UTF8**: default encoding for new databases.
-**- locale: UTF8**: default locale for new databases.
-**post\_bootstrap** or **post\_init**: An additional script that will be executed after initializing the cluster. The script receives a connection string URL (with the cluster superuser as a user name). The PGPASSFILE variable is set to the location of pgpass file.
.._citus_settings:
Citus
-----
Enables integration Patroni with `Citus <https://docs.citusdata.com>`__. If configured, Patroni will take care of registering Citus worker nodes on the coordinator. You can find more information about Citus support :ref:`here <citus>`.
-**group**: the Citus group id, integer. Use ``0`` for coordinator and ``1``, ``2``, etc... for workers
-**database**: the database where ``citus`` extension should be created. Must be the same on the coordinator and all workers. Currently only one database is supported.
.._consul_settings:
Consul
------
Most of the parameters are optional, but you have to specify one of the **host** or **url**
-**host**: the host:port for the Consul local agent.
-**url**: url for the Consul local agent, in format: http(s)://host:port.
-**port**: (optional) Consul port.
-**scheme**: (optional) **http** or **https**, defaults to **http**.
-**token**: (optional) ACL token.
-**verify**: (optional) whether to verify the SSL certificate for HTTPS requests.
-**cacert**: (optional) The ca certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**cert**: (optional) file with the client certificate.
-**key**: (optional) file with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of **cert**.
-**dc**: (optional) Datacenter to communicate with. By default the datacenter of the host is used.
-**consistency**: (optional) Select consul consistency mode. Possible values are ``default``, ``consistent``, or ``stale`` (more details in `consul API reference <https://www.consul.io/api/features/consistency.html/>`__)
-**checks**: (optional) list of Consul health checks used for the session. By default an empty list is used.
-**register\_service**: (optional) whether or not to register a service with the name defined by the scope parameter and the tag master, primary, replica, or standby-leader depending on the node's role. Defaults to **false**.
-**service\_tags**: (optional) additional static tags to add to the Consul service apart from the role (``primary``/``replica``/``standby-leader``). By default an empty list is used.
-**service\_check\_interval**: (optional) how often to perform health check against registered url. Defaults to '5s'.
-**service\_check\_tls\_server\_name**: (optional) override SNI host when connecting via TLS, see also `consul agent check API reference <https://www.consul.io/api-docs/agent/check#tlsservername>`__.
The ``token`` needs to have the following ACL permissions:
::
service_prefix "${scope}" {
policy = "write"
}
key_prefix "${namespace}/${scope}" {
policy = "write"
}
session_prefix "" {
policy = "write"
}
Etcd
----
Most of the parameters are optional, but you have to specify one of the **host**, **hosts**, **url**, **proxy** or **srv**
-**host**: the host:port for the etcd endpoint.
-**hosts**: list of etcd endpoint in format host1:port1,host2:port2,etc... Could be a comma separated string or an actual yaml list.
-**use\_proxies**: If this parameter is set to true, Patroni will consider **hosts** as a list of proxies and will not perform a topology discovery of etcd cluster.
-**url**: url for the etcd.
-**proxy**: proxy url for the etcd. If you are connecting to the etcd using proxy, use this parameter instead of **url**.
-**srv**: Domain to search the SRV record(s) for cluster autodiscovery. Patroni will try to query these SRV service names for specified domain (in that order until first success): ``_etcd-client-ssl``, ``_etcd-client``, ``_etcd-ssl``, ``_etcd``, ``_etcd-server-ssl``, ``_etcd-server``. If SRV records for ``_etcd-server-ssl`` or ``_etcd-server`` are retrieved then ETCD peer protocol is used do query ETCD for available members. Otherwise hosts from SRV records will be used.
-**srv\_suffix**: Configures a suffix to the SRV name that is queried during discovery. Use this flag to differentiate between multiple etcd clusters under the same domain. Works only with conjunction with **srv**. For example, if ``srv_suffix: foo`` and ``srv: example.org`` are set, the following DNS SRV query is made:``_etcd-client-ssl-foo._tcp.example.com`` (and so on for every possible ETCD SRV service name).
-**protocol**: (optional) http or https, if not specified http is used. If the **url** or **proxy** is specified - will take protocol from them.
-**username**: (optional) username for etcd authentication.
-**password**: (optional) password for etcd authentication.
-**cacert**: (optional) The ca certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**cert**: (optional) file with the client certificate.
-**key**: (optional) file with the client key. Can be empty if the key is part of **cert**.
Etcdv3
------
If you want that Patroni works with Etcd cluster via protocol version 3, you need to use the ``etcd3`` section in the Patroni configuration file. All configuration parameters are the same as for ``etcd``.
..warning::
Keys created with protocol version 2 are not visible with protocol version 3 and the other way around, therefore it is not possible to switch from ``etcd`` to ``etcd3`` just by updating Patroni config file. In addition, Patroni uses Etcd's gRPC-gateway (proxy) to communicate with the V3 API, which means that TLS common name authentication is not possible.
ZooKeeper
----------
-**hosts**: List of ZooKeeper cluster members in format: ['host1:port1', 'host2:port2', 'etc...'].
-**use_ssl**: (optional) Whether SSL is used or not. Defaults to ``false``. If set to ``false``, all SSL specific parameters are ignored.
-**cacert**: (optional) The CA certificate. If present it will enable validation.
-**cert**: (optional) File with the client certificate.
-**key**: (optional) File with the client key.
-**key_password**: (optional) The client key password.
-**verify**: (optional) Whether to verify certificate or not. Defaults to ``true``.
-**set_acls**: (optional) If set, configure Kazoo to apply a default ACL to each ZNode that it creates. ACLs will assume 'x509' schema and should be specified as a dictionary with the principal as the key and one or more permissions as a list in the value. Permissions may be one of ``CREATE``, ``READ``, ``WRITE``, ``DELETE`` or ``ADMIN``. For example, ``set_acls: {CN=principal1: [CREATE, READ], CN=principal2: [ALL]}``.
-**auth_data**: (optional) Authentication credentials to use for the connection. Should be a dictionary in the form that `scheme` is the key and `credential` is the value. Defaults to empty dictionary.
..note::
It is required to install ``kazoo>=2.6.0`` to support SSL.
Exhibitor
---------
-**hosts**: initial list of Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) nodes in format: 'host1,host2,etc...'. This list updates automatically whenever the Exhibitor (ZooKeeper) cluster topology changes.
-**poll\_interval**: how often the list of ZooKeeper and Exhibitor nodes should be updated from Exhibitor.
-**port**: Exhibitor port.
.._kubernetes_settings:
Kubernetes
----------
-**bypass\_api\_service**: (optional) When communicating with the Kubernetes API, Patroni is usually relying on the `kubernetes` service, the address of which is exposed in the pods via the `KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST` environment variable. If `bypass_api_service` is set to ``true``, Patroni will resolve the list of API nodes behind the service and connect directly to them.
-**namespace**: (optional) Kubernetes namespace where Patroni pod is running. Default value is `default`.
-**labels**: Labels in format ``{label1: value1, label2: value2}``. These labels will be used to find existing objects (Pods and either Endpoints or ConfigMaps) associated with the current cluster. Also Patroni will set them on every object (Endpoint or ConfigMap) it creates.
-**scope\_label**: (optional) name of the label containing cluster name. Default value is `cluster-name`.
-**bootstrap\_labels**: (optional) Labels in format ``{label1: value1, label2: value2}``. These labels will be assigned to a Patroni pod when its state is either ``initializing new cluster``, ``running custom bootstrap script``, ``starting after custom bootstrap`` or ``creating replica``.
-**role\_label**: (optional) name of the label containing role (`primary`, `replica`, or other custom value). Patroni will set this label on the pod it runs in. Default value is ``role``.
-**leader\_label\_value**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is ``primary``. Default value is ``primary``.
-**follower\_label\_value**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is ``replica``. Default value is ``replica``.
-**standby\_leader\_label\_value**: (optional) value of the pod label when Postgres role is ``standby_leader``. Default value is ``primary``.
-**tmp\_role\_label**: (optional) name of the temporary label containing role (`primary` or `replica`). Value of this label will always use the default of corresponding role. Set only when necessary.
-**use\_endpoints**: (optional) if set to true, Patroni will use Endpoints instead of ConfigMaps to run leader elections and keep cluster state.
-**pod\_ip**: (optional) IP address of the pod Patroni is running in. This value is required when `use_endpoints` is enabled and is used to populate the leader endpoint subsets when the pod's PostgreSQL is promoted.
-**ports**: (optional) if the Service object has the name for the port, the same name must appear in the Endpoint object, otherwise service won't work. For example, if your service is defined as ``{Kind: Service, spec: {ports: [{name: postgresql, port: 5432, targetPort: 5432}]}}``, then you have to set ``kubernetes.ports: [{"name": "postgresql", "port": 5432}]`` and Patroni will use it for updating subsets of the leader Endpoint. This parameter is used only if `kubernetes.use_endpoints` is set.
-**cacert**: (optional) Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE file with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying Kubernetes API SSL certs. If not provided, patroni will use the value provided by the ServiceAccount secret.
-**retriable\_http\_codes**: (optional) list of HTTP status codes from K8s API to retry on. By default Patroni is retrying on ``500``, ``503``, and ``504``, or if K8s API response has ``retry-after`` HTTP header.
.._raft_settings:
Raft (deprecated)
-----------------
-**self\_addr**: ``ip:port`` to listen on for Raft connections. The ``self_addr`` must be accessible from other nodes of the cluster. If not set, the node will not participate in consensus.
-**bind\_addr**: (optional) ``ip:port`` to listen on for Raft connections. If not specified the ``self_addr`` will be used.
-**partner\_addrs**: list of other Patroni nodes in the cluster in format: ['ip1:port', 'ip2:port', 'etc...']
-**data\_dir**: directory where to store Raft log and snapshot. If not specified the current working directory is used.
-**password**: (optional) Encrypt Raft traffic with a specified password, requires ``cryptography`` python module.
Short FAQ about Raft implementation
- Q: How to list all the nodes providing consensus?
A: ``syncobj_admin -conn host:port -status`` where the host:port is the address of one of the cluster nodes
- Q: Node that was a part of consensus and has gone and I can't reuse the same IP for other node. How to remove this node from the consensus?
A: ``syncobj_admin -conn host:port -remove host2:port2`` where the ``host2:port2`` is the address of the node you want to remove from consensus.
- Q: Where to get the ``syncobj_admin`` utility?
A: It is installed together with ``pysyncobj`` module (python RAFT implementation), which is Patroni dependency.
- Q: it is possible to run Patroni node without adding in to the consensus?
A: Yes, just comment out or remove ``raft.self_addr`` from Patroni configuration.
- Q: It is possible to run Patroni and PostgreSQL only on two nodes?
A: Yes, on the third node you can run ``patroni_raft_controller`` (without Patroni and PostgreSQL). In such a setup, one can temporarily lose one node without affecting the primary.
.._postgresql_settings:
PostgreSQL
----------
-**postgresql**:
-**authentication**:
- **superuser**:
- **username**: name for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb) and later used by Patroni to connect to the postgres.
-**password**: password for the superuser, set during initialization (initdb).
-**sslmode**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**sslkey**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**sslpassword**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``sslkey``.
-**sslcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**sslrootcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**sslcrl**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslcrldir**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslnegotiation**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**gssencmode**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**channel_binding**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
-**replication**:
-**username**: replication username; the user will be created during initialization. Replicas will use this user to access the replication source via streaming replication
-**password**: replication password; the user will be created during initialization.
-**sslmode**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**sslkey**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**sslpassword**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``sslkey``.
-**sslcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**sslrootcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**sslcrl**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslcrldir**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslnegotiation**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**gssencmode**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**channel_binding**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
-**rewind**:
-**username**: (optional) name for the user for ``pg_rewind``; the user will be created during initialization of postgres 11+ and all necessary `permissions <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/11/app-pgrewind.html#id-1.9.5.8.8>`__ will be granted.
-**password**: (optional) password for the user for ``pg_rewind``; the user will be created during initialization.
-**sslmode**: (optional) maps to the `sslmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLMODE>`__ connection parameter, which allows a client to specify the type of TLS negotiation mode with the server. For more information on how each mode works, please visit the `PostgreSQL documentation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS>`__. The default mode is ``prefer``.
-**sslkey**: (optional) maps to the `sslkey <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLKEY>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the secret key used with the client's certificate.
-**sslpassword**: (optional) maps to the `sslpassword <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLPASSWORD>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the password for the secret key specified in ``sslkey``.
-**sslcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of the client certificate.
-**sslrootcert**: (optional) maps to the `sslrootcert <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLROOTCERT>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing one or more certificate authorities (CA) certificates that the client will use to verify a server's certificate.
-**sslcrl**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrl <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRL>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a file containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslcrldir**: (optional) maps to the `sslcrldir <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLCRLDIR>`__ connection parameter, which specifies the location of a directory with files containing a certificate revocation list. A client will reject connecting to any server that has a certificate present in this list.
-**sslnegotiation**: (optional) maps to the `sslnegotiation <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-SSLNEGOTIATION>`__ connection parameter, which controls how SSL encryption is negotiated with the server, if SSL is used.
-**gssencmode**: (optional) maps to the `gssencmode <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-GSSENCMODE>`__ connection parameter, which determines whether or with what priority a secure GSS TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server
-**channel_binding**: (optional) maps to the `channel_binding <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CHANNEL-BINDING>`__ connection parameter, which controls the client's use of channel binding.
-**callbacks**: callback scripts to run on certain actions. Patroni will pass the action, role and cluster name. (See scripts/aws.py as an example of how to write them.)
- **on\_reload**: run this script when configuration reload is triggered.
-**on\_restart**: run this script when the postgres restarts (without changing role).
-**on\_role\_change**: run this script when the postgres is being promoted or demoted.
-**on\_start**: run this script when the postgres starts.
-**on\_stop**: run this script when the postgres stops.
-**connect\_address**: IP address + port through which Postgres is accessible from other nodes and applications.
-**proxy\_address**: IP address + port through which a connection pool (e.g. pgbouncer) running next to Postgres is accessible. The value is written to the member key in DCS as ``proxy_url`` and could be used/useful for service discovery.
-**create\_replica\_methods**: an ordered list of the create methods for turning a Patroni node into a new replica.
"basebackup" is the default method; other methods are assumed to refer to scripts, each of which is configured as its
own config item. See :ref:`custom replica creation methods documentation <custom_replica_creation>` for further explanation.
-**data\_dir**: The location of the Postgres data directory, either :ref:`existing <existing_data>` or to be initialized by Patroni.
-**config\_dir**: The location of the Postgres configuration directory, defaults to the data directory. Must be writable by Patroni.
-**bin\_dir**: (optional) Path to PostgreSQL binaries (pg_ctl, initdb, pg_controldata, pg_basebackup, postgres, pg_isready, pg_rewind). If not provided or is an empty string, PATH environment variable will be used to find the executables.
-**bin\_name**: (optional) Make it possible to override Postgres binary names, if you are using a custom Postgres distribution:
-**pg\_ctl**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_ctl`` binary.
-**initdb**: (optional) Custom name for ``initdb`` binary.
-**pg\controldata**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_controldata`` binary.
-**pg\_basebackup**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_basebackup`` binary.
-**postgres**: (optional) Custom name for ``postgres`` binary.
-**pg\_isready**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_isready`` binary.
-**pg\_rewind**: (optional) Custom name for ``pg_rewind`` binary.
-**listen**: IP address + port that Postgres listens to; must be accessible from other nodes in the cluster, if you're using streaming replication. Multiple comma-separated addresses are permitted, as long as the port component is appended after to the last one with a colon, i.e. ``listen: 127.0.0.1,127.0.0.2:5432``. Patroni will use the first address from this list to establish local connections to the PostgreSQL node.
-**use\_unix\_socket**: specifies that Patroni should prefer to use unix sockets to connect to the cluster. Default value is ``false``. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is defined, Patroni will use the first suitable value from it to connect to the cluster and fallback to tcp if nothing is suitable. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is not specified in ``postgresql.parameters``, Patroni will assume that the default value should be used and omit ``host`` from the connection parameters.
-**use\_unix\_socket\_repl**: specifies that Patroni should prefer to use unix sockets for replication user cluster connection. Default value is ``false``. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is defined, Patroni will use the first suitable value from it to connect to the cluster and fallback to tcp if nothing is suitable. If ``unix_socket_directories`` is not specified in ``postgresql.parameters``, Patroni will assume that the default value should be used and omit ``host`` from the connection parameters.
-**pgpass**: path to the `.pgpass <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgpass.html>`__ password file. Patroni creates this file before executing pg\_basebackup, the post_init script and under some other circumstances. The location must be writable by Patroni.
-**recovery\_conf**: additional configuration settings written to recovery.conf when configuring follower.
-**custom\_conf** : path to an optional custom ``postgresql.conf`` file, that will be used in place of ``postgresql.base.conf``. The file must exist on all cluster nodes, be readable by PostgreSQL and will be included from its location on the real ``postgresql.conf``. Note that Patroni will not monitor this file for changes, nor backup it. However, its settings can still be overridden by Patroni's own configuration facilities - see :ref:`dynamic configuration <patroni_configuration>` for details.
-**parameters**: configuration parameters (GUCs) for Postgres in format ``{ssl: "on", ssl_cert_file: "cert_file"}``.
-**pg\_hba**: list of lines that Patroni will use to generate ``pg_hba.conf``. Patroni ignores this parameter if ``hba_file`` PostgreSQL parameter is set to a non-default value. Together with :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` this parameter simplifies management of ``pg_hba.conf``.
-**- host all all 0.0.0.0/0 md5**
-**- host replication replicator 127.0.0.1/32 md5**: A line like this is required for replication.
-**pg\_ident**: list of lines that Patroni will use to generate ``pg_ident.conf``. Patroni ignores this parameter if ``ident_file`` PostgreSQL parameter is set to a non-default value. Together with :ref:`dynamic configuration <dynamic_configuration>` this parameter simplifies management of ``pg_ident.conf``.
-**- mapname1 systemname1 pguser1**
-**- mapname1 systemname2 pguser2**
-**pg\_ctl\_timeout**: How long should pg_ctl wait when doing ``start``, ``stop`` or ``restart``. Default value is 60 seconds.
-**use\_pg\_rewind**: try to use pg\_rewind on the former leader when it joins cluster as a replica. Either the cluster must be initialized with ``data page checksums`` (``--data-checksums`` option for ``initdb``) and/or ``wal_log_hints`` must be set to ``on``, or ``pg_rewind`` will not work.
-**remove\_data\_directory\_on\_rewind\_failure**: If this option is enabled, Patroni will remove the PostgreSQL data directory and recreate the replica. Otherwise it will try to follow the new leader. Default value is **false**.
-**remove\_data\_directory\_on\_diverged\_timelines**: Patroni will remove the PostgreSQL data directory and recreate the replica if it notices that timelines are diverging and the former primary can not start streaming from the new primary. This option is useful when ``pg_rewind`` can not be used. While performing timelines divergence check on PostgreSQL v10 and older Patroni will try to connect with replication credential to the "postgres" database. Hence, such access should be allowed in the pg_hba.conf. Default value is **false**.
-**replica\_method**: for each create_replica_methods other than basebackup, you would add a configuration section of the same name. At a minimum, this should include "command" with a full path to the actual script to be executed. Other configuration parameters will be passed along to the script in the form "parameter=value".
-**pre\_promote**: a fencing script that executes during a failover after acquiring the leader lock but before promoting the replica. If the script exits with a non-zero code, Patroni does not promote the replica and removes the leader key from DCS.
-**before\_stop**: a script that executes immediately prior to stopping postgres. As opposed to a callback, this script runs synchronously, blocking shutdown until it has completed. The return code of this script does not impact whether shutdown proceeds afterwards.
.._restapi_settings:
REST API
--------
-**restapi**:
-**connect\_address**: IP address (or hostname) and port, to access the Patroni's :ref:`REST API <rest_api>`. All the members of the cluster must be able to connect to this address, so unless the Patroni setup is intended for a demo inside the localhost, this address must be a non "localhost" or loopback address (ie: "localhost" or "127.0.0.1"). It can serve as an endpoint for HTTP health checks (read below about the "listen" REST API parameter), and also for user queries (either directly or via the REST API), as well as for the health checks done by the cluster members during leader elections (for example, to determine whether the leader is still running, or if there is a node which has a WAL position that is ahead of the one doing the query; etc.) The connect_address is put in the member key in DCS, making it possible to translate the member name into the address to connect to its REST API.
-**listen**: IP address (or hostname) and port that Patroni will listen to for the REST API - to provide also the same health checks and cluster messaging between the participating nodes, as described above. to provide health-check information for HAProxy (or any other load balancer capable of doing a HTTP "OPTION" or "GET" checks).
-**authentication**: (optional)
-**username**: Basic-auth username to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
-**password**: Basic-auth password to protect unsafe REST API endpoints.
-**certfile**: (optional): Specifies the file with the certificate in the PEM format. If the certfile is not specified or is left empty, the API server will work without SSL.
-**keyfile**: (optional): Specifies the file with the secret key in the PEM format.
-**keyfile\_password**: (optional): Specifies a password for decrypting the keyfile.
-**cafile**: (optional): Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying client certs.
-**ciphers**: (optional): Specifies the permitted cipher suites (e.g. "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:!SSLv1:!SSLv2:!SSLv3:!TLSv1:!TLSv1.1")
-**verify\_client**: (optional): ``none`` (default), ``optional`` or ``required``. When ``none`` REST API will not check client certificates. When ``required`` client certificates are required for all REST API calls. When ``optional`` client certificates are required for all unsafe REST API endpoints. When ``required`` is used, then client authentication succeeds, if the certificate signature verification succeeds. For ``optional`` the client cert will only be checked for ``PUT``, ``POST``, ``PATCH``, and ``DELETE`` requests.
-**allowlist**: (optional): Specifies the set of hosts that are allowed to call unsafe REST API endpoints. The single element could be a host name, an IP address or a network address using CIDR notation. By default ``allow all`` is used. In case if ``allowlist`` or ``allowlist_include_members`` are set, anything that is not included is rejected.
-**allowlist\_include\_members**: (optional): If set to ``true`` it allows accessing unsafe REST API endpoints from other cluster members registered in DCS (IP address or hostname is taken from the members ``api_url``). Be careful, it might happen that OS will use a different IP for outgoing connections.
-**http\_extra\_headers**: (optional): HTTP headers let the REST API server pass additional information with an HTTP response.
-**https\_extra\_headers**: (optional): HTTPS headers let the REST API server pass additional information with an HTTP response when TLS is enabled. This will also pass additional information set in ``http_extra_headers``.
-**request_queue_size**: (optional): Sets request queue size for TCP socket used by Patroni REST API. Once the queue is full, further requests get a "Connection denied" error. The default value is 5.
Here is an example of both **http_extra_headers** and **https_extra_headers**:
- The ``restapi.connect_address`` must be accessible from all nodes of a given Patroni cluster. Internally Patroni is using it during the leader race to find nodes with minimal replication lag.
- If you enabled client certificates validation (``restapi.verify_client`` is set to ``required``), you also **must** provide **valid client certificates** in the ``ctl.certfile``, ``ctl.keyfile``, ``ctl.keyfile_password``. If not provided, Patroni will not work correctly.
.._patronictl_settings:
CTL
---
-**ctl**: (optional)
-**authentication**:
- **username**: Basic-auth username for accessing protected REST API endpoints. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "username" parameter.
-**password**: Basic-auth password for accessing protected REST API endpoints. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "password" parameter.
-**insecure**: Allow connections to REST API without verifying SSL certs.
-**cacert**: Specifies the file with the CA_BUNDLE file or directory with certificates of trusted CAs to use while verifying REST API SSL certs. If not provided :ref:`patronictl` will use the value provided for REST API "cafile" parameter.
-**certfile**: Specifies the file with the client certificate in the PEM format.
-**keyfile**: Specifies the file with the client secret key in the PEM format.
-**keyfile\_password**: Specifies a password for decrypting the client keyfile.
Watchdog
--------
-**mode**: ``off``, ``automatic`` or ``required``. When ``off`` watchdog is disabled. When ``automatic`` watchdog will be used if available, but ignored if it is not. When ``required`` the node will not become a leader unless watchdog can be successfully enabled.
-**device**: Path to watchdog device. Defaults to ``/dev/watchdog``.
-**safety_margin**: Number of seconds of safety margin between watchdog triggering and leader key expiration.
.._tags_settings:
Tags
----
-**clonefrom**: ``true`` or ``false``. If set to ``true`` other nodes might prefer to use this node for bootstrap (take ``pg_basebackup`` from). If there are several nodes with ``clonefrom`` tag set to ``true`` the node to bootstrap from will be chosen randomly. The default value is ``false``.
-**noloadbalance**: ``true`` or ``false``. If set to ``true`` the node will return HTTP Status Code 503 for the ``GET /replica`` REST API health-check and therefore will be excluded from the load-balancing. Defaults to ``false``.
-**replicatefrom**: The name of another replica to replicate from. Used to support cascading replication.
-**nosync**: ``true`` or ``false``. If set to ``true`` the node will never be selected as a synchronous replica.
-**sync_priority**: integer, controls the priority this node should have during synchronous replica selection when ``synchronous_mode`` is set to ``on``. Nodes with higher priority will be preferred over lower-priority nodes. If the ``sync_priority`` is 0 or negative - such node is not allowed to be written to ``synchronous_standby_names`` PostgreSQL parameter (similar to ``nosync: true``). Keep in mind, that this parameter has the opposite meaning to ``sync_priority`` value reported in ``pg_stat_replication`` view.
-**nofailover**: ``true`` or ``false``, controls whether this node is allowed to participate in the leader race and become a leader. Defaults to ``false``, meaning this node _can_ participate in leader races.
-**failover_priority**: integer, controls the priority this node should have during failover. Nodes with higher priority will be preferred over lower-priority nodes if they received/replayed the same amount of WAL. However, nodes with higher values of receive/replay LSN are preferred regardless of their priority. If the ``failover_priority`` is 0 or negative - such node is not allowed to participate in the leader race and to become a leader (similar to ``nofailover: true``).
-**nostream**: ``true`` or ``false``. If set to ``true`` the node will not use replication protocol to stream WAL. It will rely instead on archive recovery (if ``restore_command`` is configured) and ``pg_wal``/``pg_xlog`` polling. It also disables copying and synchronization of permanent logical replication slots on the node itself and all its cascading replicas. Setting this tag on primary node has no effect.
..warning::
Provide only one of ``nofailover`` or ``failover_priority``. Providing ``nofailover: true`` is the same as ``failover_priority: 0``, and providing ``nofailover: false`` will give the node priority 1.
In addition to these predefined tags, you can also add your own ones:
-**key1**: ``true``
-**key2**: ``false``
-**key3**: ``1.4``
-**key4**: ``"RandomString"``
Tags are visible in the :ref:`REST API <rest_api>` and :ref:`patronictl_list` You can also check for an instance health using these tags. If the tag isn't defined for an instance, or if the respective value doesn't match the querying value, it will return HTTP Status Code 503.
This directory contains sample startup scripts for various OSes
This directory contains sample startup scripts for various OSes
and management tools for Patroni.
Scripts supplied:
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Scripts supplied:
Upstart job for Ubuntu 12.04 or 14.04. Requires Upstart > 1.4. Intended for systems where Patroni has been installed on a base system, rather than in Docker.
### patroni.service
Systemd service file, to be copied to /etc/systemd/system/patroni.service, tested on Centos 7.1 with Patroni installed from pip.
Systemd service file, to be copied to /etc/systemd/system/patroni.service, tested on Centos 7.1 with Patroni installed from pip.
### patroni
Init.d service file for Debian-like distributions. Copy it to /etc/init.d/, make executable:
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/syncis200after3seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/asyncis200after3seconds
Scenario: check stuck sync replica
Given IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"pause":true,"maximum_lag_on_syncnode":15000000,"postgresql":{"parameters":{"synchronous_commit":"remote_apply"}}}
Then "sync"keyinDCShassync_standby=postgres-1after15seconds
And Iresumewalreplayonpostgres-2
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/syncis200after3seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/asyncis200after3seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"pause":null,"maximum_lag_on_syncnode":-1,"postgresql":{"parameters":{"synchronous_commit":"on"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And Idroptableonpostgres-0
Scenario: check multi sync replication
Given IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"synchronous_node_count":2}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
Then "sync"keyinDCShassync_standby=postgres-1,postgres-2after10seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/syncis200after3seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/syncis200after3seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"synchronous_node_count":1}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And Ishutdownpostgres-1
Then "sync"keyinDCShassync_standby=postgres-2after10seconds
When Istartpostgres-1
Then "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/syncis200after3seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/asyncis200after3seconds
Scenario: check the basic failover in synchronous mode
Given Irunpatronictl.pypausebatman
Then Ireceivearesponsereturncode0
When Isleepfor2seconds
And Ishutdownpostgres0
And Ishutdownpostgres-0
And Irunpatronictl.pyresumebatman
Then Ireceivearesponsereturncode0
And postgres2roleistheprimaryafter24seconds
And postgres-2roleistheprimaryafter24seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/historycontainsrecoveryafter10seconds
And thereisapostgres-2_cb.logwith"on_role_changeprimarybatman"inpostgres-2datadirectory
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8010/configwith{"synchronous_mode":null,"master_start_timeout":0}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
When Iaddthetablebartopostgres2
Then tablebarispresentonpostgres1after20seconds
When Iaddthetablebartopostgres-2
Then tablebarispresentonpostgres-1after20seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/configcontainsmaster_start_timeoutafter10seconds
Scenario: check immediate failover when master_start_timeout=0
Given Ikillpostmasteronpostgres2
Then postgres1isaleaderafter10seconds
Andpostgres1roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
Scenario: check rejoin of the former primary with pg_rewind
Given Iaddthetablesplitbraintopostgres-0
And Istartpostgres-0
Thenpostgres-0roleisthesecondaryafter20seconds
When Iaddthetablebuztopostgres-2
Then tablebuzispresentonpostgres-0after20seconds
Scenario: check rejoin of the former master with pg_rewind
Given Iaddthetablesplitbraintopostgres0
AndIstartpostgres0
Then postgres0roleisthesecondaryafter20seconds
When Iaddthetablebuztopostgres1
Then tablebuzispresentonpostgres0after20seconds
@reject-duplicate-name
Scenario: check graceful rejection when two nodes have the same name
GivenIstartduplicatepostgres-0onport8011
Then thereisoneof["Can'tstart;thereisalreadyanodenamed'postgres-0'running"]CRITICALinthedup-postgres-0patronilogafter5seconds
Scenario: check failsafe mode can be successfully enabled
Given Istartpostgres-0
And postgres-0isaleaderafter10seconds
Then "config"keyinDCShasttl=30after10seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"loop_wait":2,"ttl":20,"retry_timeout":3,"failsafe_mode":true}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/failsafecontainspostgres-0after10seconds
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/failsafe
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And Ireceivearesponsepostgres-0http://127.0.0.1:8008/patroni
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}},"slots":{"dcs_slot_1":null,"postgres_0":null}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"slots":{"dcs_slot_0":{"type":"logical","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: check one-node cluster is functioning while DCS is down
Given DCSisdown
Then ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/primarycontainsfailsafe_mode_is_activeafter12seconds
And postgres-0roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: check new replica isn't promoted when leader is down and DCS is up
Given DCSisup
When Idoabackupofpostgres-0
And Ishutdownpostgres-0
When Istartpostgres-1inaclusterbatmanfrombackupwithno_leader
Then postgres-1roleisthereplicaafter12seconds
Scenario: check leader and replica are both in /failsafe key after leader is back
Given Istartpostgres-0
And Istartpostgres-1
Then "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter2seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/failsafecontainspostgres-1after10seconds
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/failsafe
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And Ireceivearesponsepostgres-0http://127.0.0.1:8008/patroni
And Ireceivearesponsepostgres-1http://127.0.0.1:8009/patroni
@dcs-failsafe
@pg110000
Scenario: check leader and replica are functioning while DCS is down
Given Igetallchangesfromphysicalslotdcs_slot_1onpostgres-0
Then physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
And logicalslotdcs_slot_0isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
And DCSisdown
Then ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/primarycontainsfailsafe_mode_is_activeafter12seconds
Then postgres-0roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
And postgres-1roleisthereplicaafter2seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-1after10seconds
When Igetallchangesfromlogicalslotdcs_slot_0onpostgres-0
And Igetallchangesfromphysicalslotdcs_slot_1onpostgres-0
Then logicalslotdcs_slot_0isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after20seconds
And physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: check primary is demoted when one replica is shut down and DCS is down
Given DCSisdown
And Ikillpostgres-1
And Ikillpostmasteronpostgres-1
Then postgres-0roleisthereplicaafter12seconds
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: check known replica is promoted when leader is down and DCS is up
Given Ikillpostgres-0
And Ishutdownpostmasteronpostgres-0
And DCSisup
When Istartpostgres-1
Then "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And postgres-1roleistheprimaryafter25seconds
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: scale to three-node cluster
Given Istartpostgres-0
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-2withatagreplicatefrompostgres-0
Then "members/postgres-2"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter20seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/failsafecontainspostgres-2after10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-0after10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-2after10seconds
@dcs-failsafe
@pg110000
Scenario: make sure permanent slots exist on replicas
Given IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configwith{"slots":{"dcs_slot_0":null,"dcs_slot_2":{"type":"logical","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"}}}
Then logicalslotdcs_slot_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-0after20seconds
And logicalslotdcs_slot_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after20seconds
When Igetallchangesfromphysicalslotdcs_slot_1onpostgres-1
Then physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-0after10seconds
And physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after10seconds
And physicalslotpostgres_0isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after10seconds
And physicalslotpostgres_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
@dcs-failsafe
Scenario: check three-node cluster is functioning while DCS is down
Given DCSisdown
Then ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/primarycontainsfailsafe_mode_is_activeafter12seconds
Then postgres-1roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
And postgres-0roleisthereplicaafter2seconds
And postgres-2roleisthereplicaafter2seconds
@dcs-failsafe
@pg110000
Scenario: check that permanent slots are in sync between nodes while DCS is down
Given replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-0after10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-2after10seconds
When Igetallchangesfromlogicalslotdcs_slot_2onpostgres-1
And Igetallchangesfromphysicalslotdcs_slot_1onpostgres-1
Then logicalslotdcs_slot_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-0after20seconds
And logicalslotdcs_slot_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after20seconds
And physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-0after10seconds
And physicalslotdcs_slot_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after10seconds
And physicalslotpostgres_0isinsyncbetweenpostgres-1andpostgres-2after10seconds
And physicalslotpostgres_2isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
Scenario: check ignored slots aren't removed on failover/switchover
Given Istartpostgres-1
Then postgres-1isaleaderafter10seconds
And thereisanonemptyinitializekeyinDCSafter15seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configwith{"ignore_slots":[{"name":"unmanaged_slot_0","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding","type":"logical"},{"name":"unmanaged_slot_1","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"},{"name":"unmanaged_slot_2","database":"postgres"},{"name":"unmanaged_slot_3"}],"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configcontainsignore_slotsafter10seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/patronicontainspending_restartafter10seconds
# Make sure the wal_level has been changed.
When Irunpatronictl.pyrestartbatmanpostgres-1--force
Then "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasrole=primaryafter10seconds
# Make sure Patroni has finished telling Postgres it should be accepting writes.
And postgres-1roleistheprimaryafter20seconds
# 1. Create our test logical replication slot.
# Test that ny subset of attributes in the ignore slots matcher is enough to match a slot
# by using 3 different slots.
When Icreatealogicalreplicationslotunmanaged_slot_0onpostgres-1withthetest_decodingplugin
And Icreatealogicalreplicationslotunmanaged_slot_1onpostgres-1withthetest_decodingplugin
And Icreatealogicalreplicationslotunmanaged_slot_2onpostgres-1withthetest_decodingplugin
And Icreatealogicalreplicationslotunmanaged_slot_3onpostgres-1withthetest_decodingplugin
And Icreatealogicalreplicationslotdummy_slotonpostgres-1withthetest_decodingplugin
# It seems like it'd be obvious that these slots exist since we just created them,
# but Patroni can actually end up dropping them almost immediately, so it's helpful
# to verify they exist before we begin testing whether they persist through failover
# cycles.
Then postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_0withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_1withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_2withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_3withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
When Istartpostgres-0
Then "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasrole=replicaafter10seconds
And postgres-0roleisthesecondaryafter20seconds
# Verify that the replica has advanced beyond the point in the WAL
# where we created the replication slot so that on the next failover
# cycle we don't accidentally rewind to before the slot creation.
And replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-0after20seconds
When Ishutdownpostgres-1
Then "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasrole=primaryafter10seconds
# 2. After a failover the server (now a replica) still has the slot.
When Istartpostgres-1
Then postgres-1roleisthesecondaryafter20seconds
And "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasrole=replicaafter10seconds
# give Patroni time to sync replication slots
And Isleepfor2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_0withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_1withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_2withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_3withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1doesnothaveareplicationslotnameddummy_slot
# 3. After a failover the server (now a primary) still has the slot.
When Ishutdownpostgres-0
Then "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasrole=primaryafter10seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_0withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_1withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_2withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
And postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedunmanaged_slot_3withthetest_decodingpluginafter2seconds
@pg170000
Scenario: check that logical slots with failover are not removed by Patroni
Given Icreatealogicalfailoverslottest17onpostgres-1withthepgoutputplugin
When Irunpatronictl.pyrestartbatmanpostgres-1--force
Then postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedtest17withthepgoutputpluginafter2seconds
Scenario: check nostream node is recovering from archive
When Istartpostgres-0
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-1withatagnostreamtrue
Then "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShasreplication_state=inarchiverecoveryafter10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-1after30seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check permanent logical replication slots are not copied
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}},"slots":{"test_logical":{"type":"logical","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
When Irunpatronictl.pyrestartbatmanpostgres-0--force
Then postgres-0hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedtest_logicalwiththetest_decodingpluginafter10seconds
When Iconfigureandstartpostgres-2withatagreplicatefrompostgres-1
Then "members/postgres-2"keyinDCShasreplication_state=streamingafter10seconds
And postgres-1doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedtest_logical
And postgres-2doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedtest_logical
@pg110000
Scenario: check that slots are written to the /status key
Scenario: check that physical permanent slots are created
Given Istartpostgres-0
Then postgres-0isaleaderafter10seconds
And thereisanonemptyinitializekeyinDCSafter15seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"slots":{"test_physical":0,"postgres_3":0},"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configcontainsslotsafter10seconds
When Istartpostgres-1
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-2withatagnofailovertrue
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-3withatagreplicatefrompostgres-2
Then postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedtest_physicalafter10seconds
And postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_1after10seconds
And postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_2after10seconds
And postgres-2hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after10seconds
And postgres-2doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedtest_physical
@pg110000
Scenario: check that logical permanent slots are created
Given Irunpatronictl.pyrestartbatmanpostgres-0--force
And IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/configwith{"slots":{"test_logical":{"type":"logical","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"}}}
Then postgres-0hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedtest_logicalwiththetest_decodingpluginafter10seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check that permanent slots are created on replicas
Given postgres-1hasalogicalreplicationslotnamedtest_logicalwiththetest_decodingpluginafter10seconds
Then Logicalslottest_logicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
And Logicalslottest_logicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-3after10seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedtest_physicalafter2seconds
And postgres-2doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedtest_logical
And postgres-3hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedtest_physicalafter2seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check permanent physical slots that match with member names
Given postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after2seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_0after2seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_2after2seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after2seconds
And postgres-2doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedpostgres_0
And postgres-2doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedpostgres_1
And postgres-2hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after2seconds
And postgres-3hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_0after2seconds
And postgres-3hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_1after2seconds
And postgres-3hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_2after2seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check that permanent slots are advanced on replicas
Given Iaddthetablereplicate_metopostgres-0
When Igetallchangesfromlogicalslottest_logicalonpostgres-0
And Igetallchangesfromphysicalslottest_physicalonpostgres-0
Then Logicalslottest_logicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
And Physicalslottest_physicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
And Logicalslottest_logicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-3after10seconds
And Physicalslottest_physicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-3after10seconds
And Physicalslotpostgres_1isinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-3after10seconds
And Physicalslotpostgres_3isinsyncbetweenpostgres-2andpostgres-0after20seconds
And Physicalslotpostgres_3isinsyncbetweenpostgres-2andpostgres-1after10seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check that permanent slots and member slots are written to the /status key
Given "status"keyinDCShastest_physicalinslots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_0inslots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_1inslots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_2inslots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_3inslots
@pg110000
Scenario: check that only non-permanent member slots are written to the retain_slots in /status key
Given "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_0inretain_slots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_1inretain_slots
And "status"keyinDCShaspostgres_2inretain_slots
And "status"keyinDCSdoesnothavepostgres_3inretain_slots
Scenario: check permanent physical replication slot after failover
Given Ishutdownpostgres-3
And Ishutdownpostgres-2
And Ishutdownpostgres-0
Then postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedtest_physicalafter10seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_0after10seconds
And postgres-1hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after10seconds
When Istartpostgres-0
Then postgres-0roleisthereplicaafter20seconds
And physicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_1onpostgres-0hasnoxminvalueafter10seconds
# postgres_2 and postgres_3 slots are retained, but postgres_2 will still have xmin value :(
And postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_2after10seconds
And postgres-0hasaphysicalreplicationslotnamedpostgres_3after10seconds
Given Iconfigureandstartpostgres-0withatagfailover_priority1
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-1withatagfailover_priority0
Then replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-1after20seconds
When Ishutdownpostgres-0
And thereisoneof["followingadifferentleaderbecauseIamnotallowedtopromote"]INFOinthepostgres-1patronilogafter5seconds
Then postgres-1roleisthesecondaryafter10seconds
When Istartpostgres-0
Then postgres-0roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
Scenario: check higher failover priority is respected
Given Iconfigureandstartpostgres-2withatagfailover_priority1
And Iconfigureandstartpostgres-3withatagfailover_priority2
Then replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-2after20seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-3after20seconds
When Ishutdownpostgres-0
Then postgres-3roleistheprimaryafter10seconds
And thereisoneof["postgres-3hasequallytolerableWALpositionandpriority2,whilethisnodehaspriority1","Walpositionofpostgres-3isaheadofmywalposition"]INFOinthepostgres-2patronilogafter5seconds
And IissueanemptyPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8010/reload
Then Ireceivearesponsecode202
And thereisoneof["Conflictingconfigurationbetweennofailover:Trueandfailover_priority:1.Defaultingtonofailover:True"]WARNINGinthepostgres-2patronilogafter5seconds
And "members/postgres-2"keyinDCShastags={'failover_priority':'1','nofailover':True}after10seconds
When IissueaPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8010/failoverwith{"candidate":"postgres-2"}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode412
And Ireceivearesponsetext"failoverisnotpossible:nogoodcandidateshavebeenfound"
When Iresetnofailovertaginpostgres-1config
And IissueanemptyPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/reload
Then Ireceivearesponsecode202
And thereisoneof["Conflictingconfigurationbetweennofailover:Falseandfailover_priority:0.Defaultingtonofailover:False"]WARNINGinthepostgres-1patronilogafter5seconds
And "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShastags={'failover_priority':'0','nofailover':False}after10seconds
And IissueaPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/failoverwith{"candidate":"postgres-1"}
And IissueanemptyPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8011/reload
Then Ireceivearesponsecode202
And thereisoneof["Conflictingconfigurationbetweennosync:Trueandsync_priority:2.Defaultingtonosync:True"]WARNINGinthepostgres-3patronilogafter5seconds
And "members/postgres-3"keyinDCShastags={'nosync':True,'sync_priority':'2'}after10seconds
And "sync"keyinDCShassync_standby=postgres-2after10seconds
When Iresetnosynctaginpostgres-1config
And IissueanemptyPOSTrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/reload
Then Ireceivearesponsecode202
And thereisoneof["Conflictingconfigurationbetweennosync:Falseandsync_priority:0.Defaultingtonosync:False"]WARNINGinthepostgres-1patronilogafter5seconds
And "members/postgres-1"keyinDCShastags={'nosync':False,'sync_priority':'0'}after10seconds
When Ishutdownpostgres-2
And "sync"keyinDCShassync_standby=postgres-1after3seconds
Scenario:check permanent logical slots are preserved on failover/switchover
Given Istartpostgres1
Then postgres1isaleaderafter10seconds
And Isleepfor2seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configwith{"loop_wait":2,"slots":{"pm_1":{"type":"physical"}},"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}}}
Scenario:prepare the cluster with logical slots
Given Istartpostgres-1
Then postgres-1isaleaderafter10seconds
And thereisanonemptyinitializekeyinDCSafter15seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configwith{"slots":{"pm_1":{"type":"physical"}},"postgresql":{"parameters":{"wal_level":"logical"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configcontainsslotsafter10seconds
And Isleepfor2seconds
And Isleepfor3seconds
When IissueaPATCHrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/configwith{"slots":{"test_logical":{"type":"logical","database":"postgres","plugin":"test_decoding"}}}
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
WhenIstartpostgres0withcallbackconfigured
Then "members/postgres0"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres1topostgres0after15seconds
When Ishutdownpostgres1
Then postgres0isaleaderafter10seconds
And Isleepfor2seconds
AndIdoabackupofpostgres-1
When Istartpostgres-0
Then "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasstate=runningafter10seconds
And replicationworksfrompostgres-1topostgres-0after15seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8008/patronicontainsreplication_state=streamingafter10seconds
And "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasreplication_state=streamingafter10seconds
@pg110000
Scenario: check permanent logical slots are synced to the replica
Given Irunpatronictl.pyrestartbatmanpostgres-1--force
Then Logicalslottest_logicalisinsyncbetweenpostgres-0andpostgres-1after10seconds
Scenario: Detach exiting node from the cluster
When Ishutdownpostgres-1
Then postgres-0isaleaderafter10seconds
And "members/postgres-0"keyinDCShasrole=primaryafter5seconds
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8008/
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And thereisalabelwith"test_logical"inpostgres0datadirectory
Scenario: check replication of a single table in a standby cluster
Given Istartpostgres1inastandbyclusterbatman1asacloneofpostgres0
Then postgres1isaleaderofbatman1after10seconds
When Iaddthetablefootopostgres0
Then tablefooispresentonpostgres1after20seconds
When Istartpostgres2inaclusterbatman1
Then postgres2roleisthereplicaafter24seconds
And tablefooispresentonpostgres2after20seconds
Given Istartpostgres-1inastandbyclusterbatman1asacloneofpostgres-0
Then postgres-1isaleaderofbatman1after10seconds
When Iaddthetablefootopostgres-0
Then tablefooispresentonpostgres-1after20seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/patronicontainsreplication_state=streamingafter10seconds
And Isleepfor3seconds
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/primary
Then Ireceivearesponsecode503
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/standby_leader
Then Ireceivearesponsecode200
And Ireceivearesponserolestandby_leader
And thereisapostgres-1_cb.logwith"on_role_changestandby_leaderbatman1"inpostgres-1datadirectory
When Istartpostgres-2inaclusterbatman1
Then postgres-2roleisthereplicaafter24seconds
And postgres-2isreplicatingfrompostgres-1after10seconds
And tablefooispresentonpostgres-2after20seconds
And ResponseonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/patronicontainsreplication_state=streamingafter10seconds
And postgres-1doesnothaveareplicationslotnamedtest_logical
Scenario: check switchover
Given Irunpatronictl.pyswitchoverbatman1--force
Then StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8010/standby_leaderis200after10seconds
And postgres-1isreplicatingfrompostgres-2after32seconds
And thereisapostgres-2_cb.logwith"on_startreplicabatman1\non_role_changestandby_leaderbatman1"inpostgres-2datadirectory
Scenario: check failover
When Ikillpostgres1
And Ikillpostmasteronpostgres1
Then postgres2isreplicatingfrompostgres0after20seconds
When Ikillpostgres-2
And Ikillpostmasteronpostgres-2
Then postgres-1isreplicatingfrompostgres-0after32seconds
And StatuscodeonGEThttp://127.0.0.1:8009/standby_leaderis200after10seconds
When IissueaGETrequesttohttp://127.0.0.1:8009/primary
Then Ireceivearesponsecode503
And Ireceivearesponserolestandby_leader
And replicationworksfrompostgres-0topostgres-1after15seconds
And thereisapostgres-1_cb.logwith"on_role_changereplicabatman1\non_role_changestandby_leaderbatman1"inpostgres-1datadirectory
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.